diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes index 51c63e295e0232f7095a8ee8e03713837e37f419..e723e1197d0db7c523e27d00cc64d13e847318fb 100644 --- a/.gitattributes +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -13,3 +13,6 @@ *.so filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text *.bin filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text *.dll filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +OpenHarmony_Icons.zip filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +zip filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +figures/OpenHarmony_Icons.zip filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text diff --git a/CODEOWNERS b/CODEOWNERS index 638941c1a2a1765ad2a55dd81cf65ca72dce37be..a57ea8f6e10f53e073eb37e4fe33e1fffea8b84d 100644 --- a/CODEOWNERS +++ b/CODEOWNERS @@ -129,13 +129,40 @@ zh-cn/device-dev/subsystems/subsys-toolchain-bytrace-guide.md @Austin23 zh-cn/device-dev/subsystems/subsys-toolchain-hdc-guide.md @Austin23 zh-cn/device-dev/subsystems/subsys-toolchain-hiperf.md @Austin23 zh-cn/device-dev/subsystems/subsys-xts-guide.md @Austin23 - +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-get-started.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-basic-syntax-overview.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-declarative-ui-description.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-create-custom-components.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-page-custom-components-lifecycle.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-builder.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-builderparam.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-style.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-extend.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-statestyles.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-state-management-overview.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-state.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-prop.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-link.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-provide-and-consume.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-observed-and-objectlink.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-application-state-management-overview.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-localstorage.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-appstorage.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-persiststorage.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-environment.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-other-state-mgmt-functions-overview.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-watch.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-two-way-sync.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-overview.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-ifelse.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-foreach.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 +zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-lazyforeach.md @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @s10021109 zh-cn/application-dev/ability/ @RayShih @littlejerry1 @gwang2008 @ccllee @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/IDL/ @RayShih @littlejerry1 @gwang2008 @ccllee @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/device-usage-statistics/ @chenmingJay @ningningW @tangtiantian2021 @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 -zh-cn/application-dev/ui/ @HelloCrease @huaweimaxuchu @tomatodevboy @niulihua +zh-cn/application-dev/ui/ @HelloCrease @tomatodevboy @niulihua zh-cn/application-dev/notification/ @RayShih @jayleehw @li-weifeng2 @currydavids -zh-cn/application-dev/windowmanager/ @ge-yafang @zhangqiang183 @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee +zh-cn/application-dev/windowmanager/ @ge-yafang @zhangqiang183 @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers zh-cn/application-dev/webgl/ @zengyawen @zhangqiang183 @wind_zj @zxg-gitee zh-cn/application-dev/media/audio-overview.md @zengyawen @liuyuehua1 @saga2020 @currydavids zh-cn/application-dev/media/audio-playback.md @zengyawen @liuyuehua1 @saga2020 @currydavids @@ -186,8 +213,12 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/dfx/errormanager-guidelines.md @littlejerry1 @ccllee @chen zh-cn/application-dev/dfx/errormanager-guidelines.md @littlejerry1 @ccllee @chengxingzhen @RayShih zh-cn/application-dev/key-features/multi-device-app-dev/ @lingminghw @crazyracing0726 zh-cn/application-dev/database/ @ge-yafang @feng-aiwen @gong-a-shi @logic42 -zh-cn/application-dev/napi/native-window-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @zhangqiang183 @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee -zh-cn/application-dev/napi/mindspore-lite-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @grbuzhidao @jianghui58 @auraxu +zh-cn/application-dev/napi/native-window-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @zhangqiang183 @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers +zh-cn/application-dev/napi/mindspore-lite-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @principal87 @jianghui58 +zh-cn/application-dev/napi/mindspore-lite-offline-model-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @principal87 @jianghui58 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-mindSporeLite.md @ge-yafang @principal87 @jianghui58 +zh-cn/application-dev/ai/mindspore-lite-js-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @principal87 @jianghui58 +zh-cn/application-dev/napi/neural-network-runtime-guidelines.md @ge-yafang @principal87 @win10wei zh-cn/application-dev/napi/rawfile_guidelines.md @ningningW zh-cn/application-dev/background-agent-scheduled-reminder/ @RayShih zh-cn/application-dev/background-task-management/ @ningningW @wangwenli_wolf @tangtiantian2021 @nan-xiansen @@ -204,8 +235,8 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/device/vibrator-overview.md @ningningW @hellohyh001 @butte zh-cn/application-dev/device/vibrator-guidelines.md @ningningW @hellohyh001 @butterls @star-wind-snow-and-rain zh-cn/application-dev/device/sample-server-overview.md @ningningW @hughes802 @zhangzhengxue @mamba-ting zh-cn/application-dev/device/sample-server-guidelines.md @ningningW @hughes802 @zhangzhengxue @mamba-ting -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/arkui-js/ @HelloCrease @huaweimaxuchu @niulihua @tomatodevboy -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/arkui-ts/ @HelloCrease @huaweimaxuchu @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/arkui-js/ @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/arkui-ts/ @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/native-lib @zengyawen @gongjunsong @liwentao_uiw @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/start-overview.md @ge-yafang zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/start-with-ets-stage.md @ge-yafang @@ -237,7 +268,7 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-state-mgmt-application-level.md @gaoyong zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-dynamic-ui-elememt-building.md @gaoyong @niejiteng @jumozhanjiang @HelloCrease zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-rendering-control.md @gaoyong @niejiteng @jumozhanjiang @HelloCrease zh-cn/application-dev/quick-start/arkts-restrictions-and-extensions.md @gaoyong @niejiteng @jumozhanjiang @HelloCrease -zh-cn/application-dev/napi/napi-guidelines.md @RayShih @huaweimaxuchu @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/napi/napi-guidelines.md @RayShih @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/napi/drawing-guidelines.md @zengyawen @zhangqiang183 @wind_zj @zxg-gitee zh-cn/application-dev/napi/rawfile-guidelines.md @ningningW @Buda-Liu @budda-wang @yangqing3 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/js-service-widget-ui/ @HelloCrease @@ -254,7 +285,7 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-abilityDelegatorRegistry.md @little zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-abilityrunninginfo.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-abilitystagecontext.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-accessibility-extension-context.md @mupceet @RayShih @mupceet @gaoxi785 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-animator.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-animator.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-appAccount.md @nianCode @zengyawen @JiDong-CS @murphy1984 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-ability.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-abilityConstant.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen @@ -274,9 +305,9 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-shellCmdResult.md @litt zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-StartOptions.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-staticSubscriberExtensionAbility.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-Want.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-WindowExtensionAbility.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee -zh-cn/application-dev/application-models/windowextensionability.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-windowExtensionContext.md @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-application-WindowExtensionAbility.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers +zh-cn/application-dev/application-models/windowextensionability.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-windowExtensionContext.md @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-appmanager.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-arraylist.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-audio.md @liuyuehua1 @zengyawen @magekkkk @currydavids @@ -321,6 +352,8 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-DataShareResultSet.md @feng-ai zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-distributedobject.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-preferences.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-rdb.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-udmf.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-cloudData.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-relationStore.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-resultset.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-data-storage.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 @@ -331,7 +364,7 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-deque.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @f zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-device-info.md @mupceet @zengyawen @handyohos @nan-xiansen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-device-manager.md @intermilano @RayShih @william-ligang @liuhonggang123 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-deviceUsageStatistics.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-display.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-display.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-distributed-account.md @nianCode @zengyawen @JiDong-CS @murphy1984 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-distributed-data.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-distributedMissionManager.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 @@ -387,7 +420,7 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-list.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @fl zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-logs.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-media.md @liuyuehua1 @zengyawen @xxb-wzy @currydavids zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-medialibrary.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-mediaquery.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-mediaquery.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-missionManager.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-mouseevent.md @yuanxinying @ningningW @cococoler @alien0208 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-net-connection.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 @@ -406,30 +439,29 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-privacyManager.md @nianCode @zengya zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-process.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-processrunninginfo.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-processrunninginformation.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-prompt.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-prompt.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-queue.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-radio.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-reminderAgent.md @jayleehw @RayShih @li-weifeng2 @currydavids zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-request.md @feng-aiwen @ningningW @nagexiucai @murphy1984 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-resource-manager.md @Buda-Liu @ningningW @mengjingzhimo @yangqing3 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-router.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-router.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md @xuepianpian @RayShih @zhaopeng_gitee @vagrant_world zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-runninglock.md @aqxyjay @zengyawen @aqxyjay @alien0208 - -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-screen.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-screenshot.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-screen.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-screenshot.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-securityLabel.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-sensor.md @hellohyh001 @ningningW @butterls @star-wind-snow-and-rain zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-service-extension-ability.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-service-extension-context.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-settings.md @tetex @ge-yafang @cnzhaoxiaohu @anning7 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-settings.md @xue-seu @ge-yafang zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-sim.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-sms.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-socket.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-stack.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-statfs.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-storage-statistics.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-app.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-app.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-battery.md @aqxyjay @zengyawen @aqxyjay @alien0208 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-bluetooth.md @cheng_guohong @RayShih @cheng_guohong @quanli125 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-brightness.md @aqxyjay @zengyawen @aqxyjay @alien0208 @@ -440,14 +472,14 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-device.md @mupceet @zengyawe zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-fetch.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-file.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-location.md @cheng_guohong @RayShih @cheng_guohong @xiangkejin123 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-mediaquery.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-mediaquery.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-network.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-notification.md @jayleehw @RayShih @li-weifeng2 @currydavids zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-package.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-parameter.md @mupceet @zengyawen @handyohos @nan-xiansen -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-prompt.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-prompt.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-request.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-router.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-router.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-sensor.md @hellohyh001 @ningningW @butterls @star-wind-snow-and-rain zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-storage.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-time.md @feng-aiwen @ningningW @illybyy @murphy1984 @@ -458,6 +490,8 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-testRunner.md @inter515 @littlejerr zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-thermal.md @aqxyjay @zengyawen @aqxyjay @alien0208 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-timer.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-touchevent.md @mayunteng_1 @ningningW @cococoler @alien0208 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-shortKey.md @mayunteng_1 @ningningW @cococoler @alien0208 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-devicestatus-cooperate.md @mayunteng_1 @ningningW @cococoler @alien0208 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-treemap.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-treeset.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-uitest.md @inter515 @ningningW @inter515 @jiyong @@ -473,17 +507,19 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-vector.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-vibrator.md @hellohyh001 @ningningW @butterls @star-wind-snow-and-rain zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-volumemanager.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-wallpaper.md @feng-aiwen @ningningW @wangzhangjun @murphy1984 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-screen-lock.md @feng-aiwen @ningningW @wangzhangjun @murphy1984 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-wantAgent.md @littlejerry1 @RayShih @gwang2008 @chengxingzhen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-webgl.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @wind_zj @zxg-gitee zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-webgl2.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @wind_zj @zxg-gitee zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-webSocket.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-wifi.md @cheng_guohong @RayShih @cheng_guohong @quanli125 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-wifiext.md @cheng_guohong @RayShih @cheng_guohong @quanli125 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-window.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-window.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @zhouyaoying @zxg-gitee @nobuggers zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-windowAnimationManager.md @zhangqiang183 @ge-yafang @wind_zj @zxg-gitee zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-worker.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-taskpool.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-workScheduler.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-WorkSchedulerExtensionContext.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-WorkSchedulerExtensionAbility.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-xml.md @gongjunsong @ge-yafang @flyingwolf @BlackStone zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-zlib.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 @@ -525,10 +561,11 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-configPolicy.md @liuzuming @ningnin zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-cooperate.md @yuanxinying @ningningW @cococoler @alien0208 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-cryptoFramework.md @gaoyong @zengyawen @niejiteng @jumozhanjiang zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-cert.md @gaoyong @zengyawen @niejiteng @jumozhanjiang -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-curve.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-curve.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-defaultAppManager.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-distributedBundle.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-distributedKVStore.md @feng-aiwen @ge-yafang @gong-a-shi @logic42 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-enterprise-applicationManager.md @liuzuming @ningningW @yangqing3 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-enterprise-accountManager.md @liuzuming @ningningW @yangqing3 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-enterprise-adminManager.md @liuzuming @ningningW @yangqing3 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-enterprise-bundleManager.md @liuzuming @ningningW @yangqing3 @@ -545,14 +582,16 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-hiviewdfx-hiappevent.md @stone2050 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-subtype.md @feng-aiwen @ningningW @SuperShrimp @murphy1984 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-installer.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-launcherBundleManager.md @shuaytao @RayShih @wangzhen107 @inter515 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-matrix4.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-matrix4.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-net-ethernet.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-net-sharing.md @zhang-hai-feng @zengyawen @jyh926 @gaoxi785 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-nfctech.md @cheng_guohong @RayShih @cheng_guohong @quanli125 -zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-promptAction.md @huaweimaxuchu @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-promptAction.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-reminderAgentManager.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-deviceStandby.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-backgroundTaskManager.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-deviceUsageStatistics.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-deviceStandby.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-workScheduler.md @chenmingJay @ningningW @nan-xiansen @iceice1001 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-stationary.md @mayunteng_1 @ningningW @cococoler @alien0208 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-capability.md taiyipei taiyipei BlackStone @@ -560,7 +599,12 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-system-parameterV9.md @mupceet @zen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-tagSession.md @cheng_guohong @RayShih @cheng_guohong @quanli125 zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-userFileManager.md @panqinxu @zengyawen @bubble_mao @jinhaihw zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-useriam-faceauth.md @gaoyong @zengyawen @niejiteng @jumozhanjiang - +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-arkui-componentSnapshot.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-arkui-drawableDescriptor.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-arkui-UIContext.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-font.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-plugincomponent.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-uiappearance.md @HelloCrease @niulihua @tomatodevboy zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-ability.md @RayShih zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-access-token.md @zengyawen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-accessibility.md @RayShih @@ -607,6 +651,7 @@ zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-request.md @ningningW zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-resource-manager.md @ningningW zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-router.md @HelloCrease zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-rpc.md @RayShih +zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-screenlock.md @ningningW zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-runninglock.md @zengyawen zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-sensor.md @ningningW zh-cn/application-dev/reference/errorcodes/errorcode-system-parameterV9.md @zengyawen diff --git a/en/application-dev/IDL/idl-guidelines.md b/en/application-dev/IDL/idl-guidelines.md index a7ce0ec46adeeca0dd697cd8dabde834b7cc14fc..102992de24a2879f9b08a5274058c2cdf4c0a280 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/IDL/idl-guidelines.md +++ b/en/application-dev/IDL/idl-guidelines.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# OpenHarmony IDL Specifications and User Guide +# IDL Specifications and User Guide ## IDL Overview To ensure successful communications between the client and server, interfaces recognized by both parties must be defined. The OpenHarmony Interface Definition Language (IDL) is a tool for defining such interfaces. OpenHarmony IDL decomposes objects to be transferred into primitives that can be understood by the operating system and encapsulates cross-boundary objects based on developers' requirements. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Go to the local installation path, choose **toolchains > 3.x.x.x** (the folder n If the executable file does not exist, download the SDK package from the mirror as instructed in the [Release Notes](../../release-notes). The following uses [3.2 Beta3](../../release-notes/OpenHarmony-v3.2-beta3.md) as an example. -For details about how to replace the SDK package, see [Full SDK Compilation Guide](../quick-start/full-sdk-compile-guide.md). +For details about how to replace the SDK package, see [Full SDK Compilation Guide](../faqs/full-sdk-compile-guide.md). After obtaining the executable file, perform subsequent development steps based on your scenario. diff --git a/en/application-dev/Readme-EN.md b/en/application-dev/Readme-EN.md index f71b814661e652486bf1a61ee3e7c7dd23dbcf4a..d22073221672cf6f8b01ce137acc6ccc6624beab 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/Readme-EN.md +++ b/en/application-dev/Readme-EN.md @@ -4,18 +4,16 @@ - About OpenHarmony - [OpenHarmony Project](../OpenHarmony-Overview.md) - [Glossary](../glossary.md) - - [OpenHarmony Release Notes](../release-notes/Readme.md) + - [Release Notes](../release-notes/Readme.md) - Quick Start - Getting Started - [Before You Start](quick-start/start-overview.md) - [Getting Started with ArkTS in Stage Model](quick-start/start-with-ets-stage.md) - - [Getting Started with ArkTS in FA Model](quick-start/start-with-ets-fa.md) - - [Getting Started with JavaScript in FA Model](quick-start/start-with-js-fa.md) - Development Fundamentals - Application Package Fundamentals - [Application Package Overview](quick-start/application-package-overview.md) - Application Package Structure - - [Application Package Structure in Stage Model)](quick-start/application-package-structure-stage.md) + - [Application Package Structure in Stage Model](quick-start/application-package-structure-stage.md) - [Application Package Structure in FA Model](quick-start/application-package-structure-fa.md) - Multi-HAP Mechanism - [Multi-HAP Design Objectives](quick-start/multi-hap-objective.md) @@ -37,9 +35,9 @@ - Application Configuration Files in FA Model - [Application Configuration File Overview (FA Model)](quick-start/application-configuration-file-overview-fa.md) - [Internal Structure of the app Tag](quick-start/app-structure.md) - - [Internal structure of deviceConfig Tag](quick-start/deviceconfig-structure.md) + - [Internal Structure of the deviceConfig Tag](quick-start/deviceconfig-structure.md) - [Internal Structure of the module Tag](quick-start/module-structure.md) - - [Resource Categories and Access](quick-start/resource-categories-and-access.md) + - [Resource Categories and Access](quick-start/resource-categories-and-access.md) - Learning ArkTS - [Getting Started with ArkTS](quick-start/arkts-get-started.md) - Basic Syntax @@ -49,7 +47,7 @@ - [Creating a Custom Component](quick-start/arkts-create-custom-components.md) - [Page and Custom Component Lifecycle](quick-start/arkts-page-custom-components-lifecycle.md) - [\@Builder: Custom Builder Function](quick-start/arkts-builder.md) - - [\@BuilderParam: @Builder Function Reference](quick-start/arkts-builderparam.md) + - [\@BuilderParam: \@Builder Function Reference](quick-start/arkts-builderparam.md) - [\@Styles: Definition of Resusable Styles](quick-start/arkts-style.md) - [\@Extend: Extension of Built-in Components](quick-start/arkts-extend.md) - [stateStyles: Polymorphic Style](quick-start/arkts-statestyles.md) @@ -72,7 +70,7 @@ - [\@Watch: Getting Notified of State Variable Changes](quick-start/arkts-watch.md) - [$$ Syntax: Two-Way Synchronization of Built-in Components](quick-start/arkts-two-way-sync.md) - Rendering Control - - [Rendering Control Overview](quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-overview.md) + - [Overview of Rendering Control](quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-overview.md) - [if/else: Conditional Rendering](quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-ifelse.md) - [ForEach: Rendering of Repeated Content](quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-foreach.md) - [LazyForEach: Lazy Data Loading](quick-start/arkts-rendering-control-lazyforeach.md) @@ -95,14 +93,14 @@ - [DFX](dfx/Readme-EN.md) - [Internationalization](internationalization/Readme-EN.md) - [Application Test](application-test/Readme-EN.md) - - [OpenHarmony IDL Specifications and User Guide](IDL/idl-guidelines.md) + - [IDL Specifications and User Guide](IDL/idl-guidelines.md) - [Native APIs](napi/Readme-EN.md) - Tools - [DevEco Studio (OpenHarmony) User Guide](quick-start/deveco-studio-user-guide-for-openharmony.md) - [Debugging Tools](tools/Readme-EN.md) - Hands-On Tutorials - [Samples](https://gitee.com/openharmony/applications_app_samples/blob/master/README.md) - - [Codelabs](https://gitee.com/openharmony/codelabs) + - [Codelabs](https://gitee.com/openharmony/codelabs/tree/master) - API References - [SystemCapability](reference/syscap.md) - [SystemCapability List](reference/syscap-list.md) @@ -113,10 +111,9 @@ - [ArkTS and JS APIs](reference/apis/Readme-EN.md) - [Error Codes](reference/errorcodes/Readme-EN.md) - Native APIs - - [Native APIs](reference/native-apis/Readme-EN.md) + - [Native API Reference](reference/native-apis/Readme-EN.md) - [Standard Libraries](reference/native-lib/third_party_libc/musl.md) - [Node_API](reference/native-lib/third_party_napi/napi.md) - [FAQs](faqs/Readme-EN.md) - Contribution - [How to Contribute](../contribute/documentation-contribution.md) - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/Readme-EN.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/Readme-EN.md index 65f2b4c16ea42ecdf37082a5a9f8e26eb20dd6e6..522a2d8e0de1280a26f0d416348aa665fd5062f6 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/Readme-EN.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/Readme-EN.md @@ -5,23 +5,22 @@ - [Interpretation of the Application Model](application-model-description.md) - Stage Model Development - [Stage Model Development Overview](stage-model-development-overview.md) - - Stage Mode Application Components + - Stage Model Application Components - [Application- or Component-Level Configuration](application-component-configuration-stage.md) - UIAbility Component - - [UIAbility Component Overview](uiability-overview.md) - - [UIAbility Component Lifecycle](uiability-lifecycle.md) - - [UIAbility Component Launch Type](uiability-launch-type.md) - - [UIAbility Component Usage](uiability-usage.md) - - [Data Synchronization Between UIAbility and UI](uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md) + - [UIAbility Overview](uiability-overview.md) + - [UIAbility Lifecycle](uiability-lifecycle.md) + - [UIAbility Launch Type](uiability-launch-type.md) + - [UIAbility Usage](uiability-usage.md) + - [Data Synchronization Between UIAbility and UI Page](uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md) - [Interaction Between Intra-Device UIAbility Components](uiability-intra-device-interaction.md) - ExtensionAbility Component - - [ExtensionAbility Component Overview](extensionability-overview.md) + - [ExtensionAbility Overview](extensionability-overview.md) - [ServiceExtensionAbility](serviceextensionability.md) - - [DataShareExtensionAbility (for System Applications Only)](datashareextensionability.md) - [AccessibilityExtensionAbility](accessibilityextensionability.md) - [EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility](enterprise-extensionAbility.md) - [InputMethodExtensionAbility](inputmethodextentionability.md) - - [WindowExtensionAbility](windowextensionability.md) + - [WindowExtensionAbility (for System Applications Only)](windowextensionability.md) - Service Widget Development in Stage Model - [Service Widget Overview](service-widget-overview.md) - Developing an ArkTS Widget @@ -37,9 +36,10 @@ - [Applying Custom Drawing in the Widget](arkts-ui-widget-page-custom-drawing.md) - Widget Event Development - [Widget Event Capability Overview](arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md) - - [Updating Widget Content Through FormExtensionAbility](arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md) - - [Updating Widget Content Through UIAbility](arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md) - - [Redirecting to a Specified Page Through the Router Event](arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md) + - [Redirecting to a UIAbility Through the router Event](arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md) + - [Launching a UIAbility in the Background Through the call Event](arkts-ui-widget-event-call.md) + - [Updating Widget Content Through the message Event](arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md) + - [Updating Widget Content Through the router or call Event](arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md) - Widget Data Interaction - [Widget Data Interaction Overview](arkts-ui-widget-interaction-overview.md) - [Configuring a Widget to Update Periodically](arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md) @@ -53,17 +53,18 @@ - [Want Overview](want-overview.md) - [Matching Rules of Explicit Want and Implicit Want](explicit-implicit-want-mappings.md) - [Common action and entities Values](actions-entities.md) - - [Using Explicit Want to Start an Ability](ability-startup-with-explicit-want.md) + - [Using Explicit Want to Start an Application Component](ability-startup-with-explicit-want.md) - [Using Implicit Want to Open a Website](ability-startup-with-implicit-want.md) - [Using Want to Share Data Between Applications](data-share-via-want.md) - - [Component Startup Rules](component-startup-rules.md) - - Inter-Device Application Component Interaction (Continuation) + - [Component Startup Rules (Stage Model)](component-startup-rules.md) + - Inter-Device Application Component Interaction (Continuation) - [Continuation Overview](inter-device-interaction-hop-overview.md) - [Cross-Device Migration (for System Applications Only)](hop-cross-device-migration.md) - [Multi-device Collaboration (for System Applications Only)](hop-multi-device-collaboration.md) - [Subscribing to System Environment Variable Changes](subscribe-system-environment-variable-changes.md) - - IPC - - [Process Model](process-model-stage.md) + - [Setting Atomic Services to Support Sharing](atomic-services-support-sharing.md) + - Process Model + - [Process Model Overview](process-model-stage.md) - Common Events - [Introduction to Common Events](common-event-overview.md) - Common Event Subscription @@ -72,25 +73,25 @@ - [Subscribing to Common Events in Static Mode (for System Applications Only)](common-event-static-subscription.md) - [Unsubscribing from Common Events](common-event-unsubscription.md) - [Publishing Common Events](common-event-publish.md) - - [Removing Sticky Common Events](common-event-remove-sticky.md) + - [Removing Sticky Common Events (for System Applications Only)](common-event-remove-sticky.md) - [Background Services](background-services.md) - - Inter-Thread Communication - - [Thread Model](thread-model-stage.md) + - Thread Model + - [Thread Model Overview](thread-model-stage.md) - [Using Emitter for Inter-Thread Communication](itc-with-emitter.md) - [Using Worker for Inter-Thread Communication](itc-with-worker.md) - Mission Management - [Mission Management Scenarios](mission-management-overview.md) - - [Mission Management and Launch Type](mission-management-launch-type.md) - - [Page Stack and MissionList](page-mission-stack.md) + - [Mission and Launch Type](mission-management-launch-type.md) + - [Page Stack and Mission List](page-mission-stack.md) - [Setting the Icon and Name of a Mission Snapshot](mission-set-icon-name-for-task-snapshot.md) - [Application Configuration File](config-file-stage.md) - FA Model Development - [FA Model Development Overview](fa-model-development-overview.md) - - FA Mode Application Components + - FA Model Application Components - [Application- or Component-Level Configuration](application-component-configuration-fa.md) - PageAbility Component Development - - [PageAbility Component Overview](pageability-overview.md) - - [PageAbility Component Configuration](pageability-configuration.md) + - [PageAbility Overview](pageability-overview.md) + - [PageAbility Configuration](pageability-configuration.md) - [PageAbility Lifecycle](pageability-lifecycle.md) - [PageAbility Launch Type](pageability-launch-type.md) - [Creating a PageAbility](create-pageability.md) @@ -102,15 +103,15 @@ - [Requesting Permissions](request-permissions.md) - [Redirection Rules](redirection-rules.md) - ServiceAbility Component Development - - [ServiceAbility Component Overview](serviceability-overview.md) - - [ServiceAbility Component Configuration](serviceability-configuration.md) + - [ServiceAbility Overview](serviceability-overview.md) + - [ServiceAbility Configuration](serviceability-configuration.md) - [ServiceAbility Lifecycle](serviceability-lifecycle.md) - [Creating a ServiceAbility](create-serviceability.md) - [Starting a ServiceAbility](start-serviceability.md) - [Connecting to a ServiceAbility](connect-serviceability.md) - DataAbility Component Development - - [DataAbility Component Overview](dataability-overview.md) - - [DataAbility Component Configuration](dataability-configuration.md) + - [DataAbility Overview](dataability-overview.md) + - [DataAbility Configuration](dataability-configuration.md) - [DataAbility Lifecycle](dataability-lifecycle.md) - [Creating a DataAbility](create-dataability.md) - [Starting a DataAbility](start-dataability.md) @@ -119,13 +120,13 @@ - [Widget Development](widget-development-fa.md) - [Context](application-context-fa.md) - [Want](want-fa.md) - - [Component Startup Rules](component-startup-rules-fa.md) - - IPC - - [Process Model](process-model-fa.md) + - [Component Startup Rules (FA Model)](component-startup-rules-fa.md) + - Process Model + - [Process Model Overview](process-model-fa.md) - [Common Events](common-event-fa.md) - [Background Services](rpc.md) - - Inter-Thread Communication - - [Thread Model](thread-model-fa.md) + - Thread Model + - [Thread Model Overview](thread-model-fa.md) - [Inter-Thread Communication](itc-fa-overview.md) - [Mission Management](mission-management-fa.md) - [Application Configuration File](config-file-fa.md) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-explicit-want.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-explicit-want.md index 6b61b06311a519e959e87d826e4a27c8b2b3d208..36d41c555bd8d4a5cd0d4d0b7bd291bb2569cee3 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-explicit-want.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-explicit-want.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Using Explicit Want to Start an Ability +# Using Explicit Want to Start an Application Component When a user touches a button in an application, the application often needs to start a UIAbility component to complete a specific task. If the **abilityName** and **bundleName** parameters are specified when starting a UIAbility, then the explicit Want is used. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-implicit-want.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-implicit-want.md index dbd65bb560d7531bb6e00b21c004815fda1a997c..7d92fbccbd1ebb49dc2a89de0ea825a1e2a8c873 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-implicit-want.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/ability-startup-with-implicit-want.md @@ -5,21 +5,21 @@ This section uses the operation of using a browser to open a website as an examp ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { - // ... + ... "skills": [ { "entities": [ "entity.system.home", "entity.system.browsable" - // ... + ... ], "actions": [ "action.system.home", "ohos.want.action.viewData" - // ... + ... ], "uris": [ { @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ This section uses the operation of using a browser to open a website as an examp }, { "scheme": "http", - // ... + ... } - // ... + ... ] } ] @@ -59,19 +59,18 @@ function implicitStartAbility() { 'uri': 'https://www.test.com:8080/query/student' } context.startAbility(wantInfo).then(() => { - // ... + ... }).catch((err) => { - // ... + ... }) } ``` The matching process is as follows: -1. If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified and is included in **actions** under **skills** of the ability to match, the matching is successful. -2. If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified and is included in **entities** under **skills** of the ability to match, the matching is successful. -3. If **uri** in the passed **want** parameter is included in **uris** under **skills** of the ability to match, which is concatenated into https://www.test.com:8080/query* (where * is a wildcard), the matching is successful. -4. If **type** in the passed **want** parameter is specified and is included in **type** under **skills** of the ability to match, the matching is successful. +1. If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified and is included in **actions** under **skills** of the application component to match, the matching is successful. +2. If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified and is included in **entities** under **skills** of the application component to match, the matching is successful. +3. If **uri** in the passed **want** parameter is included in **uris** under **skills** of the application component to match, which is concatenated into https://www.test.com:8080/query* (where * is a wildcard), the matching is successful. If there are multiple matching applications, the system displays a dialog box for you to select one of them. The following figure shows an example. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/abilitystage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/abilitystage.md index 769c6b4540856a553ca30f02c0a689e1c32f2307..da764a445a6d1a79a601719f069798191641a986 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/abilitystage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/abilitystage.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ AbilityStage is not automatically generated in the default project of DevEco Stu // When the HAP of the application is loaded for the first time, initialize the module. } onAcceptWant(want) { - // Triggered only for the ability with the specified launch type. + // Triggered only for the UIAbility with the specified launch type. return "MyAbilityStage"; } } @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ AbilityStage is not automatically generated in the default project of DevEco Stu "name": "entry", "type": "entry", "srcEntry": "./ets/myabilitystage/MyAbilityStage.ts", - // ... + ... } } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/access-dataability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/access-dataability.md index 24dc9305f194a61c974c63db224f2e7727689f5f..b32d38354e7e67fb8757c022fc6e65c737bb297e 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/access-dataability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/access-dataability.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ The basic dependency packages include: - @ohos.data.dataAbility -- @ohos.data.rdb +- @ohos.data.relationalStore The sample code for accessing a DataAbility is as follows: @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The sample code for accessing a DataAbility is as follows: // Different from the URI defined in the config.json file, the URI passed in the parameter has an extra slash (/), three slashes in total. import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility' import ohos_data_ability from '@ohos.data.dataAbility' - import ohos_data_rdb from '@ohos.data.rdb' + import relationalStore from '@ohos.data.relationalStore' let urivar = "dataability:///com.ix.DataAbility" let DAHelper = featureAbility.acquireDataAbilityHelper(urivar); diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/access-datashareextensionability-from-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/access-datashareextensionability-from-fa.md index 0abc7e3b8e948529b9916f936bf59b4a60a93637..5be8c5a7c9f848e0818b280fc5f5df8f4c15de22 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/access-datashareextensionability-from-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/access-datashareextensionability-from-fa.md @@ -27,12 +27,14 @@ Instead of manual modification, OpenHarmony adopts the following processing: ## Constraints -1. When you switch a DataAbility to a DataShareExtensionAbility, only the URI prefix can be modified.![FAvsStage-uri](figures/FAvsStage-uri.png) +1. When you switch a DataAbility to a DataShareExtensionAbility, only the URI prefix can be modified. -2. The **DataShareHelper** class implements only certain APIs of **DataAbilityHelper**. For details about the APIs, see the table below. + ![FAvsStage-uri](figures/FAvsStage-uri.png) + +3. The **DataShareHelper** class implements only certain APIs of **DataAbilityHelper**. For details about the APIs, see the table below. + + **Table 1** API compatibility when the FA model accesses a DataShareExtensionAbility of the stage model - **Table 1** APIs invoked when the FA model accesses a DataShareExtensionAbility of the stage model - | API| Provided by DataAbilityHelper| Provided by DataShareHelper| Compatible| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | on | Yes| Yes| Yes| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/accessibilityextensionability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/accessibilityextensionability.md index 688eaefa4bc10723d23f880dfbb4c1502cb42053..a76742c142bfccdd015665478aadbaedf19ff39e 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/accessibilityextensionability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/accessibilityextensionability.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# AccessibilityExtensionAbility Development +# AccessibilityExtensionAbility The **AccessibilityExtensionAbility** module provides accessibility extension capabilities based on the **ExtensionAbility** framework. You can develop your accessibility applications by applying the **AccessibilityExtensionAbility** template to enhance usability. @@ -10,19 +10,25 @@ The **AccessibilityExtensionAbility** module provides accessibility extension ca > > Model: stage -This document is organized as follows: +## AccessibilityExtensionAbility Overview -- [AccessibilityExtensionAbility Development](#accessibilityextensionability-development) - - [Creating an Accessibility Extension Service](#creating-an-accessibility-extension-service) - - [Creating a Project](#creating-a-project) - - [Creating an AccessibilityExtAbility File](#creating-an-accessibilityextability-file) - - [Processing an Accessibility Event](#processing-an-accessibility-event) - - [Declaring Capabilities of Accessibility Extension Services](#declaring-capabilities-of-accessibility-extension-services) - - [Enabling a Custom Accessibility Extension Service](#enabling-a-custom-accessibility-extension-service) +Accessibility is about giving equal access to everyone so that they can access and use information equally and conveniently under any circumstances. It helps narrow the digital divide between people of different classes, regions, ages, and health status in terms of information understanding, information exchange, and information utilization, so that they can participate in social life more conveniently and enjoy the benefits of technological advances. + +AccessibilityExtensionAbility is an accessibility extension service framework. It allows you to develop your own extension services and provides a standard mechanism for exchanging information between applications and extension services. You can make use of the provided capabilities and APIs to develop accessibility features for users with disabilities or physical limitations. For example, you can develop a screen reader for users with vision impairments. + +Below shows the AccessibilityExtensionAbility framework. + +![AccessibilityFramework](figures/AccessibilityFramework.png) + +1. Accessibility application: extension service application developed based on the AccessibilityExtensionAbility framework, for example, a screen reader application. +2. Target application: application assisted by the accessibility application. +3. AccessibilityAbilityManagerService (AAMS): main service of the AccessibilityExtensionAbility framework, which is used to manage the lifecycle of accessibility applications and provide a bridge for information exchange between accessibility applications and target applications. +4. AccessibilityAbility (AAkit): ability that is used by the accessibility application to build an extension service ability operating environment and that provides interfaces for the accessibility application to query and operate the target application, including performing click/long press operations. +5. AccessibilitySystemAbilityClient (ASACkit): used by the target application to send accessibility events, such as content change events, to AAMS, and respond to the instructions (such as performing click/long press operations) sent by the accessibility application through AAMS. ## Creating an Accessibility Extension Service -You can create an accessibility extension service by creating a project from scratch or adding the service to an existing project. +You can create an accessibility extension service by creating a project from scratch or adding the service to an existing project. Only one accessibility extension service can be created for a project. ### Creating a Project @@ -40,15 +46,15 @@ import AccessibilityExtensionAbility from '@ohos.application.AccessibilityExtens class AccessibilityExtAbility extends AccessibilityExtensionAbility { onConnect() { - console.log('AccessibilityExtAbility onConnect'); + console.info('AccessibilityExtAbility onConnect'); } onDisconnect() { - console.log('AccessibilityExtAbility onDisconnect'); + console.info('AccessibilityExtAbility onDisconnect'); } onAccessibilityEvent(accessibilityEvent) { - console.log('AccessibilityExtAbility onAccessibilityEvent: ' + JSON.stringify(accessibilityEvent)); + console.info('AccessibilityExtAbility onAccessibilityEvent: ' + JSON.stringify(accessibilityEvent)); } } @@ -69,9 +75,9 @@ You can process the service logic for accessibility events in the **onAccessibil ```typescript onAccessibilityEvent(accessibilityEvent) { - console.log('AccessibilityExtAbility onAccessibilityEvent: ' + JSON.stringify(accessibilityEvent)); + console.info('AccessibilityExtAbility onAccessibilityEvent: ' + JSON.stringify(accessibilityEvent)); if (accessibilityEvent.eventType === 'pageStateUpdate') { - console.log('AccessibilityExtAbility onAccessibilityEvent: pageStateUpdate'); + console.info('AccessibilityExtAbility onAccessibilityEvent: pageStateUpdate'); // TODO: Develop custom logic. } } @@ -110,12 +116,13 @@ After developing the custom logic for an accessibility extension service, you mu ] } ``` -## Enabling a Custom Accessibility Extension Service +## Enabling or Disabling a Custom Accessibility Extension Service To enable or disable an accessibility extension service, run the following command: - To enable the service: **accessibility enable -a AccessibilityExtAbility -b com.example.demo -c rg** - To disable the service: **accessibility disable -a AccessibilityExtAbility -b com.example.demo** -In the preceding commands, **AccessibilityExtAbility** indicates the name of the accessibility extension service, **com.example.demo** indicates the bundle name, and **rg** indicates the capabilities (**r** is short for retrieve). +In the preceding commands, **AccessibilityExtAbility** indicates the name of the accessibility extension service, **com.example.demo** indicates the bundle name, and **rg** indicates the capabilities (**r** is short for retrieve and **g** gesture). If the service is enabled or disabled successfully, the message "enable ability successfully" or "disable ability successfully" is displayed. + diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/actions-entities.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/actions-entities.md index 5c5aed302c6f8f570238fac6bd73c263840244d6..38119a1b1fe16067f7e89629811327ad079a5d15 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/actions-entities.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/actions-entities.md @@ -1,9 +1,8 @@ # Common action and entities Values -**action**: Action to take, such as viewing, sharing, and application details, by the caller. In implicit Want, you can define this field and use it together with **uri** or **parameters** to specify the operation to be performed on the data, for example, viewing URI data. For example, if the URI is a website and the action is **ohos.want.action.viewData**, the ability that supports website viewing is matched. Declaring the **action** field in Want indicates that the invoked application should support the declared operation. The **actions** field under **skills** in the configuration file indicates the operations supported by the application. +The **action** field specifies the common operation (such as viewing, sharing, and application details) to be performed by the caller. In implicit [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md), you can define this field and use it together with **uri** or **parameters** to specify the operation to be performed on the data, for example, viewing URI data. For example, if the URI is a website and the action is **ohos.want.action.viewData**, the application component that supports website viewing is matched. Declaring the **action** field in [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) indicates that the invoked application is expected to support the declared operation. The **actions** field under **skills** in the configuration file indicates the operations supported by the application. - -**Common action Values** +The following **action** values are available: - **ACTION_HOME**: action of starting the application entry component. It must be used together with **ENTITY_HOME**. The application icon on the home screen is an explicit entry component. Users can touch the icon to start the entry component. Multiple entry components can be configured for an application. @@ -14,14 +13,13 @@ - **ACTION_VIEW_MULTIPLE_DATA**: action of launching the UI for sending multiple data records. -**entities**: Category information (such as browser and video player) of the target ability. It is a supplement to **action** in implicit Want. You can define this field to filter application categories, for example, browser. Declaring the **entities** field in Want indicates that the invoked application should belong to the declared category. The **entities** field under **skills** in the configuration file indicates the categories supported by the application. - +The **entities** field specify the category information (such as browser and video player) of the target application component. It is a supplement to **action** in implicit Want. You can define this field to filter application categories, for example, browser. Declaring the **entities** field in Want indicates that the invoked application should belong to the declared category. The **entities** field under **skills** in the configuration file indicates the categories supported by the application. -**Common entities Values** +The following **entities** values are available: - **ENTITY_DEFAULT**: default category, which is meaningless. -- **ENTITY_HOME**: abilities with an icon displayed on the home screen. +- **ENTITY_HOME**: application components with an icon displayed on the home screen. - **ENTITY_BROWSABLE**: browser type. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/api-switch-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/api-switch-overview.md index bf8223b5a6c047af46e960dad6713f20e251d02f..93db02670718e56943aba99b81ca4775423278e8 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/api-switch-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/api-switch-overview.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # API Switching Overview -Due to the differences in the thread model and process model, certain APIs (marked with **FAModelOnly** in the SDK) can be used only in the FA model. When switching an application from the FA model to the stage model, replace the APIs marked with **FAModelOnly** in the application with the APIs supported in the stage model. This topic uses the switching of **startAbility()** as an example. +Due to the differences in the thread model and process model, certain APIs can be used only in the FA model. They are marked with **FAModelOnly** in the SDK. When switching an application from the FA model to the stage model, replace the APIs marked with **FAModelOnly** in the application with the APIs supported in the stage model. This topic uses the switching of **startAbility()** as an example. ![api-switch-overview](figures/api-switch-overview.png) @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Due to the differences in the thread model and process model, certain APIs (mark - Sample code of **startAbility()** in the stage model: ```ts - // context is a member of the ability object and is required for invoking inside a non-ability object. + // Context is a member of the ability object and is required for invoking inside a non-ability object. // Pass in the Context object. let wantInfo = { bundleName: "com.example.myapplication", diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/app-deviceconfig-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/app-deviceconfig-switch.md index 1092c21081cd9a8d62c92a1a68ba434efee7c8c9..6c872f0c167bd4779516d611ee07d9036ca550ee 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/app-deviceconfig-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/app-deviceconfig-switch.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ OpenHarmony has reconstructed the [deviceConfig](../quick-start/deviceconfig-str | deviceConfig in the FA Model| Description| Stage Model| Difference| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | deviceConfig| Device information.| / | This tag is no longer available in the stage model. In the stage model, device information is configured under the **app** tag.| -| process | Name of the process running the application or ability. If the **process** attribute is configured in the **deviceConfig** tag, all abilities of the application run in this process. You can set the **process** attribute for a specific ability in the **abilities** attribute, so that the ability can run in the particular process.| / | The stage model does not support the configuration of process names.| +| process | Name of the process running the application or UIAbility. If the **process** attribute is configured in the **deviceConfig** tag, all UIAbilities of the application run in this process. You can set the **process** attribute for a specific UIAbility in the **abilities** attribute, so that the UIAbility can run in the particular process.| / | The stage model does not support the configuration of process names.| | keepAlive | Whether the application is always running. This attribute applies only to system applications and does not take effect for third-party applications.| / | The stage model does not support changing of the model control mode for system applications.| | supportBackup | Whether the application supports data backup and restore.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| | compressNativeLibs | Whether the **libs** libraries are packaged in the HAP file after being compressed.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-fa.md index 4cc1c9ad6831f0e54ae4c70f4f7229a7abc7c62f..336ad698d0f2298045b00fe0af1563574bccfd24 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-fa.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When developing an application, you may need to configure certain tags to identi "actions": ["action.system.home"] } ] - // ... + ... } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-stage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-stage.md index bcf9b095464ba0110c35be9cfef44b078a091ffb..555964ca58a6e21380ac67aa389280504d9c7dce 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-stage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-component-configuration-stage.md @@ -1,17 +1,19 @@ # Application- or Component-Level Configuration (Stage Model) +When developing an application, you may need to configure certain tags to identify the application, such as the bundle name and application icon. This topic describes key tags that need to be configured during application development. -When developing an application, you may need to configure certain tags to identify the application, such as the bundle name and application icon. This topic describes key tags that need to be configured during application development. Icons and labels are usually configured together. There is the application icon, application label, entry icon, and entry label, which correspond to the **icon** and **label** fields in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) and [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). The application icon and label are used in **Settings**. For example, they are displayed in the application list in **Settings**. The entry icon is displayed on the device's home screen after the application is installed. The entry icon maps to a [UIAbility](uiability-overview.md) component. Therefore, an application can have multiple entry icons and labels. When you touch one of them, the corresponding UIAbility page is displayed. +Icons and labels are usually configured together. There is the application icon, application label, entry icon, and entry label, which correspond to the **icon** and **label** fields in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) and [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). +The application icon and label are used in **Settings**. For example, they are displayed in the application list in **Settings**. The entry icon is displayed on the device's home screen after the application is installed. The entry icon maps to a [UIAbility](uiability-overview.md) component. Therefore, an application can have multiple entry icons and entry labels. When you touch one of them, the corresponding UIAbility page is displayed. - **Figure 1** Icons and labels +**Figure 1** Icons and labels ![application-component-configuration-stage](figures/application-component-configuration-stage.png) - **Configuring the bundle name** - The bundle name is specified by the **bundleName** field in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) in the **AppScope** directory of the project. This field uniquely identifies an application. You are advised to use the reverse domain name notion, for example, *com.example.demo*, where the first part is the domain suffix **com**, the second part is the vendor/individual name, and the third part is the application name, which can be of multiple levels. + The bundle name is specified by the **bundleName** field in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) in the **AppScope** directory of the project. This field uniquely identifies an application. You are advised to use the reverse domain name notation, for example, *com.example.demo*, where the first part is the domain suffix **com**, the second part is the vendor/individual name, and the third part is the application name, which can be of multiple levels. - **Configuring the application icon and label** @@ -19,28 +21,28 @@ When developing an application, you may need to configure certain tags to identi The application icon is specified by the **icon** field in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) in the **AppScope** directory of the project. The **icon** field must be set to the index of an image so that the image is displayed as the application icon. - The application label is specified by the **label** field in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) in the **AppScope** module of the project. The **label** field specifies the application name displayed to users. It must be set to the index of a string resource. + The application label is specified by the **label** field in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) in the **AppScope** directory of the project. The **label** field specifies the application name displayed to users. It must be set to the index of a string resource. ```json - { - "app": { - "icon": "$media:app_icon", - "label": "$string:app_name" - // ... - } + { + "app": { + "icon": "$media:app_icon", + "label": "$string:app_name" + ... } + } ``` - **Configuring the entry icon and label** On the stage model, you can configure an entry icon and label for each application component. The entry icon and label are displayed on the home screen. - The entry icon is configured by specifying **icon** under **abilities** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). For example, if you want to display the icon of the UIAbility component on the home screen, add **entity.system.home** to **entities** and **ohos.want.action.home** to **actions** under **skills**. If this field is configured for multiple UIAbility components of an application, multiple icons are displayed on the home screen, corresponding to their respective UIAbility component. + The entry icon is configured by specifying **icon** under **abilities** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). For example, if you want to display the icon of the UIAbility component on the home screen, add **entity.system.home** to **entities** and **ohos.want.action.home** to **actions** under **skills**. If this field is configured for multiple UIAbility components of an application, multiple icons are displayed on the home screen, corresponding to their respective UIAbility components. ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { // The information starting with $ is the resource value. @@ -61,6 +63,35 @@ When developing an application, you may need to configure certain tags to identi } } ``` + OpenHarmony strictly controls applications without icons to prevent malicious applications from deliberately configuring no icon to block uninstall attempts. + + To hide an application icon on the home screen, you must configure the **AllowAppDesktopIconHide** privilege. For details, see [Application Privilege Configuration Guide](../../device-dev/subsystems/subsys-app-privilege-config-guide.md). The rules for displaying the entry icon and entry label are as follows: + + 1. The HAP file contains UIAbility configuration. + * An entry icon is set in the **abilities** field of the **module.json5** file. + * The application does not have the privilege to hide its icon on the home screen. + * The system uses the icon configured for the UIAbility as the entry icon and displays it on the home screen. Touching this icon will direct the user to the home page of the UIAbility. + * The system uses the label configured for the UIAbility as the entry label and displays it on the home screen. If no label is configured, the system uses the label specified in the **app.json5** file as the entry label and displays it on the home screen. + * The application has the privilege to hide its icon on the home screen. + * The application information is not returned when the home screen queries the information, and the entry icon and label of the application are not displayed on the home screen. + * No entry icon is set in the **abilities** field of the **module.json5** file. + * The application does not have the privilege to hide its icon on the home screen. + * The system uses the icon specified in the **app.json5** file as the entry icon and displays it on the home screen. Touching this icon will direct the user to the application details page, as shown below. + * The system uses the label specified in the **app.json5** file as the entry label and displays it on the home screen. + * The application has the privilege to hide its icon on the home screen. + * The application information is not returned when the home screen queries the information, and the entry icon and label of the application are not displayed on the home screen. + + 2. The HAP file does not contain UIAbility configuration. + * The application does not have the privilege to hide its icon on the home screen. + * The system uses the icon specified in the **app.json5** file as the entry icon and displays it on the home screen. Touching this icon will direct the user to the application details page, as shown below. + * The system uses the label specified in the **app.json5** file as the entry label and displays it on the home screen. + * The application has the privilege to hide its icon on the home screen. + * The application information is not returned when the home screen queries the information, and the entry icon and label of the application are not displayed on the home screen. + + **Figure 2** Application details page + +![Application details page](figures/application_details.jpg) + - **Configuring application version declaration** To declare the application version, configure the **versionCode** and **versionName** fields in the [app.json5 file](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) in the **AppScope** directory of the project. **versionCode** specifies the version number of the application. The value is a 32-bit non-negative integer. It is used only to determine whether a version is later than another version. A larger value indicates a later version. **versionName** provides the text description of the version number. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-fa.md index 9f68b42a873782c9fd1693c73724354cbf347ced..6ea4445778aba90c668f19839a367b5a4a168925 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-fa.md @@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ For details about the APIs, see [API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner- } ``` -2. Set the display orientation of the host featureAbility. +2. Set the display orientation of the **featureAbility**. ```ts import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility' - import bundle from '@ohos.bundle'; + import bundleManager from '@ohos.bundle.bundleManager'; export default { onCreate() { // Obtain the context and call related APIs. let context = featureAbility.getContext(); - context.setDisplayOrientation(bundle.DisplayOrientation.LANDSCAPE).then(() => { + context.setDisplayOrientation(bundleManager.DisplayOrientation.LANDSCAPE).then(() => { console.info("Set display orientation.") }) console.info('Application onCreate') diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-stage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-stage.md index 3fc6df944c5b9b137c585f59a8f83cd61db226f9..8c26d7fbb70a19db0ab07ada99f4df8cc0b290df 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-stage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-context-stage.md @@ -3,16 +3,16 @@ ## Overview -[Context](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md) is the context of an object in an application. It provides basic information about the application, for example, **resourceManager**, **applicationInfo**, **dir** (application development path), and **area** (encryption level). It also provides basic methods such as **createBundleContext()** and **getApplicationContext()**. The UIAbility component and ExtensionAbility derived class components have their own **Context** classes, for example, the base class **Context**, **ApplicationContext**, **AbilityStageContext**, **UIAbilityContext**, **ExtensionContext**, and **ServiceExtensionContext**. +[Context](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md) is the context of an object in an application. It provides basic information about the application, for example, **resourceManager**, **applicationInfo**, **dir** (application file path), and **area** (encryption level). It also provides basic methods such as **createBundleContext()** and **getApplicationContext()**. The UIAbility component and ExtensionAbility derived class components have their own **Context** classes, for example, the base class **Context**, **ApplicationContext**, **AbilityStageContext**, **UIAbilityContext**, **ExtensionContext**, and **ServiceExtensionContext**. -- The figure below illustrates the inheritance relationship of contexts. +- The figure below illustrates the inheritance relationship of contexts. ![context-inheritance](figures/context-inheritance.png) - -- The figure below illustrates the holding relationship of contexts. + +- The figure below illustrates the holding relationship of contexts. ![context-holding](figures/context-holding.png) - + - The following describes the information provided by different contexts. - [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md): Each UIAbility has the **Context** attribute, which provides APIs to operate an application component, obtain the application component configuration, and more. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { onCreate(want, launchParam) { let uiAbilityContext = this.context; - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ export default class MyService extends ServiceExtensionAbility { onCreate(want) { let serviceExtensionContext = this.context; - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ export default class MyAbilityStage extends AbilityStage { onCreate() { let abilityStageContext = this.context; - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { onCreate(want, launchParam) { let applicationContext = this.context.getApplicationContext(); - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -70,79 +70,81 @@ This topic describes how to use the context in the following scenarios: -- [Obtaining the Application Development Path](#obtaining-the-application-development-path) +- [Obtaining Application File Paths](#obtaining-application-file-paths) - [Obtaining and Modifying Encryption Levels](#obtaining-and-modifying-encryption-levels) - [Creating Context of Another Application or Module](#creating-context-of-another-application-or-module) - [Subscribing to UIAbility Lifecycle Changes in a Process](#subscribing-to-uiability-lifecycle-changes-in-a-process) -### Obtaining the Application Development Path - -The following table describes the application development paths obtained from context. +### Obtaining Application File Paths -**Table 1** Application development paths +The base class [Context](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md) provides the capability of obtaining application file paths. **ApplicationContext**, **AbilityStageContext**, **UIAbilityContext**, and **ExtensionContext** inherit this capability. The application file paths are a type of application sandbox paths. For details, see [Application Sandbox Directory](../file-management/app-sandbox-directory.md). -| Name| Type| Readable| Writable| Description| -| -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| bundleCodeDir | string | Yes | No | Path for storing the application's installation package, that is, installation directory of the application on the internal storage. Do not access resource files by concatenating paths. Use [@ohos.resourceManager] instead. | -| cacheDir | string | Yes| No| Path for storing the application's cache files, that is, cache directory of the application on the internal storage.
It is the content of **Storage** of an application under **Settings > Apps & services > Apps**.| -| filesDir | string | Yes | No | Path for storing the application's common files, that is, file directory of the application on the internal storage.
Files in this directory may be synchronized to other directories during application migration or backup.| -| preferencesDir | string | Yes | Yes | Path for storing the application's preference files, that is, preferences directory of the application. | -| tempDir | string | Yes | No | Path for storing the application's temporary files.
Files in this directory are deleted after the application is uninstalled.| -| databaseDir | string | Yes | No | Path for storing the application's database, that is, storage directory of the local database. | -| distributedFilesDir | string | Yes| No| Path for storing the application's distributed files.| +The application file paths obtained by the preceding contexts are different. -The capability of obtaining the application development path is provided by the base class **Context**. This capability is also provided by **ApplicationContext**, **AbilityStageContext**, **UIAbilityContext**, and **ExtensionContext**. However, the paths obtained from different contexts may differ, as shown below. +- The application file path obtained through **ApplicationContext** is at the application level. This path is recommended for storing global application information, and the files in the path will be deleted when the application is uninstalled. -**Figure 1** Application development paths obtained from context - -![context-dir](figures/context-dir.png) - -- Obtain the application-level path through **ApplicationContext**. It is recommended that global application information be stored in this path. Files stored in this path will be deleted only when the application is uninstalled. - | Name| Path| + | Name| Path| | -------- | -------- | - | bundleCodeDir | {Path prefix}/el1/bundle/| - | cacheDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/cache/| - | filesDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/files/| - | preferencesDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/preferences/| - | tempDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/temp/| - | databaseDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/database/| - | distributedFilesDir | {Path prefix}/el2/distributedFiles/| - -- Obtain the HAP level path through **AbilityStageContext**, **UIAbilityContext**, and **ExtensionContext**. It is recommended that the HAP information be stored in this path. The file content stored in this path will be deleted when the HAP is uninstalled. The file content in the application-level path will be deleted only after all the HAPs of the application are uninstalled. - | Name| Path| - | -------- | -------- | - | bundleCodeDir | {Path prefix}/el1/bundle/| - | cacheDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/**haps/{moduleName}**/cache/| - | filesDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/**haps/{moduleName}**/files/| - | preferencesDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/**haps/{moduleName}**/preferences/| - | tempDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/base/**haps/{moduleName}**/temp/| - | databaseDir | {Path prefix}/{Encryption level}/database/**{moduleName}**/| - | distributedFilesDir | {Path prefix}/el2/distributedFiles/**{moduleName}**/| + | bundleCodeDir | /el1/bundle/| + | cacheDir | //base/cache/| + | filesDir | //base/files/| + | preferencesDir | //base/preferences/| + | tempDir | //base/temp/| + | databaseDir | //database/| + | distributedFilesDir | /el2/distributedFiles/| + + The sample code is as follows: + + ```ts + import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; + + export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + let applicationContext = this.context.getApplicationContext(); + let cacheDir = applicationContext.cacheDir; + let tempDir = applicationContext.tempDir; + let filesDir = applicationContext.filesDir; + let databaseDir = applicationContext.databaseDir; + let bundleCodeDir = applicationContext.bundleCodeDir; + let distributedFilesDir = applicationContext.distributedFilesDir; + let preferencesDir = applicationContext.preferencesDir; + ... + } + } + ``` -The sample code for obtaining the application development paths is as follows: +- The application file path obtained through **AbilityStageContext**, **UIAbilityContext**, or **ExtensionContext** is at the HAP level. This path is recommended for storing HAP-related information, and the files in this path are deleted when the HAP is uninstalled. However, the deletion does not affect the files in the application-level path unless all HAPs of the application are uninstalled. + | Name| Path| + | -------- | -------- | + | bundleCodeDir | /el1/bundle/| + | cacheDir | //base/**haps/\**/cache/| + | filesDir | //base/**haps/\**/files/| + | preferencesDir | //base/**haps/\**/preferences/| + | tempDir | //base/**haps/\**/temp/| + | databaseDir | //database/**\**/| + | distributedFilesDir | /el2/distributedFiles/**\**/| -```ts -import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; + The sample code is as follows: -export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launchParam) { - let cacheDir = this.context.cacheDir; - let tempDir = this.context.tempDir; - let filesDir = this.context.filesDir; - let databaseDir = this.context.databaseDir; - let bundleCodeDir = this.context.bundleCodeDir; - let distributedFilesDir = this.context.distributedFilesDir; - let preferencesDir = this.context.preferencesDir; - // ... + ```ts + import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; + + export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + let cacheDir = this.context.cacheDir; + let tempDir = this.context.tempDir; + let filesDir = this.context.filesDir; + let databaseDir = this.context.databaseDir; + let bundleCodeDir = this.context.bundleCodeDir; + let distributedFilesDir = this.context.distributedFilesDir; + let preferencesDir = this.context.preferencesDir; + ... + } } -} -``` + ``` -> **NOTE** -> -> The sample code obtains the sandbox path of the application development path. The absolute path can be obtained by running the **find / -name ** command in the hdc shell after file creation or modification. ### Obtaining and Modifying Encryption Levels @@ -156,22 +158,23 @@ In practice, you need to select a proper encryption level based on scenario-spec > > - AreaMode.EL2: user-level encryption. Directories with this encryption level are accessible only after the device is powered on and the password is entered (for the first time). -You can obtain and set the encryption level by reading and writing the [area attribute in Context](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md). +You can obtain and set the encryption level by reading and writing the **area** attribute in [Context](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md). ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; +import contextConstant from '@ohos.app.ability.contextConstant'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { onCreate(want, launchParam) { // Before storing common information, switch the encryption level to EL1. - if (this.context.area === 1) {// Obtain the area. - this.context.area = 0; // Modify the area. + if (this.context.area === contextConstant.AreaMode.EL2) { // Obtain the area. + this.context.area = contextConstant.AreaMode.EL1; // Modify the area. } // Store common information. // Before storing sensitive information, switch the encryption level to EL2. - if (this.context.area === 0) { // Obtain the area. - this.context.area = 1; // Modify the area. + if (this.context.area === contextConstant.AreaMode.EL1) { // Obtain the area. + this.context.area = contextConstant.AreaMode.EL2; // Modify the area. } // Store sensitive information. } @@ -181,17 +184,17 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { ### Creating Context of Another Application or Module -The base class **Context** provides [createBundleContext(bundleName:string)](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#contextcreatebundlecontext), [createModuleContext(moduleName:string)](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#contextcreatemodulecontext), and [createModuleContext(bundleName:string, moduleName:string)](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#contextcreatemodulecontext-1) to create the context of other applications or modules, so as to obtain the resource information, for example, [obtaining the application development paths](#obtaining-the-application-development-path) of other modules. +The base class **Context** provides [createBundleContext(bundleName:string)](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#contextcreatebundlecontext), [createModuleContext(moduleName:string)](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#contextcreatemodulecontext), and [createModuleContext(bundleName:string, moduleName:string)](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#contextcreatemodulecontext-1) to create the context of other applications or modules, so as to obtain the resource information, for example, [obtaining application file paths](#obtaining-application-development-paths) of other modules. - Call **createBundleContext(bundleName:string)** to create the context of another application. > **NOTE** > > To obtain the context of another application: - > + > > - Request the **ohos.permission.GET_BUNDLE_INFO_PRIVILEGED** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). - > + > > - This is a system API and cannot be called by third-party applications. - + For example, application information displayed on the home screen includes the application name and icon. The home screen application calls the foregoing method to obtain the context information, so as to obtain the resource information including the application name and icon. ```ts @@ -202,11 +205,11 @@ The base class **Context** provides [createBundleContext(bundleName:string)](../ let bundleName2 = 'com.example.application'; let context2 = this.context.createBundleContext(bundleName2); let label2 = context2.applicationInfo.label; - // ... + ... } } ``` - + - Call **createModuleContext(bundleName:string, moduleName:string)** to obtain the context of a specified module of another application. After obtaining the context, you can obtain the resource information of that module. > **NOTE** > @@ -224,7 +227,7 @@ The base class **Context** provides [createBundleContext(bundleName:string)](../ let bundleName2 = 'com.example.application'; let moduleName2 = 'module1'; let context2 = this.context.createModuleContext(bundleName2, moduleName2); - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -238,7 +241,7 @@ The base class **Context** provides [createBundleContext(bundleName:string)](../ onCreate(want, launchParam) { let moduleName2 = 'module1'; let context2 = this.context.createModuleContext(moduleName2); - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -266,53 +269,53 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { let abilityLifecycleCallback = { // Called when a UIAbility is created. onAbilityCreate(uiAbility) { - console.log(TAG, `onAbilityCreate uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onAbilityCreate uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); }, // Called when a window is created. onWindowStageCreate(uiAbility, windowStage: window.WindowStage) { - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageCreate uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageCreate windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageCreate uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageCreate windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); }, // Called when the window becomes active. onWindowStageActive(uiAbility, windowStage: window.WindowStage) { - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageActive uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageActive windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageActive uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageActive windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); }, // Called when the window becomes inactive. onWindowStageInactive(uiAbility, windowStage: window.WindowStage) { - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageInactive uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageInactive windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageInactive uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageInactive windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); }, // Called when the window is destroyed. onWindowStageDestroy(uiAbility, windowStage: window.WindowStage) { - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageDestroy uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); - console.log(TAG, `onWindowStageDestroy windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageDestroy uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onWindowStageDestroy windowStage: ${JSON.stringify(windowStage)}`); }, // Called when the UIAbility is destroyed. onAbilityDestroy(uiAbility) { - console.log(TAG, `onAbilityDestroy uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onAbilityDestroy uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); }, // Called when the UIAbility is switched from the background to the foreground. onAbilityForeground(uiAbility) { - console.log(TAG, `onAbilityForeground uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onAbilityForeground uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); }, // Called when the UIAbility is switched from the foreground to the background. onAbilityBackground(uiAbility) { - console.log(TAG, `onAbilityBackground uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onAbilityBackground uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); }, // Called when UIAbility is continued on another device. onAbilityContinue(uiAbility) { - console.log(TAG, `onAbilityContinue uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); + console.info(TAG, `onAbilityContinue uiAbility.launchWant: ${JSON.stringify(uiAbility.launchWant)}`); } } // Obtain the application context. let applicationContext = this.context.getApplicationContext(); // Register the application lifecycle callback. this.lifecycleId = applicationContext.on('abilityLifecycle', abilityLifecycleCallback); - console.log(TAG, `register callback number: ${this.lifecycleId}`); + console.info(TAG, `register callback number: ${this.lifecycleId}`); } - // ... + ... onDestroy() { // Obtain the application context. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-model-description.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-model-description.md index 0cdfa7323c6ef367a47a44e2c30104d3201ca159..20fa9019d10c8d242e34b309debec78e722e6c27 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/application-model-description.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/application-model-description.md @@ -12,10 +12,9 @@ Along its evolution, OpenHarmony has provided two application models: The stage model is designed based on the following considerations, which make it become the recommended model: 1. **Designed for complex applications** - - In the stage model, multiple application components share an ArkTS engine (VM running the programming language ArkTS) instance, making it easy for application components to share objects and status while requiring less memory. - The object-oriented development mode makes the code of complex applications easy to read, maintain, and scale. - + 2. **Native support for [cross-device migration](hop-cross-device-migration.md) and [multi-device collaboration](hop-multi-device-collaboration.md) at the application component level** The stage model decouples application components from User Interfaces (UIs). @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ The stage model is designed based on the following considerations, which make it The stage model redefines the boundary of application capabilities to well balance application capabilities and system management costs. - - Diverse application components (such as widgets and input methods) for specific scenarios. + - Diverse application components (such as service widgets and input methods) for specific scenarios. - Standardized background process management. To deliver a better user experience, the stage model manages background application processes in a more orderly manner. Applications cannot reside in the background randomly, and their background behavior is strictly managed to minimize malicious behavior. @@ -52,8 +51,8 @@ The table below describes their differences in detail. | Item| FA model| Stage model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| **Application component**| 1. Component classification
![fa-model-component](figures/fa-model-component.png)
- PageAbility: has the UI and supports user interaction For details, see [PageAbility Component Overview](pageability-overview.md).
- ServiceAbility: provides background services and has no UI. For details, see [ServiceAbility Component Overview](serviceability-overview.md).
- DataAbility: provides the data sharing capability and has no UI. For details, see [DataAbility Component Overview](dataability-overview.md).
2. Development mode
Application components are specified by exporting anonymous objects and fixed entry files. You cannot perform derivation. It is inconvenient for capability expansion. | 1. Component classification
![stage-model-component](figures/stage-model-component.png)
- UIAbility: has the UI and supports user interaction. For details, see [UIAbility Component Overview](uiability-overview.md).
- ExtensionAbility: provides extension capabilities (such as widget and input methods) for specific scenarios. For details, see [ExtensionAbility Component Overview](extensionability-overview.md).
2. Development mode
The object-oriented mode is used to provide open application components as classes. You can derive application components for capability expansion. | -| **Process model**| There are two types of processes:
1. Main process
2. Rendering process
For details, see [Process Model (FA Model)](process-model-fa.md).| There are three types of processes:
1. Main process
2. ExtensionAbility process
3. Rendering process
For details, see [Process Model (Stage Model)](process-model-stage.md).| -| **Thread model**| 1. ArkTS engine instance creation
A process can run multiple application component instances, and each application component instance runs in an independent ArkTS engine instance.
2. Thread model
Each ArkTS engine instance is created on an independent thread (non-main thread). The main thread does not have an ArkTS engine instance.
3. Intra-process object sharing: not supported.
For details, see [Thread Model (FA Model)](thread-model-fa.md).| 1. ArkTS engine instance creation
A process can run multiple application component instances, and all application component instances share one ArkTS engine instance.
2. Thread model
The ArkTS engine instance is created on the main thread.
3. Intra-process object sharing: supported.
For details, see [Thread Model (Stage Model)](thread-model-stage.md).| +| **Application component**| 1. Component classification
![fa-model-component](figures/fa-model-component.png)
- PageAbility: has the UI and supports user interaction For details, see [PageAbility Component Overview](pageability-overview.md).
- ServiceAbility: provides background services and has no UI. For details, see [ServiceAbility Component Overview](serviceability-overview.md).
- DataAbility: provides the data sharing capability and has no UI. For details, see [DataAbility Component Overview](dataability-overview.md).
2. Development mode
Application components are specified by exporting anonymous objects and fixed entry files. You cannot perform derivation. It is inconvenient for capability expansion.| 1. Component classification
![stage-model-component](figures/stage-model-component.png)
- UIAbility: has the UI and supports user interaction. For details, see [UIAbility Component Overview](uiability-overview.md).
- ExtensionAbility: provides extension capabilities (such as widget and input methods) for specific scenarios. For details, see [ExtensionAbility Component Overview](extensionability-overview.md).
2. Development mode
The object-oriented mode is used to provide open application components as classes. You can derive application components for capability expansion.| +| **Process model**| There are two types of processes:
1. Main process
2. Rendering process
For details, see [Process Model Overview (FA Model)](process-model-fa.md). | There are three types of processes:
1. Main process
2. ExtensionAbility process
3. Rendering process
For details, see [Process Model Overview (Stage Model)](process-model-stage.md). | +| **Thread model**| 1. ArkTS engine instance creation
A process can run multiple application component instances, and each application component instance runs in an independent ArkTS engine instance.
2. Thread model
Each ArkTS engine instance is created on an independent thread (non-main thread). The main thread does not have an ArkTS engine instance.
3. Intra-process object sharing: not supported.
For details, see [Thread Model Overview (FA Model)](thread-model-fa.md). | 1. ArkTS engine instance creation
A process can run multiple application component instances, and all application component instances share one ArkTS engine instance.
2. Thread model
The ArkTS engine instance is created on the main thread.
3. Intra-process object sharing: supported.
For details, see [Thread Model Overview (Stage Model)](thread-model-stage.md). | | **Mission management model**| - A mission is created for each PageAbility component instance.
- Missions are stored persistently until the number of missions exceeds the maximum (customized based on the product configuration) or users delete missions.
- PageAbility components do not form a stack structure.
For details, see [Mission Management Scenarios](mission-management-overview.md).| - A mission is created for each UIAbility component instance.
- Missions are stored persistently until the number of missions exceeds the maximum (customized based on the product configuration) or users delete missions.
- UIAbility components do not form a stack structure.
For details, see [Mission Management Scenarios](mission-management-overview.md).| | **Application configuration file**| The **config.json** file is used to describe the application, HAP, and application component information.
For details, see [Application Configuration File Overview (FA Model)](../quick-start/application-configuration-file-overview-fa.md).| The **app.json5** file is used to describe the application information, and the **module.json5** file is used to describe the HAP and application component information.
For details, see [Application Configuration File Overview (Stage Model)](../quick-start/application-configuration-file-overview-stage.md).| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md index 7e438ce4215a583c4ad7ccebc8cfc591b5251ad6..7c27d434cbcc0c73cd05c96509b704131d5fd093 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Widget-related configuration includes **FormExtensionAbility** configuration and } ``` -2. Configure the widget configuration information. In the **metadata** configuration item of FormExtensionAbility, you can specify the resource index of specific configuration information of the widget. For example, if resource is set to **$profile:form_config**, **form_config.json** in the **resources/base/profile/** directory of the development view is used as the profile configuration file of the widget. The following table describes the internal field structure. +2. Configure the widget configuration information. In the **metadata** configuration item of FormExtensionAbility, you can specify the resource index of specific configuration information of the widget. For example, if **resource** is set to **$profile:form_config**, **form_config.json** in the **resources/base/profile/** directory of the development view is used as the profile configuration file of the widget. The following table describes the internal structure of the profile configuration file. **Table 1** form_config.json file @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ Widget-related configuration includes **FormExtensionAbility** configuration and | colorMode | Color mode of the widget.
- **auto**: auto-adaptive color mode
- **dark**: dark color mode
- **light**: light color mode| String| Yes (initial value: **auto**)| | supportDimensions | Grid styles supported by the widget.
- **1 * 2**: indicates a grid with one row and two columns.
- **2 * 2**: indicates a grid with two rows and two columns.
- **2 * 4**: indicates a grid with two rows and four columns.
- **4 * 4**: indicates a grid with four rows and four columns.| String array| No| | defaultDimension | Default grid style of the widget. The value must be available in the **supportDimensions** array of the widget.| String| No| - | updateEnabled | Whether the widget can be updated periodically.
- **true**: The widget can be updated at a specified interval (**updateDuration**) or at the scheduled time (**scheduledUpdateTime**). **updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**.
- **false**: The widget cannot be updated periodically.| Boolean| No| - | scheduledUpdateTime | Scheduled time to update the widget. The value is in 24-hour format and accurate to minute.
**NOTE**
**updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.| String| Yes (initial value: The widget cannot be updated periodically.）| + | updateEnabled | Whether the widget can be updated periodically.
- **true**: The widget can be updated at a specified interval (**updateDuration**) or at the scheduled time (**scheduledUpdateTime**). **updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.
- **false**: The widget cannot be updated periodically.| Boolean| No| + | scheduledUpdateTime | Scheduled time to update the widget. The value is in 24-hour format and accurate to minute.
**NOTE**
**updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.| String| Yes (initial value: The widget is not updated at the scheduled time.)| | updateDuration | Interval to update the widget. The value is a natural number, in the unit of 30 minutes.
If the value is **0**, this field does not take effect.
If the value is a positive integer *N*, the interval is calculated by multiplying *N* and 30 minutes.
**NOTE**
**updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.| Number| Yes (initial value: **0**)| | formConfigAbility | Link to a specific page of the application. The value is a URI.| String| Yes (initial value: left empty)| | formVisibleNotify | Whether the widget is allowed to use the widget visibility notification.| String| Yes (initial value: left empty)| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-creation.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-creation.md index cc8843c0294cf745e7737164e46cb8f69256efa2..bc571f93c5623a46a1290064d297003fe7e24c29 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-creation.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-creation.md @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ To create an ArkTS widget in an existing application project, perform the following steps: 1. Create a widget. - + ![WidgetProjectCreate1](figures/WidgetProjectCreate1.png) - + 2. Select a widget template based on the actual service scenario. ![WidgetProjectCreate2](figures/WidgetProjectCreate2.png) @@ -14,6 +14,6 @@ To create an ArkTS widget in an existing application project, perform the follow ![WidgetProjectCreate3](figures/WidgetProjectCreate3.png) -After an ArkTS widget is created, the following widget-related files are added to the project directory: **EntryFormAbility.ts** (widget lifecycle management file), **WidgetCard.ets** (widget page file), and **form_config.json** (widget configuration file). +After an ArkTS widget is created, the following widget-related files are automatically added to the project directory: **EntryFormAbility.ts** (widget lifecycle management file), **WidgetCard.ets** (widget page file), and **form_config.json** (widget configuration file). -![WidgetProjectView](figures/WidgetProjectView.png) +![WidgetProjectView](figures/WidgetProjectView.png) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-call.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-call.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..69189afb06c941158047462015519499961c9b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-call.md @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# Launching a UIAbility in the Background Through the call Event + + +There may be cases you want to provide in a widget access to features available in your application running in the foreground, for example, the play, pause, and stop buttons in a music application widget. This is where the **call** capability of the **postCardAction** API comes in handy. This capability, when used in a widget, can start the specified UIAbility of the widget provider in the background. It also allows the widget to call the specified method of the application and transfer data so that the application, while in the background, can behave accordingly in response to touching of the buttons on the widget. + + +Typically, the call event is triggered for touching of buttons. Below is an example. + + +- In this example, two buttons are laid out on the widget page. When one button is clicked, the **postCardAction** API is called to send a call event to the target UIAbility. Note that the **method** parameter in the API indicates the method to call in the target UIAbility. It is mandatory and of the string type. + + ```ts + @Entry + @Component + struct WidgetCard { + build() { + Column() { + Button ('Feature A') + .margin('20%') + .onClick(() => { + console.info('call EntryAbility funA'); + postCardAction(this, { + 'action': 'call', + 'abilityName': 'EntryAbility', // Only the UIAbility of the current application is allowed. + 'params': { + 'method': 'funA' // Set the name of the method to call in the EntryAbility. + } + }); + }) + + Button ('Feature B') + .margin('20%') + .onClick(() => { + console.info('call EntryAbility funB'); + postCardAction(this, { + 'action': 'call', + 'abilityName': 'EntryAbility', // Only the UIAbility of the current application is allowed. + 'params': { + 'method': 'funB', // Set the name of the method to call in the EntryAbility. + 'num': 1 // Set other parameters to be passed in. + } + }); + }) + } + .width('100%') + .height('100%') + } + } + ``` + +- The UIAbility receives the call event and obtains the transferred parameters. It then executes the target method specified by the **method** parameter. Other data can be obtained in readString mode. Listen for the method required by the call event in the **onCreate** callback of the UIAbility. + + ```ts + import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; + + function FunACall(data) { + // Obtain all parameters passed in the call event. + console.info('FunACall param:' + JSON.stringify(data.readString())); + return null; + } + + function FunBCall(data) { + console.info('FunBCall param:' + JSON.stringify(data.readString())); + return null; + } + + export default class CameraAbility extends UIAbility { + // If the UIAbility is started for the first time, onCreate is triggered afte the call event is received. + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + try { + // Listen for the method required by the call event. + this.callee.on('funA', FunACall); + this.callee.on('funB', FunBCall); + } catch (err) { + console.error(`Failed to register callee on. Cause: ${JSON.stringify(err)}`); + } + } + + ... + + // Deregister the listener when the process exits. + onDestroy() { + try { + this.callee.off('funA'); + this.callee.off('funB'); + } catch (err) { + console.error(`Failed to register callee off. Cause: ${JSON.stringify(err)}`); + } + } + }; + ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md index 861f5ca66eea9a06ee50c7b1448e1f6ed040c01a..be7761d8d78da5102afadd2c37043c228dfcd53e 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -# Updating Widget Content Through FormExtensionAbility +# Updating Widget Content Through the message Event -On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a message event to the FormExtensionAbility, which then updates the widget content. The following is an example of this widget update mode. +On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a message event to start a FormExtensionAbility, which then updates the widget content. The following is an example of this widget update mode. - On the widget page, register the **onClick** event callback of the button and call the **postCardAction** API in the callback to trigger the event to the FormExtensionAbility. @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a message }) } - // ... + ... } ``` The figure below shows the effect. - + ![WidgetUpdatePage](figures/WidgetUpdatePage.png) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md index fbc77b97a27b52b0f7b2a3b0cebc5b5cb5940f72..ed029fc3017d00a7d4c2cf14e1b905139bd7eb49 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md @@ -1,40 +1,31 @@ # Widget Event Capability Overview - The ArkTS widget provides the **postCardAction()** API for interaction between the widget internal and the provider application. Currently, this API supports the router, message, and call events and can be called only in the widget. - ![WidgetPostCardAction](figures/WidgetPostCardAction.png) +**Definition**: postCardAction(component: Object, action: Object): void -Definition: postCardAction(component: Object, action: Object): void - - -Parameters: - +**Parameters** | Name| Type| Mandatory| Description| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | component | Object | Yes| Instance of the current custom component. Generally, **this** is transferred.| | action | Object | Yes| Action description. For details, see the following table.| +**Description of the action parameter** -Description of the action parameter - - -| **Key** | **Value** | Description| +| Key | Value | Description| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| "action" | string | Action type.
- **"router"**: application redirection. If this type of action is triggered, the corresponding UIAbility is displayed. Only the UIAbility of the current application can be displayed.
- **"message"**: custom message. If this type of action is triggered, the [onFormEvent()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onformevent) lifecycle callback of the provider FormExtensionAbility is called.
- **"call"**: application startup in the background. If this type of action is triggered, the corresponding UIAbility is started but does not run in the foreground. The target application must have the permission to run in the background ([ohos.permission.KEEP_BACKGROUND_RUNNING](../security/permission-list.md#ohospermissionkeep_background_running)).| +| "action" | string | Action type.
- **"router"**: redirection to the specified UIAbility of the widget provider.
- **"message"**: custom message. If this type of action is triggered, the [onFormEvent()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onformevent) lifecycle callback of the provider FormExtensionAbility is called.
- **"call"**: launch of the widget provider in the background. If this type of action is triggered, the specified UIAbility of the widget provider is started in the background, but not displayed in the foreground. This action type requires that the widget provider should have the [ohos.permission.KEEP_BACKGROUND_RUNNING](../security/permission-list.md#ohospermissionkeep_background_running) permission.| | "bundleName" | string | Name of the target bundle when **action** is **"router"** or **"call"**. This parameter is optional.| | "moduleName" | string | Name of the target module when **action** is **"router"** or **"call"**. This parameter is optional.| | "abilityName" | string | Name of the target UIAbility when **action** is **"router"** or **"call"**. This parameter is mandatory.| -| "params" | Object | Additional parameters carried in the current action. The value is a key-value pair in JSON format.| +| "params" | Object | Additional parameters carried in the current action. The value is a key-value pair in JSON format. For the **"call"** action type, the **method** parameter must be set and its value type must be string. This parameter is mandatory.| Sample code of the **postCardAction()** API: - - ```typescript Button ('Jump') .width('40%') @@ -45,18 +36,26 @@ Button ('Jump') 'bundleName': 'com.example.myapplication', 'abilityName': 'EntryAbility', 'params': { - 'message': 'testForRouter' // Customize the message to be sent. + 'message': 'testForRouter' // Customize the message to send. } }); }) -``` - - -The following are typical widget development scenarios that can be implemented through widget events: +Button ('Start in Background') + .width('40%') + .height('20%') + .onClick(() => { + postCardAction(this, { + 'action': 'call', + 'bundleName': 'com.example.myapplication', + 'abilityName': 'EntryAbility', + 'params': { + 'method': 'fun', // Set the name of the method to call. It is mandatory. + 'message': 'testForcall' // Customize the message to send. + } + }); + }) +``` -- [Updating Widget Content Through FormExtensionAbility](arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md) - -- [Updating Widget Content Through UIAbility](arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md) -- [Redirecting to a Specified Page Through the Router Event](arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md) +Read on to learn the typical widget development scenarios that can be implemented through widget events. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md index 371cbc6b2729a7985ed2fd183297ed771fddb11d..733ff7f59b57ec4295fa21cb4d83ae8a5b2b8eb4 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-router.md @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -# Redirecting to a Specified Page Through the Router Event - - -The **router** capability of the **postCardAction** API can be used in a widget to quickly start the widget provider application. An application can provide different buttons through the widget so that users can jump to different pages at the touch of a button. For example, a camera widget provides the buttons that direct the user to respective pages, such as the page for taking a photo and the page for recording a video. +# Redirecting to a UIAbility Through the router Event +The **router** capability of the **postCardAction** API can be used in a widget to quickly start a specific UIAbility of the widget provider. By leveraging this capability, an application can provide in the widget multiple buttons, each of which targets a different target UIAbility. For example, a camera widget can provide the buttons that redirect the user to the UIAbility for taking a photo and the UIAbility for recording a video. ![WidgerCameraCard](figures/WidgerCameraCard.png) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md index 0d6cb33a3749c81b6b41dd4904ba64c89a7942ae..392bdced7592e74f94eb2bf7d3445f5fa686a506 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -# Updating Widget Content Through UIAbility +# Updating Widget Content Through the router or call Event -On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a router or call event to start the UIAbility, which then updates the widget content. The following is an example of this widget update mode. +On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a router or call event to start a UIAbility, which then updates the widget content. The following is an example of this widget update mode. +## Updating Widget Content Through the router Event -- On the widget page, register the **onClick** event callback of the button and call the **postCardAction** API in the callback to trigger the event to the FormExtensionAbility. +- On the widget page, register the **onClick** event callback of the button and call the **postCardAction** API in the callback to trigger the router event to the FormExtensionAbility. ```ts let storage = new LocalStorage(); @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a router o import formInfo from '@ohos.app.form.formInfo'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - // If the UIAbility is started for the first time, the onCreate lifecycle callback is triggered after the router event is received. + // If the UIAbility is started for the first time, onCreate is triggered after the router event is received. onCreate(want, launchParam) { console.info('Want:' + JSON.stringify(want)); if (want.parameters[formInfo.FormParam.IDENTITY_KEY] !== undefined) { @@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a router o }) } } - // If the UIAbility is running in the background, the onNewWant lifecycle callback is triggered after the router event is received. + // If the UIAbility is running in the background, onNewWant is triggered after the router event is received. onNewWant(want, launchParam) { console.info('onNewWant Want:' + JSON.stringify(want)); if (want.parameters[formInfo.FormParam.IDENTITY_KEY] !== undefined) { @@ -84,3 +85,103 @@ On the widget page, the **postCardAction** API can be used to trigger a router o ... } ``` + +## Updating Widget Content Through the call Event + +- When using the call event of the **postCardAction** API, the value of **formId** must be updated in the **onAddForm** callback of the FormExtensionAbility. + + ```ts + import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; + import FormExtensionAbility from '@ohos.app.form.FormExtensionAbility'; + + export default class EntryFormAbility extends FormExtensionAbility { + onAddForm(want) { + let formId = want.parameters["ohos.extra.param.key.form_identity"]; + let dataObj1 = { + "formId": formId + }; + let obj1 = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(dataObj1); + return obj1; + } + + ... + }; + ``` + +- On the widget page, register the **onClick** event callback of the button and call the **postCardAction** API in the callback to trigger the event to the UIAbility. + + ```ts + let storage = new LocalStorage(); + @Entry(storage) + @Component + struct WidgetCard { + @LocalStorageProp('detail') detail: string = 'init'; + @LocalStorageProp('formId') formId: string = '0'; + + build() { + Column() { + Button ('Start in Background') + .margin('20%') + .onClick(() => { + console.info('postCardAction to EntryAbility'); + postCardAction(this, { + 'action': 'call', + 'abilityName': 'EntryAbility', // Only the UIAbility of the current application is allowed. + 'params': { + 'method': 'funA', + 'formId': this.formId, + 'detail': 'CallFromCard' + } + }); + }) + Text(`${this.detail}`).margin('20%') + } + .width('100%') + .height('100%') + } + } + ``` + +- Listen for the method required by the call event in the **onCreate** callback of the UIAbility, and then call the [updateForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#updateform) API in the corresponding method to update the widget. + + ```ts + import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; + import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; + import formProvider from '@ohos.app.form.formProvider'; + + const MSG_SEND_METHOD: string = 'funA'; + + // After the call event is received, the method listened for by the callee is triggered. + function FunACall(data) { + // Obtain all parameters transferred in the call event. + let params = JSON.parse(data.readString()) + if (params.formId !== undefined) { + let curFormId = params.formId; + let message = params.detail; + console.info(`UpdateForm formId: ${curFormId}, message: ${message}`); + let formData = { + "detail": message + }; + let formMsg = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(formData) + formProvider.updateForm(curFormId, formMsg).then((data) => { + console.info('updateForm success.' + JSON.stringify(data)); + }).catch((error) => { + console.error('updateForm failed:' + JSON.stringify(error)); + }) + } + return null; + } + export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { + // If the UIAbility is started for the first time, onCreate is triggered after the call event is received. + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + console.info('Want:' + JSON.stringify(want)); + try { + // Listen for the method required by the call event. + this.callee.on(MSG_SEND_METHOD, FunACall); + } catch (error) { + console.info(`${MSG_SEND_METHOD} register failed with error ${JSON.stringify(error)}`) + } + } + ... + } + ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-image-update.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-image-update.md index 00c00a744afd8422274617005a50583fef5d92ee..dfe6dbf0e9249c66c3fb1d0723f1c7b296443381 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-image-update.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-image-update.md @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ # Updating Local and Online Images in the Widget -Generally, local images or online images downloaded from the network need to be displayed on a widget. To obtain local and online images, use the FormExtensionAbility. The following exemplifies how to show local and online images on a widget. +Typically, a widget includes local images or online images downloaded from the network. To obtain local and online images, use the FormExtensionAbility. The following exemplifies how to show local and online images on a widget. -1. Internet access is required for downloading online images. Therefore, you need to apply for the **ohos.permission.INTERNET** permission. For details, see[Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md). +1. For the widget to download online images, declare the **ohos.permission.INTERNET** permission for the widget. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md). 2. Update local files in the **onAddForm** lifecycle callback of the EntryFormAbility. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Generally, local images or online images downloaded from the network need to be } ``` -3. Update online files in the onFormEvent lifecycle callback of the EntryFormAbility. +3. Update online images in the **onFormEvent** lifecycle callback of the EntryFormAbility. ```ts import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ Generally, local images or online images downloaded from the network need to be 'text': 'Updating...' }) formProvider.updateForm(formId, formInfo) - // Note: The FormExtensionAbility is started when the lifecycle callback is triggered. It can run in the background for only 5 seconds. - // When possible, limit the size of the image to download. If an image cannot be downloaded within 5 seconds, it cannot be updated to the widget page. + // Note: After being started with the triggering of the lifecycle callback, the FormExtensionAbility can run in the background for only 5 seconds. + // When possible, limit the size of the image to download. If an image cannot be downloaded within 5 seconds, it will not be updated to the widget page. let netFile = 'https://xxxx/xxxx.png'; // Specify the URL of the image to download. let tempDir = this.context.getApplicationContext().tempDir; let fileName = 'file' + Date.now(); @@ -161,6 +161,6 @@ Generally, local images or online images downloaded from the network need to be ``` > **NOTE** -> - The **\** component displays images in the remote memory based on the **memory://** identifier in the input parameter (**memory://fileName**). The **fileName** value must be consistent with the key in the object (**'formImages': {key: fd}**) passed by the EntryFormAbility. +> - The **\** component displays images in the remote memory based on the **memory://** identifier in the input parameter (**memory://fileName**). The value of **fileName** must be consistent with the key in the object (**'formImages': {key: fd}**) passed by the EntryFormAbility. > -> - The **\** component determines whether to update the image based on whether the input parameter is changed. Therefore, the value of **imgName** passed by the EntryFormAbility each time must be different. If the two values of **imgName** passed consecutively are identical, the image is not updated. +> - The **\** component determines whether to update the image by comparing the values of **imgName** consecutively passed by the EntryFormAbility. It updates the image only when the values are different. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-interaction-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-interaction-overview.md index 76c4a202543c00f3df44f71b0a33d417831b5f53..afd3cfa70b30ca5f5b6a0e4464958175f8e39cc1 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-interaction-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-interaction-overview.md @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ # Widget Data Interaction - The ArkTS widget framework provides the **updateForm()** and **requestForm()** APIs to proactively trigger widget updates. - ![WidgetLocalStorageProp](figures/WidgetLocalStorageProp.png) | API| System Capability| Constraints| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| updateForm | No| 1. Invoked by the provider.
2. Allows only the widget provider to update its own widgets. It cannot be used to update widgets by other providers.| -| requestForm | Yes| 1. Invoked by the host.
2. Allows only the widget host to update the widgets added to it. It cannot be used to update widgets added to other hosts.| +| updateForm | No| 1. Invoked by the widget provider.
2. Allows only the widget provider to update its own widgets.| +| requestForm | Yes| 1. Invoked by the widget host.
2. Allows only the widget host to update the widgets added to it.| -The following describes the typical use cases of widget updates: +The following are the typical use cases of widget updates: - [Configuring a Widget to Update Periodically](arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md) +- [Updating Widget Content Through a Proxy](arkts-ui-widget-update-by-proxy.md) - [Updating Local and Online Images](arkts-ui-widget-image-update.md) - [Updating Widget Content by State](arkts-ui-widget-update-by-status.md) - [Updating Widget Content by Widget Host (for System Applications Only)](arkts-ui-widget-content-update.md) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-lifecycle.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-lifecycle.md index 4cb68536312e26e0f7c98546839134c0ab435a8c..fb25fd362f67646d65853b870a6a9cb518c4d760 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-lifecycle.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-lifecycle.md @@ -92,4 +92,5 @@ When creating an ArkTS widget, you need to implement the [FormExtensionAbility]( > **NOTE** -> The FormExtensionAbility cannot reside in the background. Therefore, continuous tasks cannot be processed in the widget lifecycle callbacks. The FormExtensionAbility persists for 5 seconds after the lifecycle callback is completed and will exit if no new lifecycle callback is invoked during this time frame. For the service logic that may take more than 5 seconds to complete, it is recommended that you [start the application](arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md). After the processing is complete, use the [updateForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#updateform) to notify the widget of the update. +> +> The FormExtensionAbility cannot reside in the background. It persists for 5 seconds after the lifecycle callback is completed and exist if no new lifecycle callback is invoked during this time frame. This means that continuous tasks cannot be processed in the widget lifecycle callbacks. For the service logic that may take more than 5 seconds to complete, it is recommended that you [start the application](arkts-ui-widget-event-uiability.md) for processing. After the processing is complete, use [updateForm()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#updateform) to notify the widget of the update. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-modules.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-modules.md index 5084b7ea5045002759ca57f10c055ef5623eb7d0..b9a411426db84a4c1af12e70eab956adc8f25806 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-modules.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-modules.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # ArkTS Widget Related Modules +**Figure 1** ArkTS widget related modules - **Figure 1** ArkTS widget related modules ![WidgetModules](figures/WidgetModules.png) @@ -15,10 +15,10 @@ - [formBindingData](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formBindingData.md): provides APIs for widget data binding. You can use the APIs to create a **FormBindingData** object and obtain related information. -- [Page Layout (Card.ets)](arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md): provides APIs for a declarative paradigm UI. - - [ArkTS widget capabilities](arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md): include the **postCardAction** API used for interaction between the widget internal and the provider application and can be called only in the widget. - - [ArkTS widget capability list](arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md#page-capabilities-supported-by-arkts-widgets): lists the APIs, components, events, attributes, and lifecycle callbacks that can be used in ArkTS widgets. +- [Page layout (Card.ets)](arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md): provides APIs for a declarative paradigm UI. + - [Capabilities exclusive to ArkTS widgets](arkts-ui-widget-event-overview.md): include the **postCardAction** API used for interaction between the widget internal and the provider application and can be called only in the widget. + - [ArkTS widget capability list](arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md#page-capabilities-supported-by-arkts-widgets): contain the APIs, components, events, attributes, and lifecycle callbacks that can be used in ArkTS widgets. - [Widget configuration](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md): includes FormExtensionAbility configuration and widget configuration. - - Configure FormExtensionAbility information under **extensionAbilities** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). + - Configure the FormExtensionAbility information under **extensionAbilities** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). - Configure the widget configuration information (**WidgetCard.ets**) in the [form_config.json](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) file in **resources/base/profile**. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-animation.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-animation.md index 9a940aeecb62682a185ba8c0529adc38017c8e2d..0cb8e356c61155d367e55c0f39bbf491d03e2e12 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-animation.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-animation.md @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ # Using Animations in the Widget -To make your ArkTS widget more engaging, you can apply animations to it, including [explicit animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-explicit-animation.md), [attribute animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-animatorproperty.md), and [component transition](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-transition-animation-component.md). Note the following restrictions when using the animations in ArkTS widgets. +To make your ArkTS widget more engaging, you can apply animations to it, including [explicit animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-explicit-animation.md), [attribute animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-animatorproperty.md), and [component transition](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-transition-animation-component.md). Just note the following restrictions when using the animations in ArkTS widgets. - **Table 1** Restrictions on animation parameters +**Table 1** Restrictions on animation parameters | Name| Description| Description| | -------- | -------- | -------- | @@ -13,14 +13,10 @@ To make your ArkTS widget more engaging, you can apply animations to it, includi | delay | Animation delay duration.| Do not set this parameter in the widget. Use the default value 0.| | iterations | Number of times that the animation is played.| Do not set this parameter in the widget. Use the default value 1.| - The following sample code implements the animation effect of button rotation: - ![WidgetAnimation](figures/WidgetAnimation.gif) - - ```ts @Entry @Component diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-custom-drawing.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-custom-drawing.md index 49523d60af886db40b55fc90d80c9bd5027cade8..a55cb9cd17cda67cc2989e5916db19c5cf36cc47 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-custom-drawing.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-custom-drawing.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ # Applying Custom Drawing in the Widget - You can apply custom drawing in your ArkTS widget to create a more vibrant experience. Use the [Canvas](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-canvas-canvas.md) component to create a canvas on the widget, and then use the [CanvasRenderingContext2D](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-canvasrenderingcontext2d.md) object to draw custom graphics on the canvas. The following code shows how to draw a smiling face in the center of the canvas. +You can apply custom drawing in your ArkTS widget to create a more vibrant experience. Use the [Canvas](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-canvas-canvas.md) component to create a canvas on the widget, and then use the [CanvasRenderingContext2D](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-canvasrenderingcontext2d.md) object to draw custom graphics on the canvas. The following code snippet draws a smiling face in the center of a canvas. -```typescript +```ts @Entry @Component struct Card { @@ -30,41 +30,41 @@ struct Card { this.context.fillRect(0, 0, this.canvasWidth, this.canvasHeight); // Draw a red circle in the center of the canvas. this.context.beginPath(); - let radius = this.context.width / 3 - let circleX = this.context.width / 2 - let circleY = this.context.height / 2 + let radius = this.context.width / 3; + let circleX = this.context.width / 2; + let circleY = this.context.height / 2; this.context.moveTo(circleX - radius, circleY); this.context.arc(circleX, circleY, radius, 2 * Math.PI, 0, true); this.context.closePath(); this.context.fillStyle = 'red'; this.context.fill(); // Draw the left eye of the smiling face. - let leftR = radius / 4 - let leftX = circleX - (radius / 2) - let leftY = circleY - (radius / 3.5) + let leftR = radius / 4; + let leftX = circleX - (radius / 2); + let leftY = circleY - (radius / 3.5); this.context.beginPath(); this.context.arc(leftX, leftY, leftR, 0, Math.PI, true); - this.context.strokeStyle = '#ffff00' - this.context.lineWidth = 10 - this.context.stroke() + this.context.strokeStyle = '#ffff00'; + this.context.lineWidth = 10; + this.context.stroke(); // Draw the right eye of the smiling face. - let rightR = radius / 4 - let rightX = circleX + (radius / 2) - let rightY = circleY - (radius / 3.5) + let rightR = radius / 4; + let rightX = circleX + (radius / 2); + let rightY = circleY - (radius / 3.5); this.context.beginPath(); this.context.arc(rightX, rightY, rightR, 0, Math.PI, true); - this.context.strokeStyle = '#ffff00' - this.context.lineWidth = 10 - this.context.stroke() + this.context.strokeStyle = '#ffff00'; + this.context.lineWidth = 10; + this.context.stroke(); // Draw the mouth of the smiling face. - let mouthR = radius / 2.5 - let mouthX = circleX - let mouthY = circleY + (radius / 3) + let mouthR = radius / 2.5; + let mouthX = circleX; + let mouthY = circleY + (radius / 3); this.context.beginPath(); this.context.arc(mouthX, mouthY, mouthR, Math.PI, 0, true); - this.context.strokeStyle = '#ffff00' - this.context.lineWidth = 10 - this.context.stroke() + this.context.strokeStyle = '#ffff00'; + this.context.lineWidth = 10; + this.context.stroke(); }) } }.height('100%').width('100%') @@ -72,8 +72,6 @@ struct Card { } ``` - The figure below shows the effect. - -![WidgetCanvasDemo](figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.jpeg) +![WidgetCanvasDemo](figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.png) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md index 2c709ff5c7c13c09e5a303f0adfeebe5c97690bd..bb9189a65c21231c6cb7b85bdc06f9d27011fe93 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md @@ -1,21 +1,16 @@ # Widget Page Capability Overview - You can leverage the ArkUI declarative paradigm to develop ArkTS widget pages. The following widget pages are automatically generated by a DevEco Studio template. You can adjust the pages based on the real-world service scenarios. - ![WidgetPreviewPage](figures/WidgetPreviewPage.png) -ArkTS widgets have full capabilities of JS widgets, with added animation and custom drawing capabilities plus partial support for components, events, animations, data management, and state management capabilities of the [declarative paradigm](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-summary.md). For details, see [Page Capabilities Supported by ArkTS Widgets](#page-capabilities-supported-by-arkts-widgets). - - -## Page Capabilities Supported by ArkTS Widgets +ArkTS widgets have full capabilities of JS widgets, with added animation and custom drawing capabilities plus partial support for components, events, animations, data management, and state management capabilities of the [declarative paradigm](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-summary.md). -For details about the page capabilities supported by ArkTS widgets, see [Learning ArkTS](../quick-start/arkts-create-custom-components.md) and [ArkTS-based Declarative Development Paradigm](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-summary.md). +For details about the capabilities supported by ArkTS widgets, see [Learning ArkTS](../quick-start/arkts-create-custom-components.md) and [ArkTS-based Declarative Development Paradigm](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-summary.md). -Only the APIs marked with "supported in ArkTS widgets" can be used for ArkTS widgets. Pay special attention to the capability differences with applications. +Only the APIs marked with "supported in ArkTS widgets" can be used for ArkTS widgets. Pay special attention to the differences from applications. For example, the following description indicates that the @Component decorator can be used in ArkTS widgets. -![WidgetSupportApi](figures/WidgetSupportApi.png) +![WidgetSupportApi](figures/WidgetSupportApi.png) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-proxy.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-proxy.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e93a1c25dc36358ee8068210dfb7bb1bb0aa035a --- /dev/null +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-proxy.md @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +# Updating Widget Content Through a Proxy + +A widget can be updated through a proxy – a system application that has data sharing enabled – when the widget provider is not running. + +## Implementation Principles + +**Figure 1** Updating widget content through a proxy + +![UpdateWidgetByProxyPrinciple](figures/UpdateWidgetByProxyPrinciple.png) + +Compared with the [implementation of the ArkTS widget](../application-models/arkts-ui-widget-working-principles.md#implementation-principles) alone, updating through a proxy involves the data management service and data provider. + +- Data management service: provides a mechanism for data sharing among multiple applications. +- Data provider: must be a system application that has data sharing enabled. The shared data is identified through the defined **key** + **subscriberId** combination. + +Processing flow of the widget provider (indicated by the blue arrows in the figure): + +1. The widget provider sets the **dataProxyEnabled** field to **true** in the **form_config.json** file to enable the update-through-proxy feature. +> **NOTE** +> +> After the update-through-proxy feature is enabled, the settings for [updating periodically](../application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md) do not work. + +2. In the [onAddForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onaddform) callback, the widget provider returns the **key** + **subscriberId** combination defined by the data provider to the Widget Manager. + +3. Widget Manager parses the subscription information of the widget provider and registers a subscription instance with the data management service. + +Processing flow of the widget update proxy (indicated by the red arrows in the figure): + +1. The data provider uses the **key** + **subscriberId** combination as the data ID to store data to the database. +2. The data management service detects the change in the database and publishes the new data to all currently registered subscription instances. +3. The Widget Manager parses data from the subscription instance and sends the data to the widget rendering service. +4. The widget rendering service runs the widget page code **widgets.abc**, renders based on the new data, and sends the rendered data to the widget component (../reference/arkui-ts/ts-basic-components-formcomponent.md) corresponding to the widget host. + +There are two types of shared data provided by the data provider: + +- Ephemeral data: data that exists only for a specific period of time and can be subscribed to by system and non-system applications alike. + +- Persistent data: data that persists over time and can only be subscribed to by system applications. + +The update-through-proxy configuration varies by the type of shared data. + + +## Widget Provider Development (Ephemeral Data) + +- Set the **dataProxyEnabled** field to **true** in the **form_config.json** file to enable the update-through-proxy feature. + ```json + { + "forms": [ + { + "name": "widget", + "description": "This is a service widget.", + "src": "./ets/widget/pages/WidgetCard.ets", + "uiSyntax": "arkts", + "window": { + "designWidth": 720, + "autoDesignWidth": true + }, + "colorMode": "auto", + "isDefault": true, + "updateEnabled": true, + "scheduledUpdateTime": "10:30", + "defaultDimension": "2*2", + "supportDimensions": ["2*2"], + "dataProxyEnabled": true // Enable the update-through-proxy feature. + } + ] + } + ``` + +- Configure the subscription information [proxies](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formBindingData.md#proxydata) in the [onAddForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onaddform) callback and return the information to the Widget Manager through [formBinding](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formBindingData.md#formbindingdata). In this example, **key** is set to **detail** and **subscriberId** is set to **11**. + > **NOTE** + > + > The value of **key** can be a URI or a simple string. The default value of **subscriberId** is the value of **formId**. The actual value depends on the definition of the data provider. + ```ts + import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; + + let dataShareHelper; + onAddForm(want) { + let formData = {}; + let proxies = [ + { + "key": "detail", + "subscriberId": "11" + } + ] + let formBinding = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(formData); + formBinding["proxies"] = proxies; + return formBinding; + } + ``` + +- In the widget page code file **widgets.abc**, use the variable in LocalStorage to obtain the subscribed data. In this example, the subscribed data is obtained through **'detail'** and displayed in the **\** component. + ```ts + let storage = new LocalStorage(); + @Entry(storage) + @Component + struct Index { + @LocalStorageProp('detail') detail: string = 'Loading...'; + + build() { + Row() { + Column() { + Text(this.detail) + .fontSize('12vp') + .textAlign(TextAlign.Center) + .width('100%') + .height('15%') + } + .width('100%') + } + .height('100%') + } + } + ``` + +## Widget Provider Development (Persistent Data; for System Applications Only) +- Set the **dataProxyEnabled** field to **true** in the **form_config.json** file to enable the update-through-proxy feature. + ```json + { + "forms": [ + { + "name": "widget", + "description": "This is a service widget.", + "src": "./ets/widget/pages/WidgetCard.ets", + "uiSyntax": "arkts", + "window": { + "designWidth": 720, + "autoDesignWidth": true + }, + "colorMode": "auto", + "isDefault": true, + "updateEnabled": true, + "scheduledUpdateTime": "10:30", + "defaultDimension": "2*2", + "supportDimensions": ["2*2"], + "dataProxyEnabled": true // Enable the update-through-proxy feature. + } + ] + } + ``` + +- Add a subscription template ([addTemplate]([../reference/apis/js-apis-data-dataShare.md#addtemplate10)) to the [onAddForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onaddform) callback and use the template predicates to notify the database of the subscribed data conditions. Then, configure the subscription information [proxies](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formBindingData.md#proxydata) and return it to the Widget Manager through [formBinding](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formBindingData.md#formbindingdata). In the example, the predicate is set to **"list": "select type from TBL00 limit 0,1"**, indicating that the first data record in the **type** column is obtained from the **TBL00** database. The data is returned to the widget page code file **widgets.abc** in {"list":[{"type":"value0"}]} format. + + > **NOTE** + > + > - The value of **key** is a URI, which depends on the definition of the data release party. + > - The value of **subscriberId** can be customized. Ensure that the value of **subscriberId** in **addTemplate** is the same as that of **proxies.subscriberId**. + ```ts + import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; + import FormExtensionAbility from '@ohos.app.form.FormExtensionAbility'; + import dataShare from '@ohos.data.dataShare' + + let dataShareHelper; + onAddForm(want) { + let template = { + predicates : { + "list" : "select type from TBL00 limit 0,1" + }, + scheduler: "" + } + let subscriberId = "111"; + dataShare.createDataShareHelper(this.context, "datashareproxy://com.example.myapplication", {isProxy : true}).then((data) => { + dataShareHelper = data; + dataShareHelper.addTemplate("datashareproxy://com.example.myapplication/test", subscriberId, template); + }) + + let formData = {}; + let proxies = [ + { + "key": "datashareproxy://com.example.myapplication/test", + "subscriberId": subscriberId + } + ] + let formBinding = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(formData); + formBinding["proxies"] = proxies; + + return formBinding; + } + ``` + +- In the widget page code file **widgets.abc**, use the variable in LocalStorage to obtain the subscribed data. In the example, the subscribed data is obtained through **'list'**, and the value of the first element is displayed on the **\** component. + ```ts + let storage = new LocalStorage(); + @Entry(storage) + @Component + struct WidgetCard { + readonly ACTION_TYPE: string = 'router'; + readonly ABILITY_NAME: string = 'EntryAbility'; + readonly MESSAGE: string = 'add detail'; + readonly FULL_WIDTH_PERCENT: string = '100%'; + readonly FULL_HEIGHT_PERCENT: string = '100%'; + @LocalStorageProp('list') list: Array = [{"type": "a"}]; + + build() { + Row() { + Column() { + Text((this.list[0]["type"])) + .fontSize($r('app.float.font_size')) + } + .width(this.FULL_WIDTH_PERCENT) + } + .height(this.FULL_HEIGHT_PERCENT) + .onClick(() => { + postCardAction(this, { + "action": this.ACTION_TYPE, + "abilityName": this.ABILITY_NAME, + "params": { + "message": this.MESSAGE + } + }) + }) + } + } + ``` + +## Data Provider Development + +For details, see [Data Management](../database/data-mgmt-overview.md). + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-status.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-status.md index 8952b8dff4ecdd3acad6b1a65513d8e529c4dc70..5fb323813741a81e01b120507561e377995b7d90 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-status.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-status.md @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ # Updating Widget Content by State +There are cases where multiple copies of the same widget are added to the home screen to accommodate different needs. In these cases, the widget content needs to be dynamically updated based on the state. This topic exemplifies how this is implemented. -Multiple widgets of the same application can be configured to implement different features. For example, two weather widgets can be added to the home screen: one for displaying the weather of London, and the other Beijing. The widget is set to be updated at 07:00 every morning. It needs to detect the configured city, and then updates the city-specific weather information. The following example describes how to dynamically update the widget content based on the state. +In the following example, two copies of the weather widget are added to the home screen: one for displaying the weather of London, and the other Beijing, both configured to be updated at 07:00 every morning. The widget provider detects the target city, and then displays the city-specific weather information on the widgets. - Widget configuration file: Configure the widget to be updated at 07:00 every morning. @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ Multiple widgets of the same application can be configured to implement differen } Row() {// Content that is updated only in state A - Text('State A: ') + Text ('State A:') Text(this.textA) } @@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ Multiple widgets of the same application can be configured to implement differen import formProvider from '@ohos.app.form.formProvider'; import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; import FormExtensionAbility from '@ohos.app.form.FormExtensionAbility'; - import dataStorage from '@ohos.data.storage' + import dataPreferences from '@ohos.data.preferences'; export default class EntryFormAbility extends FormExtensionAbility { onAddForm(want) { @@ -102,10 +103,10 @@ Multiple widgets of the same application can be configured to implement differen let isTempCard: boolean = want.parameters[formInfo.FormParam.TEMPORARY_KEY]; if (isTempCard === false) {// If the widget is a normal one, the widget information is persisted. console.info('Not temp card, init db for:' + formId); - let storeDB = dataStorage.getStorageSync(this.context.filesDir + 'myStore') - storeDB.putSync('A' + formId, 'false'); - storeDB.putSync('B' + formId, 'false'); - storeDB.flushSync(); + let storeDB = dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, 'mystore') + storeDB.put('A' + formId, 'false'); + storeDB.put('B' + formId, 'false'); + storeDB.flush(); } let formData = {}; return formBindingData.createFormBindingData(formData); @@ -113,24 +114,24 @@ Multiple widgets of the same application can be configured to implement differen onRemoveForm(formId) { console.info('onRemoveForm, formId:' + formId); - let storeDB = dataStorage.getStorageSync(this.context.filesDir + 'myStore') - storeDB.deleteSync('A' + formId); - storeDB.deleteSync('B' + formId); + let storeDB = dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, 'mystore') + storeDB.delete('A' + formId); + storeDB.delete('B' + formId); } // If the widget is a temporary one, it is recommended that the widget information be persisted when the widget is converted to a normal one. onCastToNormalForm(formId) { console.info('onCastToNormalForm, formId:' + formId); - let storeDB = dataStorage.getStorageSync(this.context.filesDir + 'myStore') - storeDB.putSync('A' + formId, 'false'); - storeDB.putSync('B' + formId, 'false'); - storeDB.flushSync(); + let storeDB = dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, 'myStore') + storeDB.put('A' + formId, 'false'); + storeDB.put('B' + formId, 'false'); + storeDB.flush(); } onUpdateForm(formId) { - let storeDB = dataStorage.getStorageSync(this.context.filesDir + 'myStore') - let stateA = storeDB.getSync('A' + formId, 'false').toString() - let stateB = storeDB.getSync('B' + formId, 'false').toString() + let storeDB = dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, 'myStore') + let stateA = storeDB.get('A' + formId, 'false').toString() + let stateB = storeDB.get('B' + formId, 'false').toString() // Update textA in state A. if (stateA === 'true') { let formInfo = formBindingData.createFormBindingData({ @@ -150,21 +151,22 @@ Multiple widgets of the same application can be configured to implement differen onFormEvent(formId, message) { // Store the widget state. console.info('onFormEvent formId:' + formId + 'msg:' + message); - let storeDB = dataStorage.getStorageSync(this.context.filesDir + 'myStore') + let storeDB = dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, 'myStore') let msg = JSON.parse(message) if (msg.selectA != undefined) { console.info('onFormEvent selectA info:' + msg.selectA); - storeDB.putSync('A' + formId, msg.selectA); + storeDB.put('A' + formId, msg.selectA); } if (msg.selectB != undefined) { console.info('onFormEvent selectB info:' + msg.selectB); - storeDB.putSync('B' + formId, msg.selectB); + storeDB.put('B' + formId, msg.selectB); } - storeDB.flushSync(); + storeDB.flush(); } }; ``` > **NOTE** -> When the local database is used for widget information persistence, it is recommended that [TEMPORARY_KEY](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formInfo.md#formparam) be used to determine whether the currently added widget is a normal one in the [onAddForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onaddform) lifecycle callback. If the widget is a normal one, the widget information is directly persisted. If the widget is a temporary one, the widget information is persisted when the widget is converted to a normal one ([onCastToNormalForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#oncasttonormalform)). In addition, the persistent widget information needs to be deleted when the widget is destroyed ([onRemoveForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onremoveform)), preventing the database size from continuously increasing due to repeated widget addition and deletion. +> +> When the local database is used for widget information persistence, it is recommended that [TEMPORARY_KEY](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formInfo.md#formparam) be used in the [onAddForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onaddform) lifecycle callback to determine whether the currently added widget is a normal one. If the widget is a normal one, the widget information is directly persisted. If the widget is a temporary one, the widget information is persisted when the widget is converted to a normal one ([onCastToNormalForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#oncasttonormalform)). In addition, the persistent widget information needs to be deleted when the widget is destroyed ([onRemoveForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onremoveform)), preventing the database size from continuously increasing due to repeated widget addition and deletion. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md index 5b27a636f83f144110c5533a3d43baf0087c3716..1e70db6ef0126b42ee2f4b3a7280fd2a7cbaa5a1 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-update-by-time.md @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ Before configuring a widget to update periodically, enable the periodic update f The widget framework provides the following modes of updating widgets periodically: -- Set the update interval: The widget will be updated at the specified interval. You can specify the interval by setting the [updateDuration](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) field in the **form_config.json** file. For example, you can configure the widget to update once an hour. - +- Setting the update interval: The widget will be updated at the specified interval by calling [onUpdateForm](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onupdateform). You can specify the interval by setting the [updateDuration](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) field in the **form_config.json** file. For example, you can configure the widget to update once an hour. + > **NOTE** > > **updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used. - + ```json { "forms": [ @@ -26,22 +26,22 @@ The widget framework provides the following modes of updating widgets periodical "colorMode": "auto", "isDefault": true, "updateEnabled": true, // Enable the periodic update feature. - "scheduledUpdateTime": "10:30", - "updateDuration": 2, // Set the interval to update the widget. The value is a natural number, in the unit of 30 minutes. + "scheduledUpdateTime": "10:30", + "updateDuration": 2, // Set the update interval. The value is a natural number, in the unit of 30 minutes. "defaultDimension": "2*2", "supportDimensions": ["2*2"] } ] } ``` - -- Set the scheduled update time: The widget will be updated at the scheduled time every day. You can specify the time by setting the [scheduledUpdateTime](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) field in the **form_config.json** file. For example, you can configure the widget to update at 10:30 a.m. every day. - + +- Setting the scheduled update time: The widget will be updated at the scheduled time every day. You can specify the time by setting the [scheduledUpdateTime](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) field in the **form_config.json** file. For example, you can configure the widget to update at 10:30 a.m. every day. + > **NOTE** > > **updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. For the **scheduledUpdateTime** settings to take effect, set **updateDuration** to **0**. - - + + ```json { "forms": [ @@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ The widget framework provides the following modes of updating widgets periodical ] } ``` - -- Set the next update time: The widget will be updated next time at the specified time. You can specify the time by calling the [setFormNextRefreshTime()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#setformnextrefreshtime) API. The minimum update interval is 5 minutes. For example, you can configure the widget to update within 5 minutes after the API is called. - + +- Setting the next update time: The widget will be updated next time at the specified time. You can specify the time by calling the [setFormNextRefreshTime()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#setformnextrefreshtime) API. The minimum update interval is 5 minutes. For example, you can configure the widget to update within 5 minutes after the API is called. + ```ts import formProvider from '@ohos.app.form.formProvider'; - + let formId = '123456789'; // Use the actual widget ID in real-world scenarios. try { // Configure the widget to update in 5 minutes. @@ -88,12 +88,10 @@ The widget framework provides the following modes of updating widgets periodical ``` -When periodic update is triggered, the system calls the [onUpdateForm()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onupdateform) lifecycle callback of the FormExtensionAbility. In the callback, [updateForm()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#updateform) can be used to update the widget by the provider. For details about how to use **onUpdateForm()**, see [Updating Widget Content Through FormExtensionAbility](arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md). +When periodic update is triggered, the system calls the [onUpdateForm()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onupdateform) lifecycle callback of the FormExtensionAbility. In the callback, [updateForm()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#updateform) can be used to update the widget. For details about how to use **onUpdateForm()**, see [Updating Widget Content Through FormExtensionAbility](arkts-ui-widget-event-formextensionability.md). > **NOTE** -> 1. Each widget can be updated at the specified interval for a maximum of 50 times every day, including updates triggered by setting [updateDuration](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) or calling [setFormNextRefreshTime()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#setformnextrefreshtime). When the limit is reached, the widget cannot be updated in this mode again. The number of update times is reset at 00:00 every day. -> -> 2. The same timer is used for timing updates at the specified interval. Therefore, the first scheduled update of widgets may have a maximum deviation of 30 minutes. For example, the first widget A (updated every half an hour) is added at 03:20. The timer starts and triggers an update every half an hour. The second widget B (updated every half an hour) is added at 03:40. When the timer event is triggered at 03:50, widget A is updated, and widget B will be updated at 04:20 next time. -> -> 3. Updates at the specified interval and updates at the scheduled time are triggered only when the screen is on. When the screen is off, the update action is merely recorded. When the screen is on, the update action is performed. +> - Each widget can be updated at the specified interval for a maximum of 50 times every day, including updates triggered by setting [updateDuration](arkts-ui-widget-configuration.md) or calling [setFormNextRefreshTime()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md#setformnextrefreshtime). When the limit is reached, the widget cannot be updated in this mode again. The number of update times is reset at 00:00 every day. +>- A single timer is used for timing updates at the specified interval. Therefore, if a widget is configured to update at scheduled intervals, the first scheduled update may have a maximum deviation of 30 minutes. For example, if widget A (updated every half an hour) is added at 03:20 and widget B (also updated every half an hour) is added at 03:40, the first update of widget B has a deviation of 10 minutes to the expected time: The timer starts at 03:20 when widget A is added, triggers an update for widget A at 03:50, and triggers another update for widget B at 04:20 (instead of 04:10 as expected). +> - Updates at the specified interval and updates at the scheduled time are triggered only when the screen is on. The update action is merely recorded when the screen is off and is performed once the screen is on. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-working-principles.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-working-principles.md index a0edb6c6c68d9ada32cd3ff34f5117d5cc012ed6..b1b09dc409380da8e530f571b2e5711ec63edd10 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-working-principles.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/arkts-ui-widget-working-principles.md @@ -3,42 +3,45 @@ ## Implementation Principles - **Figure 1** ArkTS widget implementation principles +**Figure 1** ArkTS widget implementation principles + ![WidgetPrinciple](figures/WidgetPrinciple.png) - Widget host: an application that displays the widget content and controls the widget location. Only the system application can function as a widget host. - Widget provider: an application that provides the widget content to display and controls how widget components are laid out and how they interact with users. -- Widget Manager: a resident agent that manages widgets in the system. It provides the [formProvider](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md) and [formHost](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formHost.md) APIs as well as widget management, usage, and periodic updates. +- Widget Manager: a resident agent that manages widgets in the system. It provides the [formProvider](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md) and [formHost](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formHost.md) APIs as well as the APIs for widget management, usage, and periodic updates. - Widget rendering service: a service that manages widget rendering instances. Widget rendering instances are bound to the [widget components](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-basic-components-formcomponent.md) on the widget host on a one-to-one basis. The widget rendering service runs the widget page code **widgets.abc** for rendering, and sends the rendered data to the corresponding widget component on the widget host. **Figure 2** Working principles of the ArkTS widget rendering service ![WidgetRender](figures/WidgetRender.png) -Unlike JS widgets, ArkTS widgets support logic code running. To avoid potential ArkTS widget issues from affecting the use of applications, the widget page code **widgets.abc** is executed by the widget rendering service, which is managed by the Widget Manager. Each widget component of a widget host corresponds to a rendering instance in the widget rendering service. Rendering instances of an application provider run in the same virtual machine operating environment, and rendering instances of different application providers run in different virtual machine operating environments. In this way, the resources and state data are isolated between widgets of different application providers. During development, pay attention to the use of the [globalThis](uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-page) object. Use one **globalThis** object for widgets by the same application provider, and different **globalThis** objects for widgets by different application providers. +Unlike JS widgets, ArkTS widgets support logic code running. The widget page code **widgets.abc** is executed by the widget rendering service, which is managed by the Widget Manager. Each widget component of a widget host corresponds to a rendering instance in the widget rendering service. Rendering instances of a widget provider run in the same virtual machine operating environment, and rendering instances of different widget providers run in different virtual machine operating environments. In this way, the resources and state data are isolated between widgets of different widget providers. During development, pay attention to the use of the [globalThis](uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-page) object. Use one **globalThis** object for widgets from the same widget provider, and different **globalThis** objects for widgets from different widget providers. ## Advantages of ArkTS Widgets -As a quick entry to applications, ArkTS widgets have the following advantages over JS widgets: +As a quick entry to applications, ArkTS widgets outperform JS widgets in the following aspects: - Improved development experience and efficiency, thanks to the unified development paradigm + ArkTS widgets share the same declarative UI development framework as application pages. This means that the page layouts can be directly reused in widgets, improving development experience and efficiency. - - **Figure 3** Comparison of widget project structures + + **Figure 3** Comparison of widget project structures + ![WidgetProject](figures/WidgetProject.png) - + - More widget features - - Animation: The ArkTS widget supports the [attribute animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-animatorproperty.md) and [explicit animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-explicit-animation.md) capabilities, which can be leveraged to deliver a more engaging experience. - - Custom drawing: The ArkTS widget allows you to draw graphics with the [Canvas](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-canvas-canvas.md) component to present information more vividly. - - Logic code execution: The capability to run logic code in widgets means that service logic can be self-closed in widgets, expanding the service application scenarios of widgets. + - Animation: ArkTS widgets support the [attribute animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-animatorproperty.md) and [explicit animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-explicit-animation.md) capabilities, which can be leveraged to deliver a more engaging experience. + - Custom drawing: ArkTS widgets allow you to draw graphics with the [\](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-components-canvas-canvas.md) component to present information more vividly. + - Logic code execution: The capability to run logic code in widgets means that service logic can be self-closed in widgets, expanding the use cases of widgets. ## Constraints on ArkTS Widgets -Compared with JS widgets, ArkTS widgets provide more capabilities, but they are also more prone to malicious behavior. The ArkTS widget is displayed in the widget host, which is usually the home screen. To ensure user experience and power consumption, the ArkTS widget capability is restricted as follows: +Compared with JS widgets, ArkTS widgets provide more capabilities, but they are also more prone to malicious behavior. To account for the impact on the widget host – typically the home screen, ArkTS widgets are subject to the following restrictions: - The .so file cannot be loaded. @@ -46,12 +49,14 @@ Compared with JS widgets, ArkTS widgets provide more capabilities, but they are - Only [partial](arkts-ui-widget-page-overview.md) components, events, animations, data management, state management, and API capabilities of the declarative paradigm are supported. -- The event processing of the widget is independent of that of the widget host. It is recommended that you do not use the left and right sliding components when the widget host supports left and right swipes to prevent gesture conflicts. +- The event processing of the widget is independent of that of the widget host. To prevent gesture conflicts, avoid using swipers in the widget when the widget host supports left and right swipes. -The following features are coming to ArkTS widgets in later versions: +In addition, ArkTS widgets do not support the following features: -- Breakpoint debugging - -- import statements +- Importing modules - Instant preview + +- Breakpoint debugging. + +- Hot reload diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/atomic-services-support-sharing.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/atomic-services-support-sharing.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..99feea4719836f576762c3a43b0323c6bf2388cc --- /dev/null +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/atomic-services-support-sharing.md @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# Setting Atomic Services to Support Sharing +By means of sharing, users can quickly access atomic services and use their features. + +## How to Develop +In the sharing scenario, there are two parties involved: a target application that shares data and an application that obtains the shared data. The two can be physically the same. The target application uses the **onShare()** lifecycle callback to set the data to share. After the target application is started, you can run the **hdc shell aa dump -a** command to check the started services and processes and find its mission ID. After the current application is started, call the **abilityManager.acquireShareData()** API with the mission ID passed in to obtain the shared data. +> **NOTE** +> +> The mission ID of the target application can also be obtained by calling [missionManager.getMissionInfos()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-missionManager.md#getmissioninfos). + +1. The target application calls **UIAbility.onShare()** provided by the UIAbility component to set the data to share. **ohos.extra.param.key.contentTitle** indicates the title of the content to share in the sharing box, **ohos.extra.param.key.shareAbstract** provides an abstract description of the content, and **ohos.extra.param.key.shareUrl** indicates the online address of the service. You need to set these three items as objects, with the key set to **title**, **abstract**, and **url**, respectively. + + ```ts + import AbilityConstant from '@ohos.app.ability.AbilityConstant'; + class MyUIAbility extends UIAbility { + onShare(wantParams) { + console.log('onShare'); + wantParams['ohos.extra.param.key.contentTitle'] = {title: "W3"}; + wantParams['ohos.extra.param.key.shareAbstract'] = {abstract: "communication for huawei employee"}; + wantParams['ohos.extra.param.key.shareUrl'] = {url: "w3.huawei.com"}; + } + } + ``` + +2. The current application calls **abilityManager.acquireShareData()** to obtain the data shared by the target application. **missionId** indicates the target application's mission ID, which can be obtained by running the **hdc shell aa dump -a** command or calling the **missionManager.getMissionInfos()** API after the target application is started. **wantParam** indicates the data shared by the target application through the **UIAbility.onShare()** lifecycle callback. + + ```ts + import abilityManager from '@ohos.app.ability.abilityManager'; + try { + abilityManager.acquireShareData(1, (err, wantParam) => { + if (err) { + console.error(`acquireShareData fail, err: ${JSON.stringify(err)}`); + } else { + console.log(`acquireShareData success, data: ${JSON.stringify(wantParam)}`); + } + }); + } catch (paramError) { + console.error(`error.code: ${JSON.stringify(paramError.code)}, error.message: ${JSON.stringify(paramError.message)}`); + } + ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-overview.md index e8be9abaa3015a5512c47af55d2f364be0de79ad..3f532865e686592282b9080f234c088ee24a64f8 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-overview.md @@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ OpenHarmony provides Common Event Service (CES) for applications to subscribe to Common events are classified into system common events and custom common events. -- System common events: defined in CES. Only system applications and system services can publish system common events, such as HAP installation, update, and uninstall. For details about the supported system common events, see [Support](../reference/apis/js-apis-commonEventManager.md#support). - +- System common events: defined in CES. Currently, only system applications and system services can publish system common events, such as HAP installation, update, and uninstall. For details about the supported system common events, see [System Common Events](../reference/apis/commonEventManager-definitions.md). - Custom common events: customized by applications to implement cross-process event communication. @@ -16,9 +15,7 @@ Common events are also classified into unordered, ordered, and sticky common eve - Unordered common events: common events that CES forwards regardless of whether subscribers receive the events and when they subscribe to the events. - -- Ordered common events: common events that CES forwards based on the subscriber priority. CES forwards common events to the subscriber with lower priority only after receiving a reply from the previous subscriber with higher priority. Subscribers with the same priority receive common events in a random order. - +- Ordered common events: common events that CES forwards based on the subscriber priority. CES preferentially forwards an ordered common event to the subscriber with higher priority, waits until the subscriber receives the event, and then forwards the events to the subscriber with lower priority. Subscribers with the same priority receive common events in a random order. - Sticky common events: common events that can be sent to a subscriber before or after they initiate a subscription. Only system applications and system services can send sticky common events, which remain in the system after being sent. The sends must first request the **ohos.permission.COMMONEVENT_STICKY** permission. For details about the configuration, see [Permission Application Guide](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-remove-sticky.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-remove-sticky.md index 358cf8ccf912e0c329684ff904207b933713835b..2ad907a9c7962d496f0a791c88a25aaab54a9d25 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-remove-sticky.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-remove-sticky.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Removing Sticky Common Events +# Removing Sticky Common Events (for System Applications Only) ## When to Use @@ -16,21 +16,26 @@ For details, see [Common Event](../reference/apis/js-apis-commonEventManager.md) ## How to Develop -1. Import the module. - +1. Request the **ohos.permission.COMMONEVENT_STICKY** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). + +2. Import the module. + ```ts import commonEventManager from '@ohos.commonEventManager'; ``` -2. The sticky common event to be removed must have been released by the application. For details about how to release sticky common events, see [Publishing Common Events](common-event-publish.md). +3. Call the [removeStickyCommonEvent()](../reference/apis/js-apis-commonEventManager.md#commoneventmanagerremovestickycommonevent10) API to remove the target sticky common event. + + > **NOTE** + > + > The sticky common event to be removed must have been released by the application. For details about how to release sticky common events, see [Publishing Common Events](common-event-publish.md). ```ts - CommonEventManager.removeStickyCommonEvent("sticky_event", (err) => { // sticky_event indicates the name of the sticky common event to remove. - if (err) { - console.info(`Remove sticky event AsyncCallback failed, errCode: ${err.code}, errMes: ${err.message}`); - return; - } - console.info(`Remove sticky event AsyncCallback success`); - } + commonEventManager.removeStickyCommonEvent("sticky_event", (err) => { // sticky_event indicates the name of the target sticky common event. + if (err) { + console.error(`Failed to remove sticky common event. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } + console.info(`Succeeded in removeing sticky event.`); }); ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-static-subscription.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-static-subscription.md index 53e014abe38ac3f8ec89fe8a21dc9280184a280b..7005c86ae2e29eb7c635f55b5da05f658ccd8360 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-static-subscription.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-static-subscription.md @@ -2,38 +2,46 @@ ## When to Use -A static subscriber is started once it receives a target event published by the system or application. At the same time, the **onReceiveEvent** callback is triggered, in which you can implement the service logic. For example, if an application needs to execute some initialization tasks during device power-on, the application can subscribe to the power-on event in static mode. After receiving the power-on event, the application is started to execute the initialization tasks. Subscribing to a common event in static mode is achieved by configuring a declaration file and implementing a class that inherits from **StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility**. Note that this subscribing mode has negative impact on system power consumption. Therefore, exercise caution when using this mode. +A static subscriber is started once it receives a target event published by the system or application. At the same time, the [onReceiveEvent()](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-staticSubscriberExtensionAbility.md#staticsubscriberextensionabilityonreceiveevent) callback is triggered. + +You can implement the service logic in the [onReceiveEvent()](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-staticSubscriberExtensionAbility.md#staticsubscriberextensionabilityonreceiveevent) callback. For example, if an application needs to execute some initialization tasks during device power-on, the application can subscribe to the power-on event in static mode. After receiving the power-on event, the application is started to execute the initialization tasks. + +Subscribing to a common event in static mode is achieved by configuring a declaration file and implementing a class that inherits from [StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-staticSubscriberExtensionAbility.md). + +> **NOTE** +> +> The static subscription mode has negative impact on system power consumption. Therefore, exercise caution when using this mode. ## How to Develop -1. Declaring a Static Subscriber +1. Declaring a static subscriber. - To declare a static subscriber, create an ExtensionAbility, which is derived from the **StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility** class, in the project. The sample code is as follows: + To declare a static subscriber, create an ExtensionAbility, which is derived from the **StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility** class, in the project. + + You can implement service logic in the **onReceiveEvent()** callback. ```ts import StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility from '@ohos.application.StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility' export default class StaticSubscriber extends StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility { - onReceiveEvent(event) { - console.log('onReceiveEvent, event:' + event.event); - } + onReceiveEvent(event) { + console.info('onReceiveEvent, event: ' + event.event); + } } ``` - You can implement service logic in the **onReceiveEvent** callback. - -2. Project Configuration for a Static Subscriber +2. Configure static subscriber settings. - After writing the static subscriber code, configure the subscriber in the **module.json5** file. The configuration format is as follows: + After writing the static subscriber code, configure the subscriber in the [module.json5](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) file. ```ts { "module": { - ...... + ... "extensionAbilities": [ { "name": "StaticSubscriber", - "srcEntry": "./ets/StaticSubscriber/StaticSubscriber.ts", + "srcEntry": "./ets/staticsubscriber/StaticSubscriber.ts", "description": "$string:StaticSubscriber_desc", "icon": "$media:icon", "label": "$string:StaticSubscriber_label", @@ -47,14 +55,14 @@ A static subscriber is started once it receives a target event published by the ] } ] - ...... + ... } } ``` - Pay attention to the following fields in the JSON file: + Some fields in the file are described as follows: - - **srcEntry**: entry file path of the ExtensionAbility, that is, the file path of the static subscriber declared in Step 2. + - **srcEntry **: entry file path of the ExtensionAbility, that is, the file path of the static subscriber declared in Step 2. - **type**: ExtensionAbility type. For a static subscriber, set this field to **staticSubscriber**. @@ -62,42 +70,46 @@ A static subscriber is started once it receives a target event published by the - **name**: name of the ExtensionAbility. For a static subscriber, declare the name as **ohos.extension.staticSubscriber** for successful identification. - **resource**: path that stores the ExtensionAbility configuration, which is customizable. In this example, the path is **resources/base/profile/subscribe.json**. - A level-2 configuration file pointed to by **metadata** must be in the following format: - ```ts - { - "commonEvents": [ - { - "name": "xxx", - "permission": "xxx", - "events":[ - "xxx" - ] - } - ] - } - ``` +3. Configure the level-2 configuration file to which the metadata points. - If the level-2 configuration file is not declared in this format, the file cannot be identified. The fields are described as follows: + ```json + { + "commonEvents": [ + { + "name": "xxx", + "permission": "xxx", + "events":[ + "xxx" + ] + } + ] + } + ``` - - **name**: name of the ExtensionAbility, which must be the same as the name of **extensionAbility** declared in **module.json5**. + If the level-2 configuration file is not declared in this format, the file cannot be identified. Some fields in the file are described as follows: - - **permission**: permission required for the publisher. If a publisher without the required permission attempts to publish an event, the event is regarded as invalid and will not be published. + - **name**: name of the ExtensionAbility, which must be the same as the name of **extensionAbility** declared in **module.json5**. + - **permission**: permission required for the publisher. If a publisher without the required permission attempts to publish an event, the event is regarded as invalid and will not be published. + - **events**: list of target events to subscribe to. - - **events**: list of target events to subscribe to. +4. Modify the [preset configuration file](https://gitee.com/openharmony/vendor_hihope/blob/master/rk3568/preinstall-config/install_list_permissions.json) of the device, that is, the **/system/etc/app/install_list_permission.json** file on the device. When the device is started, this file is read. During application installation, the common event type specified by **allowCommonEvent** in the file is authorized. The **install_list_permission.json** file contains the following fields: -3. Device System Configuration + - **bundleName**: bundle name of the application. + - **app_signature**: fingerprint information of the application. For details, see [Application Privilege Configuration Guide](../../device-dev/subsystems/subsys-app-privilege-config-guide.md#configuration-in-install_list_capabilityjson). + - **allowCommonEvent**: type of common event that can be started by static broadcast. - In the device system configuration file **/system/etc/app/install_list_capability.json**, add the bundle name of the static subscriber. + > **NOTE** + > + > The **install_list_permissions.json** file is available only for preinstalled applications. - ```json - { - "install_list": [ - { - "bundleName": "ohos.extension.staticSubscriber", - "allowCommonEvent": ["usual.event.A", "usual.event.B"], - } - ] - } + ```json + [ + { + "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", + "app_signature": ["****"], + "allowCommonEvent": ["usual.event.A", "usual.event.B"] + } + ] ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription-overview.md index 20064af92d3df2e6f7ab7d62c4f71f911848057a..262f30c87e6018fed4e417a196dcaeeb58e42ae2 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription-overview.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # Common Event Subscription Overview -​The common event service provides two subscription modes: dynamic and static. The biggest difference between these two modes is that dynamic subscription requires the application to be running, while static subscription does not. +The common event service provides two subscription modes: dynamic and static. The biggest difference between these two modes is that dynamic subscription requires the application to be running, while static subscription does not. - In dynamic subscription mode, a subscriber subscribes to common events by calling an API during the running period. For details, see [Subscribing to Common Events in Dynamic Mode](common-event-subscription.md). -- In static subscription mode, a subscriber subscribes to common events by configuring a declaration file and implementing a class that inherits from StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility. For details, see [Subscribing to Common Events in Static Mode](common-event-static-subscription.md). +- In static subscription mode, a subscriber subscribes to common events by configuring a declaration file and implementing a class that inherits from **StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility**. For details, see [Subscribing to Common Events in Static Mode](common-event-static-subscription.md). diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription.md index 6cdc52ef9b798e48a911892f965db8fbf2aaa67f..c3e3ebfa52415d5e0ebade26973f78a589fb348f 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/common-event-subscription.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ For details about the APIs, see [API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-common let subscriber = null; // Subscriber information. let subscribeInfo = { - events: ["usual.event.SCREEN_OFF"], // Subscribe to the common event screen-off. + events: ["usual.event.SCREEN_OFF"], // Subscribe to the common event screen-off. } ``` @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ For details about the APIs, see [API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-common ```ts // Callback for subscriber creation. commonEventManager.createSubscriber(subscribeInfo, (err, data) => { - if (err) { - console.error(`[CommonEvent] CreateSubscriberCallBack err=${JSON.stringify(err)}`); - } else { - console.info(`[CommonEvent] CreateSubscriber success`); - subscriber = data; - // Callback for common event subscription. - } + if (err) { + console.error(`Failed to create subscriber. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } + console.info('Succeeded in creating subscriber.'); + subscriber = data; + // Callback for common event subscription. }) ``` @@ -56,14 +56,13 @@ For details about the APIs, see [API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-common ```ts // Callback for common event subscription. if (subscriber !== null) { - commonEventManager.subscribe(subscriber, (err, data) => { - if (err) { - console.error(`[CommonEvent] SubscribeCallBack err=${JSON.stringify(err)}`); - } else { - console.info(`[CommonEvent] SubscribeCallBack data=${JSON.stringify(data)}`); - } - }) + commonEventManager.subscribe(subscriber, (err, data) => { + if (err) { + console.error(`Failed to subscribe common event. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } + }) } else { - console.error(`[CommonEvent] Need create subscriber`); + console.error(`Need create subscriber`); } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/component-startup-rules-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/component-startup-rules-fa.md index db64e8c093df679a9e52d6bc753e4935a21c25be..431fdbd8e7841ecb1e58a2226e661564edb98854 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/component-startup-rules-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/component-startup-rules-fa.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Component startup refers to the behavior of starting or connecting to an applica To deliver a better user experience, OpenHarmony restricts the following behavior: -- A background application randomly displays a dialog box, such as an ads pop-up. +- A background application randomly displays a dialog box, such as an ad pop-up. - Background applications wake up each other. This type of behavior occupies system resources and increases power consumption, or even causes system frozen. @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ In view of this, OpenHarmony formulates a set of component startup rules, as fol - **Before starting the ServiceAbility or DataAbility component of an application, verify the AssociateWakeUp field of the target application.** - This rule applies only to cross-application scenarios. - This rule is valid only when the target component is ServiceAbility or DataAbility. - - The ServiceAbility and DataAbility of an application can be accessed by others only when **AssociateWakeUp** of the target application is set to **true**. + - The ServiceAbility and DataAbility of an application can be accessed by other applications only when **AssociateWakeUp** of the target application is set to **true**. - The **AssociateWakeUp** field can be configured only for preset applications. For other applications, this field is set to **false** by default. > **NOTE** > 1. Component startup control has been implemented since OpenHarmony v3.2 Release. > -> 2. The new component startup rules are more strict than the original ones. You must be familiar with the new startup rules to prevent service exceptions. +> 2. The new component startup rules are more strict than the original ones. Get familiar with the new startup rules to prevent service exceptions. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/configuration-file-diff.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/configuration-file-diff.md index 745f2702cab12b8ef99e174c924d49cf2217bf2b..162e50d7839e1419950be809c658afa08d919d2f 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/configuration-file-diff.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/configuration-file-diff.md @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ The FA model uses the [config.json file](../quick-start/application-configuration-file-overview-fa.md) to describe the basic information about an application. An application can have multiple modules, and each module has a **config.json** file. The **config.json** file consists of three parts: **app**, **deviceConfig**, and **module**. The **app** tag is used to configure application-level attributes. If an application has multiple modules, the **app** configuration in each **config.json** file must be consistent. -The stage model uses the [app.json5](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) and [module.json](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) files to describe the basic information about an application. An application can have multiple modules but only one **app.json5** file. This file is used to configure application-level attributes and takes effect for all the modules. Each module has a **module.json5** file, which is used to configure module-level attributes and takes effect only for the current module. +The stage model uses the [app.json5](../quick-start/app-configuration-file.md) and [module.json](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) files to describe the basic information about an application. An application can have multiple modules but only one **app.json5** file. This file is used to configure application-level attributes and the configuration applies to all the modules. Each module has a **module.json5** file, which is used to configure module-level attributes and the configuration applies only for the current module. -**Figure 1** Configuration file differences -![comparison-of-configuration-file](figures/comparison-of-configuration-file.png) +**Figure 1** Configuration file differences +![comparison-of-configuration-file](figures/comparison-of-configuration-file.png) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/connect-serviceability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/connect-serviceability.md index ac2acb898a3bd7ef905b8a33dc10f7980ce74548..15f98d123ad241646cc423a512ab49e6dccf5c50 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/connect-serviceability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/connect-serviceability.md @@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ The following sample code enables the PageAbility to create connection callback ```ts import rpc from "@ohos.rpc" -import prompt from '@system.prompt' +import promptAction from '@ohos.promptAction' import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility' let option = { onConnect: function onConnectCallback(element, proxy) { console.info(`onConnectLocalService onConnectDone`) if (proxy === null) { - prompt.showToast({ + promptAction.showToast({ message: "Connect service failed" }) return @@ -33,19 +33,19 @@ let option = { let option = new rpc.MessageOption() data.writeInterfaceToken("connect.test.token") proxy.sendRequest(0, data, reply, option) - prompt.showToast({ + promptAction.showToast({ message: "Connect service success" }) }, onDisconnect: function onDisconnectCallback(element) { console.info(`onConnectLocalService onDisconnectDone element:${element}`) - prompt.showToast({ + promptAction.showToast({ message: "Disconnect service success" }) }, onFailed: function onFailedCallback(code) { console.info(`onConnectLocalService onFailed errCode:${code}`) - prompt.showToast({ + promptAction.showToast({ message: "Connect local service onFailed" }) } diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/context-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/context-switch.md index e1d155c8a60f6ca3e225174aece28738663b8079..53047adb03ff8508f1428f62a4f6d982fedc0aeb 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/context-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/context-switch.md @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # Context Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API or Field in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API or Field in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [getOrCreateLocalDir(callback:AsyncCallback<string>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetorcreatelocaldir7)
[getOrCreateLocalDir():Promise<string>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetorcreatelocaldir7-1) | There is no corresponding API in the stage model.| Applications developed on the stage model do not have the operation permission in the application root directory. Therefore, no corresponding API is provided.| | [verifyPermission(permission:string,options:PermissionOptions,callback:AsyncCallback<number>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextverifypermission7)
[verifyPermission(permission:string,callback:AsyncCallback<number>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextverifypermission7-1)
[verifyPermission(permission:string,options?:PermissionOptions):Promise<number>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextverifypermission7-2) | \@ohos.abilityAccessCtrl.d.ts | [verifyAccessTokenSync(tokenID: number, permissionName: Permissions): GrantStatus;](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#verifyaccesstokensync9)
[verifyAccessToken(tokenID: number, permissionName: Permissions): Promise<GrantStatus>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#verifyaccesstoken9) | -| [requestPermissionsFromUser(permissions:Array<string>,requestCode:number,resultCallback:AsyncCallback<PermissionRequestResult>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextrequestpermissionsfromuser7)
[requestPermissionsFromUser(permissions:Array<string>,requestCode:number):Promise<PermissionRequestResult>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextrequestpermissionsfromuser7-1) | \@ohos.abilityAccessCtrl.d.ts | [requestPermissionsFromUser(context: Context, permissionList: Array<Permissions>, requestCallback: AsyncCallback<PermissionRequestResult>) : void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#requestpermissionsfromuser9)
[requestPermissionsFromUser(context: Context, permissionList: Array<Permissions>) : Promise<PermissionRequestResult>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#requestpermissionsfromuser9-1) | +| [requestPermissionsFromUser(permissions:Array<string>,requestCode:number,resultCallback:AsyncCallback<PermissionRequestResult>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextrequestpermissionsfromuser7)
[requestPermissionsFromUser(permissions:Array<string>,requestCode:number):Promise<PermissionRequestResult>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextrequestpermissionsfromuser7-1) | \@ohos.abilityAccessCtrl.d.ts | [requestPermissionsFromUser(context: Context, permissionList: Array<Permissions>, requestCallback: AsyncCallback<PermissionRequestResult>) : void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#requestpermissionsfromuser9)
[requestPermissionsFromUser(context: Context, permissionList: Array<Permissions>) : Promise<PermissionRequestResult>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#requestpermissionsfromuser9-1) | | [getApplicationInfo(callback:AsyncCallback<ApplicationInfo>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetapplicationinfo7)
[getApplicationInfo():Promise<ApplicationInfo>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetapplicationinfo7-1) | application\Context.d.ts | [applicationInfo: ApplicationInfo;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#attributes)| | [getBundleName(callback : AsyncCallback<string>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetbundlename7)
[getBundleName(): Promise<string>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetbundlename7-1) | application\UIAbilityContext.d.ts | [abilityInfo.bundleName: string;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#attributes)| | [getDisplayOrientation(callback : AsyncCallback<bundle.DisplayOrientation>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetdisplayorientation7)
[getDisplayOrientation(): Promise<bundle.DisplayOrientation>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetdisplayorientation7-1) | \@ohos.screen.d.ts | [readonly orientation: Orientation;](../reference/apis/js-apis-screen.md#orientation) | @@ -26,3 +26,5 @@ | [getAbilityInfo(callback:AsyncCallback<AbilityInfo>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetabilityinfo7)
[getAbilityInfo():Promise<AbilityInfo>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextgetabilityinfo7-1) | application\UIAbilityContext.d.ts | [abilityInfo: AbilityInfo;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#attributes)| | [isUpdatingConfigurations(callback:AsyncCallback<boolean>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextisupdatingconfigurations7)
[isUpdatingConfigurations():Promise<boolean>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextisupdatingconfigurations7-1) | There is no corresponding API in the stage model.| OpenHarmony applications do not restart when the system environment changes. The **onConfigurationUpdated** callback is invoked to notify the applications of the changes. This API provides an empty implementation in the FA model, and the stage model does not provide a corresponding API.| | [printDrawnCompleted(callback:AsyncCallback<void>):void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextprintdrawncompleted7)
[printDrawnCompleted():Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-app-context.md#contextprintdrawncompleted7-1) | There is no corresponding API in the stage model.| This API provides an empty implementation in the FA model. The stage model does not provide a corresponding API.| + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/create-dataability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/create-dataability.md index 488b0593dbdc23bc1e6ea30c17f9165a92c79f20..f7eceab4da4711b15bd94bb0d61ef99c62521286 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/create-dataability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/create-dataability.md @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ The following sample code shows how to create a DataAbility: ```ts import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility' import dataAbility from '@ohos.data.dataAbility' -import dataRdb from '@ohos.data.rdb' +import relationalStore from '@ohos.data.relationalStore' const TABLE_NAME = 'book' const STORE_CONFIG = { name: 'book.db' } const SQL_CREATE_TABLE = 'CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS book(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT, name TEXT NOT NULL, introduction TEXT NOT NULL)' -let rdbStore: dataRdb.RdbStore = undefined +let rdbStore: relationalStore.RdbStore = undefined export default { onInitialized(abilityInfo) { console.info('DataAbility onInitialized, abilityInfo:' + abilityInfo.bundleName) let context = featureAbility.getContext() - dataRdb.getRdbStore(context, STORE_CONFIG, 1, (err, store) => { + relationalStore.getRdbStore(context, STORE_CONFIG, (err, store) => { console.info('DataAbility getRdbStore callback') store.executeSql(SQL_CREATE_TABLE, []) rdbStore = store diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/data-share-via-want.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/data-share-via-want.md index d5512e0c446b94dcf384504f11ff25d458cfeafc..28184edbc9304e7c6fbfbfe673cf1b8deca7d635 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/data-share-via-want.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/data-share-via-want.md @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ function implicitStartAbility() { } } context.startAbility(wantInfo).then(() => { - // ... + ... }).catch((err) => { - // ... + ... }) } ``` @@ -66,8 +66,7 @@ In the preceding code, under the custom field **parameters**, the following **ab - **ability.picker.fileSizes**: file size, in bytes. - **ability.picker.fileNames** and **ability.picker.fileSizes** are arrays and have a one-to-one mapping. -The following figure shows an example. - +The following figure shows an example. ![](figures/ability-startup-with-implicit-want2.png) ## Shared Party @@ -77,17 +76,17 @@ To enable the shared party to identify the shared content, configure **skills** ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { - // ... + ... "skills": [ { - // ... + ... "actions": [ "action.system.home", "ohos.want.action.sendData" - // ... + ... ], "uris": [ { @@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ To enable the shared party to identify the shared content, configure **skills** } ``` -After the user selects an application, the Want nested in the **ability.want.params.INTENT** field is passed to that application. The UIAbility of the shared party, after being started, can call [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) or [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonnewwant) to obtain the passed Want. +After the user selects an application, the Want nested in the **ability.want.params.INTENT** field is passed to that application. After the UIAbility of the application starts, the application obtains **want** information from [**onCreate()**](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) or [**onNewWant()**](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonnewwant). The following is an example of the Want obtained. You can use the FD of the shared file to perform required operations. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/dataability-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/dataability-switch.md index b91d50ca37a97fdc1d4824a93a6093bac7cd0f77..88ded48509863aa0e2c5b9d14eeaee590415b4da 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/dataability-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/dataability-switch.md @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ The DataAbility component in the FA model corresponds to the DataShareExtensionA The DataShareExtensionAbility class provides system APIs. Only system applications can create DataShareExtensionAbility instances. Therefore, DataAbility switching adopts different policies for system applications and third-party applications. -## Switching a DataAbility of a System Application +## Switching a DataAbility for a System Application -The procedure for switching a DataAbility of a system application is similar to the procedure of PageAbility switching. +The procedure for switching a DataAbility for a system application is similar to the procedure of PageAbility switching. 1. Create a DataShareExtensionAbility in the stage model. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The procedure for switching a DataAbility of a system application is similar to | call?(method: string, arg: string, extras: PacMap, callback: AsyncCallback<PacMap>): void | NA | This method is not provided in the stage model. You need to implement the functionality based on service functions.| -## Switching a DataAbility of a Third-Party Application +## Switching a DataAbility for a Third-Party Application In the stage model, third-party applications cannot provide data services for other third-party applications. You can select a switching solution based on your service requirements. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/dataabilityhelper-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/dataabilityhelper-switch.md index c709e30ae9c25bcbd47f781e1f43a51100960998..2f769679e695be9303548957d7738673d099389a 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/dataabilityhelper-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/dataabilityhelper-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # DataAbilityHelper Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [openFile(uri: string, mode: string, callback: AsyncCallback<number>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-ability-dataAbilityHelper.md#dataabilityhelperopenfile)
[openFile(uri: string, mode: string): Promise<number>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-ability-dataAbilityHelper.md#dataabilityhelperopenfile-1) | \@ohos.data.fileAccess.d.ts | [openFile(uri: string, flags: OPENFLAGS) : Promise<number>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-fileAccess.md#fileaccesshelperopenfile)
[openFile(uri: string, flags: OPENFLAGS, callback: AsyncCallback<number>) : void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-fileAccess.md#fileaccesshelperopenfile) | | [on(type: 'dataChange', uri: string, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-ability-dataAbilityHelper.md#dataabilityhelperon) | \@ohos.data.dataShare.d.ts | [on(type: 'dataChange', uri: string, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-data-dataShare.md#ondatachange) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/datashareextensionability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/datashareextensionability.md deleted file mode 100644 index bea3de69c6d7ad375206fb1d53bcc36c2624989d..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/datashareextensionability.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -# DataShareExtensionAbility (for System Applications Only) - - -DataShareExtensionAbility provides the data sharing capability. System applications can implement a DataShareExtensionAbility or access an existing DataShareExtensionAbility in the system. Third-party applications can only access an existing DataShareExtensionAbility. For details, see [Cross-Application Data Sharing Overview](../database/share-device-data-across-apps-overview.md). diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/enterprise-extensionAbility.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/enterprise-extensionAbility.md index 1c39325cbe87435189896816a17bcb9537bb80ac..f3bda46a0b91c274aa4d41b4965fb0db34a1e808 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/enterprise-extensionAbility.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/enterprise-extensionAbility.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility Development +# EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility ## Introduction to EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility @@ -8,34 +8,35 @@ EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility is a mandatory component for Mobile Device Manag EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility is applicable only to enterprise administrator applications. -## Observing Activation/Deactivation of a Device Administrator Application and Installation/Removal of an Application + +## Observing Activation/Deactivation of a Device Administrator Application and Installation/Uninstallation of an Application ### Overview -**onAdminEnabled**: When an enterprise administrator or employee deploys an MDM application and activates the device administrator application, this callback is invoked to notify the MDM application that the DeviceAdmin permission is activated. The initialization policy of the MDM application can set in **onAdminEnabled**. +**onAdminEnabled**: called when an enterprise administrator or employee deploys an MDM application and enables the DeviceAdmin permission for the application. The MDM application can set the initialization policy in the **onAdminEnabled** callback. -**onAdminDisabled**: When the device administrator application is deactivated, the callback is invoked to notify the MDM application that the DeviceAdmin permission is deactivated. +**onAdminDisabled**: called when the system or employee disables the DeviceAdmin permission to notify the enterprise administrator that the device is no longer managed. -**onBundleAdded**: The enterprise administrator can subscribe to application installation and uninstallation events. When an application is installed on an enterprise device, the MDM application reports the event in this callback to notify the enterprise administrator. +**onBundleAdded**: The enterprise administrator can subscribe to application installation events. When an application is installed on an enterprise device, the MDM application reports the event in this callback to notify the enterprise administrator. -**onBundleRemoved**: When an application is removed from an enterprise device, the MDM application reports the event in this callback to notify the enterprise administrator. +**onBundleRemoved**: The enterprise administrator can subscribe to application uninstallation events. When an application is uninstalled on an enterprise device, the MDM application reports the event in this callback to notify the enterprise administrator. ### Available APIs | Class | API | Description | | ------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | -| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onAdminEnabled(): void | Called when a device administrator application is activated. | -| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onAdminDisabled(): void | Called when a device administrator application is deactivated.| -| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onBundleAdded(bundleName: string): void | Called when an application is installed on a device. | -| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onBundleRemoved(bundleName: string): void | Called when an application is removed from a device. | +| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onAdminEnabled(): void | Called when the device administrator application is disabled. | +| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onAdminDisabled(): void | Called when the device administrator application is enabled.| +| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onBundleAdded(bundleName: string): void | Called when the MDM application is installed. | +| EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility | onBundleRemoved(bundleName: string): void | Called when the MDM application is uninstalled. | ### How to Develop To implement EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility, you need to activate the device administrator application and create **ExtensionAbility** in the code directory of the device administrator application. The procedure is as follows: 1. In the **ets** directory of the target module, right-click and choose **New > Directory** to create a directory named **EnterpriseExtAbility**. -2. Right-click the **EnterpriseExtAbility** directory, and choose **New > TypeScript File** to create a file named **EnterpriseExtAbility.ts**. -3. Open the **EnterpriseExtAbility.ts** file and import the **EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility** module. Inherit the **EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility** module to the custom class and add application notification callbacks, such as **onAdminEnabled()** and **onAdminDisabled()**. When the device administrator application is activated or deactivated, the device administrator can receive notifications. +2. Right-click the **EnterpriseExtAbility** directory and choose **New > TypeScript File** to create a file named **EnterpriseExtAbility.ts**. +3. Open the **EnterpriseExtAbility.ts** file and import the **EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility** module. Customize a class that inherits from **EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility** and add the required callbacks, such as **onAdminEnabled()** and **onAdminDisabled()**, When the device administrator application is activated or deactivated, the device administrator can receive notifications. ```ts import EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility from '@ohos.enterprise.EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility'; diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/explicit-implicit-want-mappings.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/explicit-implicit-want-mappings.md index 9e748a31795e3afc713e7091067a8164e8a623cc..454fc89d718fb4adfe84c0eab67ebc332117ed26 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/explicit-implicit-want-mappings.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/explicit-implicit-want-mappings.md @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Matching Rules of Explicit Want and Implicit Want -Both explicit Want and implicit Want can be used to match an ability to start based on certain rules. These rules determine how the parameters set in Want match the configuration file declared by the target ability. +Both explicit [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) and implicit [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) can be used to match an application component to start based on certain rules. These rules determine how the parameters set in [want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) match the configuration file declared by the target application component. ## Matching Rules of Explicit Want -The table below describes the matching rules of explicit Want. +The table below describes the matching rules of explicit [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md). | Name| Type| Matching Item| Mandatory| Rule Description| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| deviceId | string | Yes| No| If this field is unspecified, only abilities on the local device are matched.| +| deviceId | string | Yes| No| If this field is unspecified, only application components on the local device are matched.| | bundleName | string | Yes| Yes| If **abilityName** is specified but **bundleName** is unspecified, the matching fails.| -| moduleName | string | Yes| No| If this field is unspecified and multiple modules with the same ability name exist in the application, the first ability is matched by default.| +| moduleName | string | Yes| No| If this field is unspecified and multiple modules with the same ability name exist in the application, the first application component is matched by default.| | abilityName | string | Yes| Yes| To use explicit Want, this field must be specified.| -| uri | string | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target ability as a parameter.| -| type | string | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target ability as a parameter.| -| action | string | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target ability as a parameter.| -| entities | Array<string> | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target ability as a parameter.| +| uri | string | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target application component as a parameter.| +| type | string | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target application component as a parameter.| +| action | string | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target application component as a parameter.| +| entities | Array<string> | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target application component as a parameter.| | flags | number | No| No| This field is not used for matching and is directly transferred to the system for processing. It is generally used to set runtime information, such as URI data authorization.| -| parameters | {[key: string]: any} | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target ability as a parameter.| +| parameters | {[key: string]: any} | No| No| This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target application component as a parameter.| ## Matching Rules for Implicit Want -The table below describes the matching rules of implicit Want. +The table below describes the matching rules of implicit [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md). | Name | Type | Matching Item| Mandatory| Rule Description | | ----------- | ------------------------------ | ------ | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | @@ -35,30 +35,32 @@ The table below describes the matching rules of implicit Want. | action | string | Yes | No | | | entities | Array<string> | Yes | No | | | flags | number | No | No | This field is not used for matching and is directly transferred to the system for processing. It is generally used to set runtime information, such as URI data authorization.| -| parameters | {[key: string]: any} | No | No | This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target ability as a parameter. | +| parameters | {[key: string]: any} | No | No | This field is not used for matching. It is passed to the target application component as a parameter. | Get familiar with the following about implicit Want: - The **want** parameter passed by the caller indicates the operation to be performed by the caller. It also provides data and application type restrictions. -- The **skills** field declares the capabilities of the target ability. For details, see [the skills tag](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#skills) in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). +- The **skills** field declares the capabilities of the target application component. For details, see [the skills tag](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#skills) in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). -The system matches the **want** parameter (including the **action**, **entities**, **uri**, and **type** attributes) passed by the caller against the **skills** configuration (including the **actions**, **entities**, **uris**, and **type** attributes) of the abilities one by one. When all the four attributes are matched, a dialog box is displayed for users to select a matched application. +The system matches the **want** parameter (including the **action**, **entities**, **uri**, and **type** attributes) passed by the caller against the **skills** configuration (including the **actions**, **entities**, **uris**, and **type** attributes) of the application components one by one. When all the four attributes are matched, a dialog box is displayed for users to select a matched application. ### Matching Rules of action in the want Parameter -The system matches the **action** attribute in the **want** parameter passed by the caller against **actions** under **skills** of the abilities. +The system matches the **action** attribute in the **want** parameter passed by the caller against **actions** under **skills** of the application components. -- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified but **actions** under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching fails. +- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified and **actions** under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching fails. -- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified but **actions** under **skills** of an ability is specified, the matching is successful. +- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified but **actions** under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching fails. -- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **actions** under **skills** of an ability is specified and contains **action** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching is successful. +- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified but **actions** under **skills** of an application component is specified, the matching is successful. -- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **actions** under **skills** of an ability is specified but does not contain **action** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching fails. +- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **actions** under **skills** of an application component is specified and contains **action** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching is successful. + +- If **action** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **actions** under **skills** of an application component is specified but does not contain **action** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching fails. **Figure 1** Matching rules of action in the want parameter @@ -67,55 +69,56 @@ The system matches the **action** attribute in the **want** parameter passed by ### Matching Rules of entities in the want Parameter -The system matches the **entities** attribute in the **want** parameter passed by the caller against **entities** under **skills** of the abilities. +The system matches the **entities** attribute in the **want** parameter passed by the caller against **entities** under **skills** of the application components. -- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified but **entities** under **skills** of an ability is specified, the matching is successful. +- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified but **entities** under **skills** of an application component is specified, the matching is successful. -- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified but **entities** under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching is successful. +- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is unspecified but **entities** under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching is successful. -- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified but **entities** under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching fails. +- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified but **entities** under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching fails. -- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **entities** under **skills** of an ability is specified and contains **entities** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching is successful. +- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **entities** under **skills** of an application component is specified and contains **entities** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching is successful. -- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **entities** under **skills** of an ability is specified but does not contain **entities** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching fails. +- If **entities** in the passed **want** parameter is specified, and **entities** under **skills** of an application component is specified but does not contain **entities** in the passed **want** parameter, the matching fails. - **Figure 2** Matching rule of entities in the want parameter + **Figure 2** Matching rules of entities in the want parameter ![want-entities](figures/want-entities.png) ### Matching Rules of uri and type in the want Parameter -When the **uri** and **type** parameters are specified in the **want** parameter to initiate a component startup request, the system traverses the list of installed components and matches the **uris** array under **skills** of the abilities one by one. If one of the **uris** arrays under **skills** matches the **uri** and **type** in the passed **want**, the matching is successful. +When the **uri** and **type** parameters are specified in the **want** parameter to initiate an application component startup request, the system traverses the list of installed components and matches the **uris** array under **skills** of the application components one by one. If one of the **uris** arrays under **skills** matches the **uri** and **type** in the passed **want**, the matching is successful. There are four combinations of **uri** and **type** settings. The matching rules are as follows: - Neither **uri** or **type** is specified in the **want** parameter. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching is successful. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability contains an URI element whose **scheme** and **type** are unspecified, the matching is successful. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching is successful. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component contains an URI element whose **scheme** and **type** are unspecified, the matching is successful. - In other cases, the matching fails. - Only **uri** is specified in the **want** parameter. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching fails. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability contains an element whose [uri is matched](#matching-rules-of-uri) and **type** is unspecified, the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching fails. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component contains an element whose [uri is matched](#matching-rules-of-uri) and **type** is unspecified, the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. - Only **type** is specified in the **want** parameter. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching fails. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability contains an URI element whose **scheme** is unspecified and [type is matched](#matching-rules-of-type), the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching fails. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component contains an URI element whose **scheme** is unspecified and [type is matched](#matching-rules-of-type), the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. -- Both **uri** and **type** are specified in the **want** parameter, as shown in Figure 3. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability is unspecified, the matching fails. - - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability contains an element whose [uri is matched](#matching-rules-of-uri) and [type is matched](#matching-rules-of-type), the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. +- Both **uri** and **type** are specified in the **want** parameter, as shown below. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component is unspecified, the matching fails. + - If the **uris** array under **skills** of an application component contains an element whose [uri is matched](#matching-rules-of-uri) and [type is matched](#matching-rules-of-type), the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. -Leftmost URI matching: When only **scheme**, a combination of **scheme** and **host**, or a combination of **scheme**, **host**, and **port** is configured in the **uris** array under **skills** of the ability, -the matching is successful only if the leftmost URI in the passed **want** parameter matches **scheme**, the combination of **scheme** and **host**, or the combination of **scheme**, **host**, and **port**. +Leftmost URI matching: When only **scheme**, a combination of **scheme** and **host**, or a combination of **scheme**, **host**, and **port** is configured in the **uris** array under **skills** of the application component, the matching is successful only if the leftmost URI in the passed **want** parameter matches **scheme**, the combination of **scheme** and **host**, or the combination of **scheme**, **host**, and **port**. **Figure 3** Matching rules when uri and type are specified in the want parameter - ![want-uri-type1](figures/want-uri-type1.png) +![want-uri-type1](figures/want-uri-type1.png) +To simplify the description: -To simplify the description, **uri** and **type** passed in the **want** parameter are called **w_uri** and **w_type**, respectively; the **uris** array under **skills** of an ability to match is called **s_uris**; each element in the array is called **s_uri**. Matching is performed from top to bottom. +- **uri** in the **want** parameter passed in by the caller is called **w_uri**; each element in the **uris** array under **skills** of the application component to match is called **s_uri**. +- **type** in the **want** parameter passed in by the caller is called **w_type**; the type in the **uris** array under **skills** of the application component to match is called **s_type**. **Figure 4** Matching rules of uri and type in the want parameter @@ -124,7 +127,7 @@ To simplify the description, **uri** and **type** passed in the **want** paramet ### Matching Rules of uri -To simplify the description, **uri** in the passed **want** parameter is called **w_uri**; **uri** under **skills** of an ability to match is called **s_uri**. The matching rules are as follows: +The rules are as follows: - If **scheme** of **s_uri** is unspecified and **w_uri** is unspecified, the matching is successful. Otherwise, the matching fails. @@ -142,18 +145,15 @@ To simplify the description, **uri** in the passed **want** parameter is called > **NOTE** > -> The **scheme**, **host**, **port**, **path**, **pathStartWith**, and **pathRegex** attributes of **uris** under **skills** of an ability are concatenated. If **path**, **pathStartWith**, and **pathRegex** are declared in sequence, **uris** can be concatenated into the following expressions: -> -> - **Full path expression**: `scheme://host:port/path` -> -> - **Prefix expression**: `scheme://host:port/pathStartWith` -> -> - **Regular expression**: `scheme://host:port/pathRegex` +> The **scheme**, **host**, **port**, **path**, **pathStartWith**, and **pathRegex** attributes of **uris** under **skills** of an application component are concatenated. If **path**, **pathStartWith**, and **pathRegex** are declared in sequence, **uris** can be concatenated into the following expressions: > > - **Prefix URI expression**: When only **scheme**, a combination of **scheme** and **host**, or a combination of **scheme**, **host**, and **port** is configured in the configuration file, the matching is successful if a URI prefixed with the configuration file is passed in. > * `scheme://` > * `scheme://host` > * `scheme://host:port` +> - **Full path expression**: `scheme://host:port/path` +> - **Prefix expression**: `scheme://host:port/pathStartWith` +> - **Regular expression**: `scheme://host:port/pathRegex` ### Matching Rules of type @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ To simplify the description, **uri** in the passed **want** parameter is called > > The matching rules of **type** described in this section are based on the fact that **type** in the **want** parameter is specified. If **type** is unspecified, follow the [matching rules of uri and type in the want parameter](#matching-rules-of-uri-and-type-in-the-want-parameter). -To simplify the description, **uri** in the passed **want** parameter is called **w_type**, and **type** of **uris** under **skills** of an ability to match is called **s_type**. The matching rules are as follows: +The matching rules are as follows: - If **s_type** is unspecified, the matching fails. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/extensionability-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/extensionability-overview.md index d176b2d5322b215ab3d730b59cfc5a8e1f6dfb99..dcadce1b16a3f04af0862169e98b7837841716f3 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/extensionability-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/extensionability-overview.md @@ -1,41 +1,40 @@ -# ExtensionAbility Component Overview +# ExtensionAbility Overview -The ExtensionAbility component is used for specific scenarios such as widgets and input methods. +The ExtensionAbility component is used for specific scenarios such as widget development and input method development. -An [ExtensionAbilityType](../reference/apis/js-apis-bundleManager.md#extensionabilitytype) is provided for every specific scenario. All types of ExtensionAbility components are managed by the corresponding system services in a unified manner. For example, the InputMethodExtensionAbility component is managed by the input method management service. The following ExtensionAbility types are supported: +An [ExtensionAbility type](../reference/apis/js-apis-bundleManager.md#extensionabilitytype) is provided for every specific scenario. All types of ExtensionAbility components are managed by the corresponding system services in a unified manner. For example, the InputMethodExtensionAbility component is managed by the input method management service. The following ExtensionAbility types are supported: - [FormExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the form type, which provides APIs related to widgets. - [WorkSchedulerExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-WorkSchedulerExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the work_scheduler type, which provides callbacks for Work Scheduler tasks. -- [InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod.md): ExtensionAbility component of the input_method type, which provides an input method framework that can be used to hide the keyboard, obtain the list of installed input methods, display the dialog box for input method selection, and more. +- [InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod.md): ExtensionAbility component of the input_method type, which is used to develop input method applications. -- [ServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the service type, which provides APIs related to background service scenarios. +- [ServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the service type, which provides APIs related to background services. - [AccessibilityExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-accessibilityExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the accessibility type, which provides APIs related to the accessibility feature. -- [DataShareExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-dataShareExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the data_share type, which provides APIs for data sharing. +- [DataShareExtensionAbility (for system applications only)](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-dataShareExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the data_share type, which provides APIs for data sharing. - [StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-staticSubscriberExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the static_subscriber type, which provides APIs for static broadcast. -- [WindowExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-windowExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the window type, which allows a system application to be embedded in and displayed over another application. +- [WindowExtensionAbility (for system applications only)](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-windowExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the window type, which allows a system application to be embedded in and displayed over another application. - [EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-EnterpriseAdminExtensionAbility.md): ExtensionAbility component of the enterprise_admin type, which provides APIs for processing enterprise management events, such as application installation events on devices and events indicating too many incorrect screen-lock password attempts. > **NOTE** -> -> 1. Third-party applications cannot implement ServiceExtensionAbility, DataShareExtensionAbility, StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility, or WindowExtensionAbility. -> -> 2. To implement transaction processing in the background for a third-party application, use background tasks rather than ServiceExtensionAbility. For details, see [Background Task](../task-management/background-task-overview.md). -> -> 3. Third-party applications can use other types of ExtensionAbility components that have been defined. +> +>- Third-party applications cannot implement ServiceExtensionAbility, DataShareExtensionAbility, StaticSubscriberExtensionAbility, or WindowExtensionAbility. They can use other types of ExtensionAbility components that have been defined. +> +>- To implement transaction processing in the background for a third-party application, use background tasks rather than ServiceExtensionAbility. For details, see [Background Task](../task-management/background-task-overview.md). + ## Using ExtensionAbility of the Specified Type -All types of ExtensionAbility components are started by the corresponding system management service, rather than applications, so that their lifecycles are under control by the system. The caller of the ExtensionAbility component does not need to care about its lifecycle. +Each type of ExtensionAbility component is started by the corresponding system management service, rather than applications, so that its lifecycle is under system control. The caller of the ExtensionAbility component does not need to care about its lifecycle. The following uses [InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod.md) as an example. As shown in the figure below, when an application calls the InputMethodExtensionAbility component, the input method management service is called first. The input method management service starts the InputMethodExtensionAbility component, returns the component to the application, and starts to manage its lifecycle. @@ -46,23 +45,21 @@ The following uses [InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-input ## Implementing ExtensionAbility of the Specified Type -The following uses [FormExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md) as an example. The widget framework provides the base class [FormExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md). You derive this base class to create your own class (such as **MyFormExtensionAbility**), implement the callbacks, such as **onCreate()** and **onUpdateForm()**, to provide specific widget functionalities. For details, see [FormExtensionAbility](service-widget-overview.md). +The following uses [FormExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md) as an example. The widget framework provides the base class [FormExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md). You can derive this base class to create your own class (for example, **MyFormExtensionAbility**) and implement the callbacks, such as **onCreate()** and **onUpdateForm()**, to provide specific widget features. For details, see [FormExtensionAbility](service-widget-overview.md). -You do not need to care when to add or delete a widget. The lifecycle of the FormExtensionAbility instance and the lifecycle of the ExtensionAbility process where the FormExtensionAbility instance is located are scheduled and managed by FormManagerService. +You do not need to care when to add or delete a widget. The lifecycle of the FormExtensionAbility instance and the lifecycle of the ExtensionAbility process where the FormExtensionAbility instance is located are managed by FormManagerService. ![form_extension](figures/form_extension.png) > **NOTE** > -> For an application, all ExtensionAbility components of the same type run in an independent process, whereas UIAbility, ServiceExtensionAbility, and DataShareExtensionAbility run in another independent process. For details, see [Process Model (Stage Model)](process-model-stage.md). -> -> For example, an application has one UIAbility component, one ServiceExtensionAbility, one DataShareExtensionAbility, two FormExtensionAbility, and one ImeExtensionAbility. When the application is running, there are three processes: -> +> For an application, all ExtensionAbility components of the same type run in an independent process, whereas the UIAbility, ServiceExtensionAbility, and DataShareExtensionAbility components run in another independent process. For details, see [Process Model (Stage Model)](process-model-stage.md). +> +> For example, if an application has one UIAbility component, one ServiceExtensionAbility component, one DataShareExtensionAbility component, two FormExtensionAbility components, and one ImeExtensionAbility component, there will be three processes when the application is running. +> > - UIAbility, ServiceExtensionAbility, and DataShareExtensionAbility run in an independent process. -> +> > - The two FormExtensionAbility components run in an independent process. -> +> > - The two ImeExtensionAbility components run in an independent process. - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-model-development-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-model-development-overview.md index 07e7ef8a0bdaea927762c15e4123ae728c026cb7..295e1863556cd37c7bc7e8cb588eaabbb9decb14 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-model-development-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-model-development-overview.md @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ During application development based on the Feature Ability (FA) model, the foll | Task| Introduction| Guide| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| Application component development| Use the PageAbility, ServiceAbility, DataAbility, and widgets of the FA model to develop applications.| - [Application- or Component-Level Configuration](application-component-configuration-fa.md)
- [PageAbility Component](pageability-overview.md)
- [ServiceAbility Component](serviceability-overview.md)
- [DataAbility Component](dataability-overview.md)
- [Widget Development](Widget-development-fa.md)
- [Context](application-context-fa.md)
- [Want](want-fa.md) | -| Inter-process communication (IPC)| Learn the process model and common IPC modes of the FA model.| [Common Events](common-event-fa.md)
[Background Services](rpc.md) | -| Inter-thread communication| Learn the thread model and common inter-thread communication modes of the FA model.| [Inter-Thread Communication](itc-fa-overview.md)| +| Application component development| Use the PageAbility, ServiceAbility, DataAbility, and widgets of the FA model to develop applications.| - [Application- or Component-Level Configuration](application-component-configuration-fa.md)
- [PageAbility Component](pageability-overview.md)
- [ServiceAbility Component](serviceability-overview.md)
- [DataAbility Component](dataability-overview.md)
- [Widget Development](widget-development-fa.md)
- [Context](application-context-fa.md)
- [Want](want-fa.md)| +| Process model| Learn the process model and common IPC modes of the FA model.| [Common Events](common-event-fa.md)
[Background Services](rpc.md)| +| Thread model| Learn the thread model and common inter-thread communication modes of the FA model.| [Inter-Thread Communication](itc-fa-overview.md)| | Mission management| Learn the basic concepts and typical scenarios of mission management in the FA model.| [Mission Management](mission-management-fa.md)| -| Application configuration file| Learn the requirements for developing application configuration files in the FA model.| [Application Configuration File](config-file-fa.md) | +| Application configuration file| Learn the requirements for developing application configuration files in the FA model.| [Application Configuration File](config-file-fa.md)| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-stage-interaction-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-stage-interaction-overview.md index 0d1ed27f0df2d4964b0d69faf48afcb42e32bf91..d9f71ea983fd65a4e02174478eaf09de2256be42 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-stage-interaction-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/fa-stage-interaction-overview.md @@ -4,22 +4,23 @@ The FA model is supported by API version 8 and earlier versions, and the stage model is recommended since API version 9. The FA model and stage model have their respective components. The FA model provides three types of application components: PageAbility, ServiceAbility, and DataAbility. The stage model provides two types of application components: UIAbility and ExtensionAbility. -You cannot use both models for the development of an application (see the figure below). However, a device (system) can contain applications developed on both models (scenario 3 in the figure below). In this case, their components may interact with each other. +You cannot use both models for the development of an application (see the figure below). However, a device (system) can contain applications developed on different models (scenario 3 in the figure below). In this case, their components may interact with each other. + +**Figure 1** Coexistent application components of the FA model and stage model -Figure 1 Coexistent application components of the FA model and stage model ![coexistence-of-FAandStage](figures/coexistence-of-FAandStage.png) -The following table lists the possible interaction scenarios. You must pay attention to the concerns listed below during your application development. +The following table lists the possible interaction scenarios and the concerns of each scenario. -Table 1 Application component interaction scenarios +**Table 1** Application component interaction scenarios | Interaction Scenario| Concerns| | -------- | -------- | -| [Starting a UIAbility from the FA Model](start-uiability-from-fa.md) | Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the UIAbility in the stage model.| -| [Connecting to a ServiceExtensionAbility from the FA Model](bind-serviceextensionability-from-fa.md) | Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the ServiceExtensionAbility in the stage model.| -| [Accessing a DataShareExtensionAbility from the FA Model](access-datashareextensionability-from-fa.md) | No code modification is required. However, you need to understand the API compatibility of **DataShareHelper** and **DataAbilityHelper**.| -| [Starting a PageAbility from the Stage Model](start-pageability-from-stage.md) | Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the PageAbility in the FA model.| -| [Connecting to a ServiceAbility from the Stage Model](bind-serviceability-from-stage.md) | Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the ServiceAbility in the FA model.| -| Accessing a DataAbility from the Stage Model | This type of access is not supported.| +| [Starting a UIAbility from the FA Model](start-uiability-from-fa.md)| Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the UIAbility in the stage model.| +| [Connecting to a ServiceExtensionAbility from the FA Model](bind-serviceextensionability-from-fa.md)| Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the ServiceExtensionAbility in the stage model.| +| [Accessing a DataShareExtensionAbility from the FA Model](access-datashareextensionability-from-fa.md)| No code modification is required. However, you need to understand the API compatibility of **DataShareHelper** and **DataAbilityHelper**.| +| [Starting a PageAbility from the Stage Model](start-pageability-from-stage.md)| Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the PageAbility in the FA model.| +| [Connecting to a ServiceAbility from the Stage Model](bind-serviceability-from-stage.md)| Set **bundleName** and **abilityName** in the **want** parameter to the bundle name and ability name of the ServiceAbility in the FA model.| +| Accessing a DataAbility from the Stage Model| This type of access is not supported.| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/featureability-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/featureability-switch.md index f7db8056ea156650e11b55a78137de194ce9d43f..b4c0254a320b85e9b87c8907505a3e3a91cbf582 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/featureability-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/featureability-switch.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ # featureAbility Switching -| API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| [getWant(callback: AsyncCallback<Want>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitygetwant)
[getWant(): Promise<Want>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitygetwant-1) | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [launchWant: Want;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#attributes)| +| [getWant(callback: AsyncCallback<Want>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitygetwant)
[getWant(): Promise<Want>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitygetwant-1) | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [launchWant: Want;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#attributes)| | [startAbility(parameter: StartAbilityParameter, callback: AsyncCallback<number>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitystartability)
[startAbility(parameter: StartAbilityParameter): Promise<number>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitystartability-1) | application\UIAbilityContext.d.ts | [startAbility(want: Want, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartability)
[startAbility(want: Want, options: StartOptions, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartability-1)
[startAbility(want: Want, options?: StartOptions): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartability-2) | | [getContext(): Context;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitygetcontext) | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [context: UIAbilityContext;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#attributes)| | [startAbilityForResult(parameter: StartAbilityParameter, callback: AsyncCallback<AbilityResult>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitystartabilityforresult7)
[startAbilityForResult(parameter: StartAbilityParameter): Promise<AbilityResult>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md#featureabilitystartabilityforresult7-1) | application\UIAbilityContext.d.ts | [startAbilityForResult(want: Want, callback: AsyncCallback<AbilityResult>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartabilityforresult)
[startAbilityForResult(want: Want, options: StartOptions, callback: AsyncCallback<AbilityResult>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartabilityforresult-1)
[startAbilityForResult(want: Want, options?: StartOptions): Promise<AbilityResult>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartabilityforresult-2) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/AccessibilityFramework.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/AccessibilityFramework.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..31abfb8cf00bf1c91e8718c06647443301892002 Binary files /dev/null and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/AccessibilityFramework.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/JSCardPrinciple.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/JSCardPrinciple.png index 558c2c2a679737eed2bf3b129f632e6300d0d2da..78716f567fddb77919bff4e8fbb61cdbfcfacae4 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/JSCardPrinciple.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/JSCardPrinciple.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/UpdateWidgetByProxyPrinciple.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/UpdateWidgetByProxyPrinciple.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8c5321ae42baa7be547ab5d5528f733fb58f745f Binary files /dev/null and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/UpdateWidgetByProxyPrinciple.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.jpeg b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.jpeg deleted file mode 100644 index 9c797ff4575ae0aaf9aad27ae5d4d701181faf97..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.jpeg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/zh-cn/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.png similarity index 100% rename from zh-cn/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.png rename to en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetCanvasDemo.png diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetLocalStorageProp.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetLocalStorageProp.png index 1a45723865ff9f990c3a4197338e9cbc9eb3b6f4..c980b8226adcaa06976d4fa797820abfd586c3c2 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetLocalStorageProp.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetLocalStorageProp.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetPrinciple.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetPrinciple.png index 588975d0095de58d0d220809ba77aec541a64984..68ca315394fe2cb5bd2580ca6df38b9940ac1349 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetPrinciple.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetPrinciple.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetProject.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetProject.png index 788bb3ac63ca5727527bd104f76689f762b7b33d..299eed75fc1edfd9557e0fe743facb0e9c8d94b2 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetProject.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetProject.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetRender.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetRender.png index 228128b143995fec75c71c4172e3d90ca15177f6..0f46bd74b0e48ac0c9f947d96d5e147786f547c0 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetRender.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetRender.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetSupportApi.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetSupportApi.png index 1ac3d68c19683c69a16f5ebc305f3b79cb8c6566..680294d47211cd32c6c68737d37d00a9f0fd0fe8 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetSupportApi.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/WidgetSupportApi.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/application_details.jpg b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/application_details.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e849a47b3d10faefafbf76a7b6309da305a2e9b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/application_details.jpg differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/globalThis1.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/globalThis1.png index 128f79d3437304845ac822d32377dab4cf0c9e05..eebbd55560ec8ab84cea439d8cf17d6ea8294ccb 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/globalThis1.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/globalThis1.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-cross-device-migration.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-cross-device-migration.png index 1623bc94af414539f6634aea6d583e205eccf409..82a819977da9ff408223ce6ae1fdb09573c15b5b 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-cross-device-migration.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-cross-device-migration.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-multi-device-collaboration.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-multi-device-collaboration.png index 28fa0a6e269a4266236898e19ce7bca4e670027d..a6a3ccbd0efe7a942f22ab99eb369c37b3d981ac 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-multi-device-collaboration.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-multi-device-collaboration.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-structure.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-structure.png index 96b82de856fcbc7db6d7668791a668ec152141fc..76b9d3c483dab44dd4eea2d65324bfc2d385cabe 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-structure.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/hop-structure.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/stage-concepts.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/stage-concepts.png index 42e99447a780b167adaf6ddd196bea4437dfa1a7..9d753f27fca4d507da20b5d5060f9b3d28e616b0 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/stage-concepts.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/stage-concepts.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/want-action.png b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/want-action.png index 0d8e18ce5870bea777c26b832d3f29674c2fa261..b907e8158bd9fd183ceabb181a13aa813f01e77e 100644 Binary files a/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/want-action.png and b/en/application-dev/application-models/figures/want-action.png differ diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-cross-device-migration.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-cross-device-migration.md index c51e82e15f4e14f4b42b25e656543a01d84406fb..d26f4b452febf4e7683e319e703ac350f0525857 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-cross-device-migration.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-cross-device-migration.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ## When to Use -The main task of cross-device migration is to migrate the current task (including the page control status) of an application to the target device so that the task can continue on it. Cross-device migration supports the following functionalities: +The main task of cross-device migration is to migrate the current task (including the page control status) of an application to the target device so that the task can continue on it. Cross-device migration supports the following features: - Storage and restoration of custom data @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ The main task of cross-device migration is to migrate the current task (includin The following figure shows the cross-device migration process. -**Figure 1** Cross-device migration process +**Figure 1** Cross-device migration process + ![hop-cross-device-migration](figures/hop-cross-device-migration.png) @@ -49,27 +50,27 @@ The table below describes the main APIs used for cross-device migration. For det 1. Request the **ohos.permission.DISTRIBUTED_DATASYNC** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). -2. Display a dialog box to ask authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). +2. Display a dialog box to ask for authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). 3. Configure the fields related to cross-device migration in the configuration file. Configure the application to support migration. Set the **continuable** field in the **module.json5** file to **true**. The default value is **false**. If this parameter is set to **false**, the application cannot be continued on the target device. - - - ```json - { - "module": { - // ... - "abilities": [ - { - // ... - "continuable": true, - } - ] - } - } - ``` + + + ```json + { + "module": { + ... + "abilities": [ + { + ... + "continuable": true, + } + ] + } + } + ``` Configure the application launch type. For details, see [UIAbility Component Launch Type](uiability-launch-type.md). @@ -79,23 +80,23 @@ The table below describes the main APIs used for cross-device migration. For det - Checking application compatibility: You can obtain the version number of the target application from **wantParam** and check the compatibility between the target application and the current application. - - Making a migration decision: You can determine whether to support the migration based on the return value of **onContinue()**. For details about the return value, see [Available APIs](#available-apis). + - Making a migration decision: You can determine whether to support the migration based on the return value of **onContinue()**. For details about the return values, see [Available APIs](#available-apis). The sample code is as follows: - ```ts - import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; - import AbilityConstant from '@ohos.app.ability.AbilityConstant'; - - onContinue(wantParam : {[key: string]: any}) { - console.info(`onContinue version = ${wantParam.version}, targetDevice: ${wantParam.targetDevice}`) - let workInput = AppStorage.Get('ContinueWork'); - // Set the user input data into wantParam. - wantParam["work"] = workInput // set user input data into want params - console.info(`onContinue input = ${wantParam["input"]}`); - return AbilityConstant.OnContinueResult.AGREE - } - ``` + ```ts + import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; + import AbilityConstant from '@ohos.app.ability.AbilityConstant'; + + onContinue(wantParam : {[key: string]: any}) { + console.info(`onContinue version = ${wantParam.version}, targetDevice: ${wantParam.targetDevice}`) + let workInput = AppStorage.Get('ContinueWork'); + // Set the user input data into wantParam. + wantParam["work"] = workInput // set user input data into want params + console.info(`onContinue input = ${wantParam["input"]}`); + return AbilityConstant.OnContinueResult.AGREE + } + ``` 5. Implement **onCreate()** and **onNewWant()** in the UIAbility of the target application to implement data restoration. - Implementation example of **onCreate** in the multi-instance scenario diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-multi-device-collaboration.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-multi-device-collaboration.md index b761037182f27367e9c01488de41aaa23b6b25d2..06c091b68c3fbe71737205fdcdcd79b15d6f4dde 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-multi-device-collaboration.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/hop-multi-device-collaboration.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ## When to Use -Multi-device coordination involves the following scenarios: +Multi-device collaboration involves the following scenarios: - [Starting UIAbility or ServiceExtensionAbility Across Devices (No Data Returned)](#starting-uiability-or-serviceextensionability-across-devices-no-data-returned) @@ -18,13 +18,14 @@ Multi-device coordination involves the following scenarios: The figure below shows the multi-device collaboration process. -**Figure 1** Multi-device collaboration process +**Figure 1** Multi-device collaboration process + ![hop-multi-device-collaboration](figures/hop-multi-device-collaboration.png) ## Constraints -- Since multi-device collaboration task management is not available, you can obtain the device list by developing system applications. Access to third-party applications is not supported. +- Since multi-device collaboration task management is not available, you can obtain the device list by developing system applications. Third-party applications cannot access the device list. - Multi-device collaboration must comply with [Inter-Device Component Startup Rules](component-startup-rules.md#inter-device-component-startup-rules). @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to 1. Request the **ohos.permission.DISTRIBUTED_DATASYNC** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). -2. Display a dialog box to ask authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). +2. Display a dialog box to ask for authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). 3. Obtain the device ID of the target device. @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to // createDeviceManager is a system API. deviceManager.createDeviceManager('ohos.samples.demo', (err, dm) => { if (err) { - // ... + ... return } dmClass = dm @@ -94,13 +95,13 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to } // context is the AbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. this.context.startAbility(want).then(() => { - // ... + ... }).catch((err) => { - // ... + ... }) ``` -5. Call stopServiceExtensionAbility(../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstopserviceextensionability) to stop the ServiceExtensionAbility when it is no longer required on device B. (This API cannot be used to stop a UIAbility. Users must manually stop a UIAbility through task management.) +5. Call [stopServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstopserviceextensionability) to stop the ServiceExtensionAbility when it is no longer required on device B. (This API cannot be used to stop a UIAbility. Users must manually stop a UIAbility through task management.) ```ts let want = { @@ -119,7 +120,7 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to ## Starting UIAbility Across Devices (Data Returned) -On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to start a specified UIAbility on device B. When the UIAbility on device B exits, a value is sent back to the initiator application. +On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to start a specified UIAbility on device B. When the UIAbility on device B exits, a value is returned to the initiator application. ### Available APIs @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to 1. Request the **ohos.permission.DISTRIBUTED_DATASYNC** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). -2. Display a dialog box to ask authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). +2. Display a dialog box to ask for authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). 3. Set the target component parameters on the initiator, and call **startAbilityForResult()** to start the target UIAbility. **data** in the asynchronous callback is used to receive the information returned by the target UIAbility to the initiator UIAbility after the target UIAbility terminates itself. For details about how to implement **getRemoteDeviceId()**, see [Starting UIAbility or ServiceExtensionAbility Across Devices (No Data Returned)](#starting-uiability-or-serviceextensionability-across-devices-no-data-returned). @@ -150,13 +151,13 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to } // context is the AbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. this.context.startAbilityForResult(want).then((data) => { - // ... + ... }).catch((err) => { - // ... + ... }) ``` -4. After the UIAbility task at the target device is complete, call **terminateSelfWithResult()** to return the data to the initiator UIAbility. +4. After the UIAbility task on the target device is complete, call **terminateSelfWithResult()** to return the data to the initiator UIAbility. ```ts const RESULT_CODE: number = 1001; @@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to } // context is the AbilityContext of the target UIAbility. this.context.terminateSelfWithResult(abilityResult, (err) => { - // ... + ... }); ``` @@ -179,17 +180,17 @@ On device A, touch the **Start** button provided by the initiator application to ```ts const RESULT_CODE: number = 1001; - // ... + ... // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. this.context.startAbilityForResult(want).then((data) => { if (data?.resultCode === RESULT_CODE) { // Parse the information returned by the target UIAbility. let info = data.want?.parameters?.info - // ... + ... } }).catch((err) => { - // ... + ... }) ``` @@ -214,7 +215,7 @@ A system application can connect to a service on another device by calling [conn 1. Request the **ohos.permission.DISTRIBUTED_DATASYNC** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). -2. Display a dialog box to ask authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). +2. Display a dialog box to ask for authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). 3. (Optional) [Implement a background service](serviceextensionability.md#implementing-a-background-service). Perform this operation only if no background service is available. @@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ A system application can connect to a service on another device by calling [conn - Set the target component parameters, including the target device ID, bundle name, and ability name. - Call **connectServiceExtensionAbility** to initiate a connection. - Receive the service handle returned by the target device when the connection is successful. - - Perform cross-device invoking and obtain the result returned by the target service. + - Perform cross-device call and obtain the result returned by the target service. ```ts import rpc from '@ohos.rpc'; @@ -311,7 +312,7 @@ The following describes how to implement multi-device collaboration through cros 1. Request the **ohos.permission.DISTRIBUTED_DATASYNC** permission. For details, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). -2. Display a dialog box to ask authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). +2. Display a dialog box to ask for authorization from the user when the application is started for the first time. For details, see [Requesting User Authorization](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#requesting-user-authorization). 3. Create the CalleeAbility. @@ -444,10 +445,10 @@ The following describes how to implement multi-device collaboration through cros // Register the onRemoteStateChange listener of the CallerAbility. try { caller.onRemoteStateChange((str) => { - console.log('Remote state changed ' + str); + console.info('Remote state changed ' + str); }); } catch (error) { - console.log('Caller.onRemoteStateChange catch error, error.code: ${JSON.stringify(error.code)}, error.message: ${JSON.stringify(error.message)}'); + console.info('Caller.onRemoteStateChange catch error, error.code: ${JSON.stringify(error.code)}, error.message: ${JSON.stringify(error.message)}'); } } }).catch((error) => { diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/inputmethodextentionability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/inputmethodextentionability.md index 2b3910707ecdb6f964822380a85b14857ec8fd29..49686c5d5c087d8a484123f0f6d58a12f6283976 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/inputmethodextentionability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/inputmethodextentionability.md @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -# InputMethodExtensionAbility Development +# InputMethodExtensionAbility -[InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-ability.md) is an ExtensionAbility component of the inputMethod type that provides extension capabilities for the input method framework. +## When to Use +[InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-ability.md), inherited from [ExtensionAbility](extensionability-overview.md), is used for developing input method applications. -InputMethodExtensionAbility can be started or connected by other application components to process transactions in the background based on the request of the caller. +The entire lifecycle of the [InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-ability.md) instance and the owning ExtensionAbility process is scheduled and managed by the input method framework. The input method framework provides the [InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-ability.md) base class. Derive this base class to implement initialization and resource clearing. - -InputMethodExtensionAbility provides related capabilities through the [InputMethodExtensionContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-context.md). +[InputMethodExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-ability.md) provides related capabilities through [InputMethodExtensionContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inputmethod-extension-context.md). ## Implementing an Input Method Application @@ -13,15 +13,13 @@ InputMethodExtensionAbility provides related capabilities through the [InputMeth InputMethodExtensionAbility provides the **onCreate()** and **onDestory()** callbacks, as described below. Override them as required. - **onCreate** - This callback is triggered when a service is created for the first time. You can perform initialization operations, for example, registering a common event listener. - + > **NOTE** > > If a service has been created, starting it again does not trigger the **onCreate()** callback. - + - **onDestroy** - This callback is triggered when the service is no longer used and the instance is ready for destruction. You can clear resources in this callback, for example, deregister the listener. @@ -29,7 +27,7 @@ InputMethodExtensionAbility provides the **onCreate()** and **onDestory()** call To implement an input method application, manually create an InputMethodExtensionAbility component in DevEco Studio. The procedure is as follows: -In the **ets** directory of the target module, right-click and choose **New** > **Extention Ability** > **InputMethod** to a minimum template of InputMethodExtensionAbility. +In the **ets** directory of the target module, right-click and choose **New** > **Extension Ability** > **InputMethod** to a minimum template of InputMethodExtensionAbility. > **NOTE** > @@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ The minimum template contains four files: **KeyboardController.ts**, **InputMeth onDestroy() { console.log("onDestroy."); - this.context.destroy(); + this.keyboardController.onDestroy(); // Destroy the window and deregister the event listener. } } ``` @@ -109,7 +107,6 @@ The minimum template contains four files: **KeyboardController.ts**, **InputMeth this.unRegisterListener(); // Deregister the event listener. let win = windowManager.findWindow(this.windowName); win.destroyWindow(); // Destroy the window. - this.mContext.terminateSelf(); // Terminate the InputMethodExtensionAbility service. } private initWindow(): void // Initialize the window. @@ -159,7 +156,7 @@ The minimum template contains four files: **KeyboardController.ts**, **InputMeth }) globalThis.inputAbility.on('inputStop', (imeId) => { if (imeId == "Bundle name/Ability name") { - this.onDestroy(); + this.mContext.destroy(); // Destroy the InputMethodExtensionAbility service. } }); } @@ -233,7 +230,7 @@ The minimum template contains four files: **KeyboardController.ts**, **InputMeth Add the path to this file to the **src** field in the **resources/base/profile/main_pages.json** file. - ```ts + ```ets import { numberSourceListData, sourceListType } from './keyboardKeyData' @Component @@ -342,12 +339,12 @@ The minimum template contains four files: **KeyboardController.ts**, **InputMeth } ``` - Register the InputMethodExtensionAbility in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) corresponding to the target module. Set **type** to **"inputMethod"** and **srcEntry** to the code path of the InputMethodExtensionAbility component. +5. Register the InputMethodExtensionAbility in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) corresponding to the **Module** project. Set **type** to **"inputMethod"** and **srcEntry** to the code path of the InputMethodExtensionAbility component. ```ts { "module": { - // ... + ... "extensionAbilities": [ { "description": "inputMethod", @@ -364,3 +361,47 @@ The minimum template contains four files: **KeyboardController.ts**, **InputMeth +## Restrictions + +To reduce the risk of abuse of the InputMethodExtensionAbility by third-party applications, the invoking of APIs in the following modules is restricted in the InputMethodExtensionAbility: + +> **NOTE** +> +> - If a restricted module is imported, no error is reported during compilation, but an incorrect value (**undefined**) is returned during running. As a result, the module does not take effect. +> - Currently, access to the [@ohos.multimedia.audio (Audio Management)](../reference/apis/js-apis-audio.md) module is allowed, with compliance with the following rules: +> - Users who deny the recording permission should still be allowed to use the non-voice-input features of the input method application. +> - Recording-related services are allowed only when the InputMethodExtensionAbility is in the foreground. For example, perform recording only when the soft keyboard is in the foreground and the user is proactively using the voice input method; stop recording when the application is switched to the background. +> - Applications will see increasingly stringent measures against violations with the preceding rules, and any violation may result in function exceptions. + +**Restricted modules:** + +- [@ohos.ability.featureAbility (FeatureAbility)](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-featureAbility.md) +- [@ohos.ability.particleAbility (ParticleAbility)](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md) +- [@ohos.account.distributedAccount (Distributed Account Management)](../reference/apis/js-apis-distributed-account.md) +- [@ohos.backgroundTaskManager (Background Task Management)](../reference/apis/js-apis-backgroundTaskManager.md) +- [@ohos.bluetooth (Bluetooth)](../reference/apis/js-apis-bluetooth.md) +- [@ohos.bluetoothManager (Bluetooth)](../reference/apis/js-apis-bluetoothManager.md) +- [@ohos.connectedTag (Active Tags)](../reference/apis/js-apis-connectedTag.md) +- [@ohos.geolocation (Geolocation)](../reference/apis/js-apis-geolocation.md) +- [@ohos.geoLocationManager (Geolocation Manager)](../reference/apis/js-apis-geoLocationManager.md) +- [@ohos.nfc.cardEmulation (Standard NFC Card Emulation)](../reference/apis/js-apis-cardEmulation.md) +- [@ohos.nfc.controller (Standard NFC)](../reference/apis/js-apis-nfcController.md) +- [@ohos.nfc.tag (Standard NFC Tags)](../reference/apis/js-apis-nfcTag.md) +- [@ohos.reminderAgent (Reminder Agent)](../reference/apis/js-apis-reminderAgent.md) +- [@ohos.reminderAgentManager (reminderAgentManager)](../reference/apis/js-apis-reminderAgentManager.md) +- [@ohos.sensor (Sensor)](../reference/apis/js-apis-sensor.md) +- [@ohos.telephony.call (Call)](../reference/apis/js-apis-call.md) +- [@ohos.telephony.data (Cellular Data)](../reference/apis/js-apis-telephony-data.md) +- [@ohos.telephony.observer (observer)](../reference/apis/js-apis-observer.md) +- [@ohos.telephony.radio (Network Search)](../reference/apis/js-apis-radio.md) +- [@ohos.telephony.sim (SIM Management)](../reference/apis/js-apis-sim.md) +- [@ohos.telephony.sms (SMS)](../reference/apis/js-apis-sms.md) +- [@ohos.wallpaper (Wallpaper)](../reference/apis/js-apis-wallpaper.md) +- [@ohos.wifiext (WLAN Extension)](../reference/apis/js-apis-wifiext.md) +- [@ohos.wifiManager (WLAN)](../reference/apis/js-apis-wifiManager.md) +- [@ohos.wifiManagerExt (WLAN Extension Interface)](../reference/apis/js-apis-wifiManagerExt.md) +- [@system.geolocation (Geolocation)](../reference/apis/js-apis-system-location.md) +- [nfctech (Standard NFC Technologies)](../reference/apis/js-apis-nfctech.md) +- [tagSession (Standard NFC Tag Session)](../reference/apis/js-apis-tagSession.md) + + diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/inter-device-interaction-hop-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/inter-device-interaction-hop-overview.md index 8a6cb49f86ff60655037955aaba1b00a5ff40a17..ee69e4928db174f4b51f481fdf5bafd1427a0314 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/inter-device-interaction-hop-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/inter-device-interaction-hop-overview.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ## When to Use -As the all-scenario, multi-device lifestyle becomes popular, users have an increasing number of devices. Each device provides users with what they need in a certain scenario. For example, watches allow users to view information in a timely manner, and smart TVs bring them an immersive watching experience. However, each device has its limitation, for example, typing text on a smart TV is frustrating as it is much more difficult than on a mobile device. If multiple devices can sense each other through a distributed OS and together form a super device, the strengths of each device can be fully exerted to provide a more natural and smoother distributed experience for users. +As the all-scenario, multi-device lifestyle becomes popular, users have an increasing number of devices. Each device provides users with what they need in a certain scenario. For example, watches allow users to view information in a timely manner, and smart TVs bring them an immersive watching experience. However, each device has its limitations, for example, typing text on a smart TV is frustrating as it is much more difficult than on a mobile device. If multiple devices can sense each other through a distributed OS and together form a super device, the strengths of each device can be fully exerted to provide a more natural and smoother distributed experience for users. In OpenHarmony, distributed operations across devices are called continuation (previously named hopping), which is further classified into [cross-device migration](hop-cross-device-migration.md) and [multi-device collaboration](hop-multi-device-collaboration.md). To implement continuation, cross-device interaction capabilities of application components are required. Currently, these capabilities are open only to system applications. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ In OpenHarmony, distributed operations across devices are called continuation (p - **Multi-device collaboration** - Multi-device collaboration enables collaboration between multiple devices, providing users with more efficient and immersive experience than with a single device. A typical multi-device collaboration scenario is as follows: Application A on the tablet is used as the answer board, and application B on the smart TV is used for live broadcast, delivering a better online class experience. From the perspective of application development, multi-device collaboration enables different UIAbility or ServiceExtensionAbility components to run simultaneously or alternately on multiple devices to provide a complete service, or enables the same UIAbility and ServiceExtensionAbility component to run simultaneously on multiple devices to provide a complete service. + Multi-device collaboration provides users with more efficient and immersive experience than with a single device. A typical multi-device collaboration scenario is as follows: Application A on the tablet is used as the answer board, and application B on the smart TV is used for live broadcast, delivering a better online class experience. From the perspective of application development, multi-device collaboration enables different UIAbility or ServiceExtensionAbility components to run simultaneously or alternately on multiple devices to provide a complete service, or enables the same UIAbility and ServiceExtensionAbility component to run simultaneously on multiple devices to provide a complete service. ## Continuation Architecture @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ OpenHarmony provides a set of APIs for you to implement continuation in your app The following figure shows the continuation architecture. - **Figure 1** Continuation architecture +**Figure 1** Continuation architecture - ![hop-structure](figures/hop-structure.png) + ![hop-structure](figures/hop-structure.png) - Cross-device migration task management: The initiator accepts a migration request from the user, provides a migration entry, and displays the migration result. (This capability is unavailable yet.) @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ The following figure shows the continuation architecture. - Distributed security authentication: provides an E2E encrypted channel for cross-device transmission between applications to ensure that the right person uses the right data through the right device. -- DSoftBus: functions as a unified communication base for a wide range of devices such as tablets, wearables, and smart TVs, and enables unified distributed communication between these devices. +- DSoftBus: functions as a unified communication base for a wide range of devices, such as tablets, wearables, and smart TVs, and enables unified distributed communication between these devices. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-emitter.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-emitter.md index 2966bd8eea41e04893814f20a3c5b2f9e4e456c9..43a5dc67be7349bb1d51a7e4141920b8739f7beb 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-emitter.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-emitter.md @@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ To develop the Emitter mode, perform the following steps: // Define an event with eventId 1. let event = { - eventId: 1 + eventId: 1 }; // Trigger the callback after the event with eventId 1 is received. let callback = (eventData) => { - console.info('event callback'); + console.info('event callback'); }; // Subscribe to the event with eventId 1. @@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ To develop the Emitter mode, perform the following steps: ```ts import emitter from "@ohos.events.emitter"; - + // Define an event with eventId 1 and priority Low. let event = { - eventId: 1, - priority: emitter.EventPriority.LOW + eventId: 1, + priority: emitter.EventPriority.LOW }; - + let eventData = { - data: { - "content": "c", - "id": 1, - "isEmpty": false, - } + data: { + "content": "c", + "id": 1, + "isEmpty": false, + } }; - + // Emit the event with eventId 1 and event content eventData. emitter.emit(event, eventData); ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-worker.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-worker.md index 996ab941b0244571dff6116a45ab5e2165cf1184..1f105d4f0ce31acdf135ab254e7bdb66e30d1ecf 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-worker.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/itc-with-worker.md @@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ To develop the Worker mode, perform the following steps: 1. Configure the **buildOption** field in the [module-level build-profile.json5](https://developer.harmonyos.com/en/docs/documentation/doc-guides/ohos-building-configuration-0000001218440654#section6887184182020) file of the project. ```ts - "buildOption": { - "sourceOption": { - "workers": [ - "./src/main/ets/workers/worker.ts" - ] - } + "buildOption": { + "sourceOption": { + "workers": [ + "./src/main/ets/workers/worker.ts" + ] } + } ``` 2. Create the **worker.ts** file based on the configuration in **build-profile.json5**. @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ To develop the Worker mode, perform the following steps: // Process messages from the main thread. parent.onmessage = function(message) { - console.info("onmessage: " + message) - // Send a message to the main thread. - parent.postMessage("message from worker thread.") + console.info("onmessage: " + message) + // Send a message to the main thread. + parent.postMessage("message from worker thread.") } ``` @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ To develop the Worker mode, perform the following steps: // Process messages from the worker thread. wk.onmessage = function(message) { - console.info("message from worker: " + message) + console.info("message from worker: " + message) - // Stop the worker thread based on service requirements. - wk.terminate() + // Stop the worker thread based on service requirements. + wk.terminate(); } ``` @@ -57,23 +57,22 @@ To develop the Worker mode, perform the following steps: ```ts import worker from '@ohos.worker'; - + let wk = new worker.ThreadWorker("../workers/worker.ts"); - + // Send a message to the worker thread. wk.postMessage("message from main thread.") - + // Process messages from the worker thread. wk.onmessage = function(message) { - console.info("message from worker: " + message) - - // Stop the worker thread based on service requirements. - wk.terminate() + console.info("message from worker: " + message) + + // Stop the worker thread based on service requirements. + wk.terminate(); } ``` > **NOTE** -> +> > - If the relative path of **worker.ts** configured in **build-profile.json5** is **./src/main/ets/workers/worker.ts**, pass in the path **entry/ets/workers/worker.ts** when creating a worker thread in the stage model, and pass in the path **../workers/worker.ts** when creating a worker thread in the FA model. -> > - For details about the data types supported between the main thread and worker thread, see [Sequenceable Data Types](../reference/apis/js-apis-worker.md#sequenceable-data-types). diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/js-ui-widget-development.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/js-ui-widget-development.md index cb8a2287992a55fb960672b078e6d0d20f6ec1b1..04a22731eb377f4c03a17d219549d6b230506583 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/js-ui-widget-development.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/js-ui-widget-development.md @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ The widget host consists of the following modules: - Widget usage: provides operations such as creating, deleting, or updating a widget. -- Communication adapter: provided by the OpenHarmony SDK for communication with the Widget Manager. It sends widget-related operations to the Widget Manager. +- Communication adapter: provided by the SDK for communication with the Widget Manager. It sends widget-related operations to the Widget Manager. The Widget Manager consists of the following modules: - Periodic updater: starts a scheduled task based on the update policy to periodically update a widget after it is added to the Widget Manager. -- Cache manager: caches view information of a widget after it is added to the Widget Manager to directly return the cached data when the widget is obtained next time. This reduces the latency greatly. +- Cache manager: caches view information of a widget after it is added to the Widget Manager. This enables the cached data to be directly returned when the widget is obtained next time, greatly reducing the latency. - Lifecycle manager: suspends update when a widget is switched to the background or is blocked, and updates and/or clears widget data during upgrade and deletion. @@ -36,9 +36,10 @@ The widget provider consists of the following modules: - Instance manager: implemented by the widget provider developer for persistent management of widget instances allocated by the Widget Manager. -- Communication adapter: provided by the OpenHarmony SDK for communication with the Widget Manager. It pushes update data to the Widget Manager. +- Communication adapter: provided by the SDK for communication with the Widget Manager. It pushes update data to the Widget Manager. > **NOTE** +> > You only need to develop the widget provider. The system automatically handles the work of the widget host and Widget Manager. @@ -48,14 +49,14 @@ The **FormExtensionAbility** class has the following APIs. For details, see [For | Name| Description| | -------- | -------- | -| onAddForm(want: Want): formBindingData.FormBindingData | Called to notify the widget provider that a widget has been created.| -| onCastToNormalForm(formId: string): void | Called to notify the widget provider that a temporary widget has been converted to a normal one.| -| onUpdateForm(formId: string): void | Called to notify the widget provider that a widget has been updated.| -| onChangeFormVisibility(newStatus: { [key: string]: number }): void | Called to notify the widget provider of the change in widget visibility.| -| onFormEvent(formId: string, message: string): void | Called to instruct the widget provider to receive and process a widget event.| -| onRemoveForm(formId: string): void | Called to notify the widget provider that a widget has been destroyed.| -| onConfigurationUpdate(config: Configuration): void | Called when the configuration of the environment where the widget is running is updated.| -| onShareForm?(formId: string): { [key: string]: any } | Called by the widget provider to receive shared widget data.| +| onAddForm(want: Want): formBindingData.FormBindingData | Called to notify the widget provider that a widget is being created.| +| onCastToNormalForm(formId: string): void | Called to notify the widget provider that a temporary widget is being converted to a normal one.| +| onUpdateForm(formId: string): void | Called to notify the widget provider that a widget is being updated.| +| onChangeFormVisibility(newStatus: { [key: string]: number }): void | Called to notify the widget provider that the widget visibility status is being changed.| +| onFormEvent(formId: string, message: string): void | Called to instruct the widget provider to process a widget event.| +| onRemoveForm(formId: string): void | Called to notify the widget provider that a widget is being destroyed.| +| onConfigurationUpdate(config: Configuration): void | Called when the configuration of the environment where the widget is running is being updated.| +| onShareForm?(formId: string): { [key: string]: any } | Called to notify the widget provider that the widget host is sharing the widget data.| The **FormProvider** class has the following APIs. For details, see [FormProvider](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formProvider.md). @@ -79,11 +80,11 @@ The widget provider development based on the [stage model](stage-model-developme - [Creating a FormExtensionAbility Instance](#creating-a-formextensionability-instance): Develop the lifecycle callback functions of FormExtensionAbility. -- [Configuring the Widget Configuration Files](#configuring-the-widget-configuration-files): Configure the application configuration file **module.json5** and profile configuration file. +- [Configuring the Widget Configuration File](#configuring-the-widget-configuration-file): Configure the application configuration file **module.json5** and profile configuration file. -- [Persistently Storing Widget Data](#persistently-storing-widget-data): This operation is a form of widget data exchange. +- [Persistently Storing Widget Data](#persistently-storing-widget-data): Manage widget data persistence. -- [Updating Widget Data](#updating-widget-data): Call **updateForm()** to update the information displayed on a widget. +- [Updating Widget Data](#updating-widget-data): Call **updateForm()** to update the information displayed in a widget. - [Developing the Widget UI Page](#developing-the-widget-ui-page): Use HML+CSS+JSON to develop a JS widget UI page. @@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ The widget provider development based on the [stage model](stage-model-developme ### Creating a FormExtensionAbility Instance -To create a widget in the stage model, implement the lifecycle callbacks of **FormExtensionAbility**. Generate a widget template by referring to [Developing a Service Widget](https://developer.harmonyos.com/en/docs/documentation/doc-guides/ohos-development-service-widget-0000001263280425). +To create a widget in the stage model, you need to implement the lifecycle callbacks of FormExtensionAbility. Generate a widget template and then perform the following: 1. Import related modules to **EntryFormAbility.ts**. @@ -102,7 +103,7 @@ To create a widget in the stage model, implement the lifecycle callbacks of **Fo import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; import formInfo from '@ohos.app.form.formInfo'; import formProvider from '@ohos.app.form.formProvider'; - import dataStorage from '@ohos.data.storage'; + import dataPreferences from '@ohos.data.preferences'; ``` 2. Implement the FormExtension lifecycle callbacks in **EntryFormAbility.ts**. @@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ To create a widget in the stage model, implement the lifecycle callbacks of **Fo return formData; } onCastToNormalForm(formId) { - // Called when the widget host converts the temporary widget into a normal one. The widget provider should do something to respond to the conversion. + // Called when a temporary widget is being converted into a normal one. The widget provider should respond to the conversion. console.info('[EntryFormAbility] onCastToNormalForm'); } onUpdateForm(formId) { @@ -158,6 +159,7 @@ To create a widget in the stage model, implement the lifecycle callbacks of **Fo ``` > **NOTE** +> > FormExtensionAbility cannot reside in the background. Therefore, continuous tasks cannot be processed in the widget lifecycle callbacks. @@ -190,7 +192,7 @@ To create a widget in the stage model, implement the lifecycle callbacks of **Fo } ``` -2. Configure the widget configuration information. In the **metadata** configuration item of FormExtensionAbility, you can specify the resource index of specific configuration information of the widget. For example, if resource is set to **$profile:form_config**, **form_config.json** in the **resources/base/profile/** directory of the development view is used as the profile configuration file of the widget. The following table describes the internal field structure. +2. Configure the widget configuration information. In the **metadata** configuration item of FormExtensionAbility, you can specify the resource index of specific configuration information of the widget. For example, if **resource** is set to **$profile:form_config**, **form_config.json** in the **resources/base/profile/** directory of the development view is used as the profile configuration file of the widget. The following table describes the internal structure of the profile configuration file. **Table 1** Widget profile configuration file @@ -204,7 +206,7 @@ To create a widget in the stage model, implement the lifecycle callbacks of **Fo | colorMode | Color mode of the widget.
- **auto**: auto-adaptive color mode
- **dark**: dark color mode
- **light**: light color mode| String| Yes (initial value: **auto**)| | supportDimensions | Grid styles supported by the widget.
- **1 * 2**: indicates a grid with one row and two columns.
- **2 * 2**: indicates a grid with two rows and two columns.
- **2 * 4**: indicates a grid with two rows and four columns.
- **4 * 4**: indicates a grid with four rows and four columns.| String array| No| | defaultDimension | Default grid style of the widget. The value must be available in the **supportDimensions** array of the widget.| String| No| - | updateEnabled | Whether the widget can be updated periodically.
- **true**: The widget can be updated at a specified interval (**updateDuration**) or at the scheduled time (**scheduledUpdateTime**). **updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**.
- **false**: The widget cannot be updated periodically.| Boolean| No| + | updateEnabled | Whether the widget can be updated periodically.
- **true**: The widget can be updated at a specified interval (**updateDuration**) or at the scheduled time (**scheduledUpdateTime**). **updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.
- **false**: The widget cannot be updated periodically.| Boolean| No| | scheduledUpdateTime | Scheduled time to update the widget. The value is in 24-hour format and accurate to minute.
**updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.| String| Yes (initial value: **0:0**)| | updateDuration | Interval to update the widget. The value is a natural number, in the unit of 30 minutes.
If the value is **0**, this field does not take effect.
If the value is a positive integer *N*, the interval is calculated by multiplying *N* and 30 minutes.
**updateDuration** takes precedence over **scheduledUpdateTime**. If both are specified, the value specified by **updateDuration** is used.| Number| Yes (initial value: **0**)| | formConfigAbility | Link to a specific page of the application. The value is a URI.| String| Yes (initial value: left empty)| @@ -255,7 +257,7 @@ async function storeFormInfo(formId: string, formName: string, tempFlag: boolean "updateCount": 0 }; try { - const storage = await dataStorage.getStorage(DATA_STORAGE_PATH); + const storage = await dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, DATA_STORAGE_PATH); // put form info await storage.put(formId, JSON.stringify(formInfo)); console.info(`[EntryFormAbility] storeFormInfo, put form info successfully, formId: ${formId}`); @@ -294,8 +296,8 @@ You should override **onRemoveForm** to implement widget data deletion. const DATA_STORAGE_PATH = "/data/storage/el2/base/haps/form_store"; async function deleteFormInfo(formId: string) { try { - const storage = await dataStorage.getStorage(DATA_STORAGE_PATH); - // del form info + const storage = await dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, DATA_STORAGE_PATH); + // Delete the widget information. await storage.delete(formId); console.info(`[EntryFormAbility] deleteFormInfo, del form info successfully, formId: ${formId}`); await storage.flush(); @@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ export default class EntryFormAbility extends FormExtension { } ``` -For details about how to implement persistent data storage, see [Persisting Preferences Data](../database/data-persistence-by-preferences.md). +For details about how to implement persistent data storage, see [Application Data Persistence](../database/app-data-persistence-overview.md). The **Want** object passed in by the widget host to the widget provider contains a flag that specifies whether the requested widget is normal or temporary. @@ -449,14 +451,14 @@ The key steps are as follows: - **action**: **"router"**, which indicates a router event. - **abilityName**: name of the UIAbility to redirect to (PageAbility component in the FA model and UIAbility component in the stage model). For example, the default UIAbility name of the stage model created by DevEco Studio is EntryAbility. - - **params**: custom parameters passed to the target UIAbility. Set them as required. The value can be obtained from **parameters** in **want** used for starting the target UIAbility. For example, in the lifecycle function **onCreate** of the main ability in the stage model, you can obtain **want** and its **parameters** field. + - **params**: custom parameters passed to the target UIAbility. Set them as required. The value can be obtained from **parameters** in **want** used for starting the target UIAbility. For example, in the lifecycle function **onCreate** of the MainAbility in the stage model, you can obtain **want** and its **parameters** field. 3. Set the message event. - **action**: **"message"**, which indicates a message event. - **params**: custom parameters of the message event. Set them as required. The value can be obtained from **message** in the widget lifecycle function **onFormEvent()**. -The following is an example: +The following are examples: - HML file: @@ -545,7 +547,7 @@ The following is an example: } ``` -- Receive the router event and obtain parameters in UIAbility. +- Receive the router event in UIAbility and obtain parameters. ```ts diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleapp-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleapp-switch.md index 9d89597ef5a77246ec7450261916061062d24d8d..e2fa51264d4d41f52cef0a91e119a9e9d8e75d78 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleapp-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleapp-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # LifecycleApp Switching -| API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| +| API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | onShow?(): void; | \@ohos.window.d.ts | [on(eventType: 'windowStageEvent', callback: Callback<WindowStageEventType>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#onwindowstageevent9)
Listens for the switching to the [foreground](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowstageeventtype9).| | onHide?(): void; | \@ohos.window.d.ts | [on(eventType: 'windowStageEvent', callback: Callback<WindowStageEventType>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#onwindowstageevent9)
Listens for the switching to the [background](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowstageeventtype9).| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | onRestoreData?(data: Object): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onCreate(want: Want, param: AbilityConstant.LaunchParam): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityoncreate)
[onNewWant(want: Want, launchParams: AbilityConstant.LaunchParam): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant)
In multiton or singleton mode, the target ability completes data restoration in the **onCreate()** callback. In the callback, **launchParam.launchReason** is used to determine whether it is a continuation-based launch scenario. If it is, the data saved before continuation can be obtained from the **want** parameter.| | onRemoteTerminated?(): void; | application\ContinueCallback.d.ts | [onContinueDone(result: number): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-distributedMissionManager.md#continuecallback) | | onSaveAbilityState?(outState: PacMap): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onSaveState(reason: AbilityConstant.StateType, wantParam : {[key: string]: any}): AbilityConstant.OnSaveResult;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonsavestate) | -| onRestoreAbilityState?(inState: PacMap): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onCreate(want: Want, param: AbilityConstant.LaunchParam): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityoncreate)
After the application is restarted, the **onCreate()** callback is triggered. In the callback, **launchParam.launchReason** is used to determine whether it is a self-recovery scenario. If it is, the data saved before the restart can be obtained from the **want** parameter.| +| onRestoreAbilityState?(inState: PacMap): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onCreate(want: Want, param: AbilityConstant.LaunchParam): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityoncreate)
After an application is restarted, the **onCreate()** callback is triggered. In the callback, **launchParam.launchReason** is used to determine whether it is a self-recovery scenario. If it is, the data saved before the restart can be obtained from the **want** parameter.| | onInactive?(): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onBackground(): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonbackground) | | onActive?(): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onForeground(): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonforeground) | | onNewWant?(want: Want): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility.d.ts | [onNewWant(want: Want, launchParams: AbilityConstant.LaunchParam): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycledata-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycledata-switch.md index be96421a92161deeb26c9e99af9ec5de332d9e25..6e66481e866ef300453f8fcd94fcbe06b7fc7b13 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycledata-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycledata-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # LifecycleData Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | update?(uri: string, valueBucket: rdb.ValuesBucket, predicates: dataAbility.DataAbilityPredicates, callback: AsyncCallback<number>): void; | \@ohos.application.DataShareExtensionAbility.d.ts | [update?(uri: string, predicates: dataSharePredicates.DataSharePredicates, valueBucket: ValuesBucket, callback: AsyncCallback<number>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-dataShareExtensionAbility.md#update) | | query?(uri: string, columns: Array<string>, predicates: dataAbility.DataAbilityPredicates, callback: AsyncCallback<ResultSet>): void; | \@ohos.application.DataShareExtensionAbility.d.ts | [query?(uri: string, predicates: dataSharePredicates.DataSharePredicates, columns: Array<string>, callback: AsyncCallback<Object>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-dataShareExtensionAbility.md#query) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleform-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleform-switch.md index 80e577eeac759f589cb53c6b367ae17ba8b98e8c..6356d632e2dc20d5217bb32f2088061d9ab8fe8f 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleform-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleform-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # LifecycleForm Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | onCreate?(want: Want): formBindingData.FormBindingData; | \@ohos.app.form.FormExtensionAbility.d.ts | [onAddForm(want: Want): formBindingData.FormBindingData;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#onaddform) | | onCastToNormal?(formId: string): void; | \@ohos.app.form.FormExtensionAbility.d.ts | [onCastToNormalForm(formId: string): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-form-formExtensionAbility.md#oncasttonormalform) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleservice-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleservice-switch.md index d1fcdc7a30efb0114e092ac5a6233566270312fa..96d1e132f7abc1b59f13fd7dc81540f1653f3510 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleservice-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/lifecycleservice-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # LifecycleService Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | onStart?(): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.ServiceExtensionAbility.d.ts | [onCreate(want: Want): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md#serviceextensionabilityoncreate) | | onCommand?(want: Want, startId: number): void; | \@ohos.app.ability.ServiceExtensionAbility.d.ts | [onRequest(want: Want, startId: number): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md#serviceextensionabilityonrequest) | | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/medialibrary-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/medialibrary-switch.md index 29e9b10964d2b9c967960f6c2ad802a942aa0ac3..dc671d1b61b467f98d7d01f43703b165df4c1e52 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/medialibrary-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/medialibrary-switch.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # mediaLibrary Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [getMediaLibrary(): MediaLibrary;](../reference/apis/js-apis-medialibrary.md#medialibrarygetmedialibrary) | \@ohos.multimedia.mediaLibrary.d.ts | [getMediaLibrary(context: Context): MediaLibrary;](../reference/apis/js-apis-medialibrary.md#medialibrarygetmedialibrary8) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-launch-type.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-launch-type.md index 199de6eefead9fc056adf8d08c49f792a54a4a83..56a389cc52e093008491f75e01144bd7635b94eb 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-launch-type.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-launch-type.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Mission Management and Launch Type +# Mission and Launch Type One UIAbility instance corresponds to one mission. The number of UIAbility instances is related to the UIAbility launch type, specified by **launchType**, which is configured in the **config.json** file in the FA model and the [module.json5](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) file in the stage model. @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ The following describes how the mission list manager manages the UIAbility insta ![mission-and-singleton](figures/mission-and-singleton.png) -- **multiton**: Each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, a **UIAbility** instance is created in the application process. +- **multiton**: Each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, a UIAbility instance is created in the application process. **Figure 2** Missions and multiton mode ![mission-and-multiton](figures/mission-and-multiton.png) -- **specified**: The ([onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant)) method of [AbilityStage](abilitystage.md) determines whether to create an instance. +- **specified**: The ([onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant)) method of [AbilityStage](abilitystage.md) determines whether to create a UIAbility instance. **Figure 3** Missions and specified mode diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-overview.md index ba55ebb136ebffca0294bf69013f2f2ab4392e7f..785a9f8291ea43e756ebed07843ceef23570160d 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-management-overview.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Before getting started with the development of mission management, be familiar with the following concepts related to mission management: -- AbilityRecord: minimum unit for the system service to manage a UIAbility instance. It corresponds to a UIAbility component instance of an application. +- AbilityRecord: minimum unit for the system service to manage a UIAbility instance. It corresponds to a UIAbility component instance of an application. A maximum of 512 UIAbility instances can be managed on the system service side. - MissionRecord: minimum unit for mission management. One MissionRecord has only one AbilityRecord. In other words, a UIAbility component instance corresponds to a mission. @@ -30,42 +30,42 @@ Missions are managed by system applications (such as home screen), rather than t A UIAbility instance corresponds to an independent mission. Therefore, when an application calls [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) to start a UIAbility, a mission is created. -To call [missionManager](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-missionManager.md) to manage missions, the home screen application must request the **ohos.permission.MANAGE_MISSIONS** permission. For details about the configuration, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). +1. To call [missionManager](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-missionManager.md) to manage missions, the home screen application must request the **ohos.permission.MANAGE_MISSIONS** permission. For details about the configuration, see [Declaring Permissions in the Configuration File](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md#declaring-permissions-in-the-configuration-file). -You can use **missionManager** to manage missions, for example, listening for mission changes, obtaining mission information or snapshots, and clearing, locking, or unlocking missions. +2. You can use **missionManager** to manage missions, for example, listening for mission changes, obtaining mission information or snapshots, and clearing, locking, or unlocking missions. ```ts import missionManager from '@ohos.app.ability.missionManager' let listener = { - // Listen for mission creation. - onMissionCreated: function (mission) { - console.info("--------onMissionCreated-------") - }, - // Listen for mission destruction. - onMissionDestroyed: function (mission) { - console.info("--------onMissionDestroyed-------") - }, - // Listen for mission snapshot changes. - onMissionSnapshotChanged: function (mission) { - console.info("--------onMissionSnapshotChanged-------") - }, - // Listen for switching the mission to the foreground. - onMissionMovedToFront: function (mission) { - console.info("--------onMissionMovedToFront-------") - }, - // Listen for mission icon changes. - onMissionIconUpdated: function (mission, icon) { - console.info("--------onMissionIconUpdated-------") - }, - // Listen for mission name changes. - onMissionLabelUpdated: function (mission) { - console.info("--------onMissionLabelUpdated-------") - }, - // Listen for mission closure events. - onMissionClosed: function (mission) { - console.info("--------onMissionClosed-------") - } + // Listen for mission creation. + onMissionCreated: function (mission) { + console.info("--------onMissionCreated-------") + }, + // Listen for mission destruction. + onMissionDestroyed: function (mission) { + console.info("--------onMissionDestroyed-------") + }, + // Listen for mission snapshot changes. + onMissionSnapshotChanged: function (mission) { + console.info("--------onMissionSnapshotChanged-------") + }, + // Listen for switching the mission to the foreground. + onMissionMovedToFront: function (mission) { + console.info("--------onMissionMovedToFront-------") + }, + // Listen for mission icon changes. + onMissionIconUpdated: function (mission, icon) { + console.info("--------onMissionIconUpdated-------") + }, + // Listen for mission name changes. + onMissionLabelUpdated: function (mission) { + console.info("--------onMissionLabelUpdated-------") + }, + // Listen for mission closure events. + onMissionClosed: function (mission) { + console.info("--------onMissionClosed-------") + } }; // 1. Register a mission change listener. @@ -73,56 +73,56 @@ You can use **missionManager** to manage missions, for example, listening for mi // 2. Obtain the latest 20 missions in the system. missionManager.getMissionInfos("", 20, (error, missions) => { - console.info("getMissionInfos is called, error.code = " + error.code); - console.info("size = " + missions.length); - console.info("missions = " + JSON.stringify(missions)); + console.info("getMissionInfos is called, error.code = " + error.code); + console.info("size = " + missions.length); + console.info("missions = " + JSON.stringify(missions)); }); // 3. Obtain the detailed information about a mission. let missionId = 11; // The mission ID 11 is only an example. let mission = missionManager.getMissionInfo("", missionId).catch(function (err) { - console.info(err); + console.info(err); }); // 4. Obtain the mission snapshot. missionManager.getMissionSnapShot("", missionId, (error, snapshot) => { - console.info("getMissionSnapShot is called, error.code = " + error.code); - console.info("bundleName = " + snapshot.ability.bundleName); + console.info("getMissionSnapShot is called, error.code = " + error.code); + console.info("bundleName = " + snapshot.ability.bundleName); }) // 5. Obtain the low-resolution mission snapshot. missionManager.getLowResolutionMissionSnapShot("", missionId, (error, snapshot) => { - console.info("getLowResolutionMissionSnapShot is called, error.code = " + error.code); - console.info("bundleName = " + snapshot.ability.bundleName); + console.info("getLowResolutionMissionSnapShot is called, error.code = " + error.code); + console.info("bundleName = " + snapshot.ability.bundleName); }) // 6. Lock or unlock the mission. missionManager.lockMission(missionId).then(() => { - console.info("lockMission is called "); + console.info("lockMission is called "); }); missionManager.unlockMission(missionId).then(() => { - console.info("unlockMission is called "); + console.info("unlockMission is called "); }); // 7. Switch the mission to the foreground. missionManager.moveMissionToFront(missionId).then(() => { - console.info("moveMissionToFront is called "); + console.info("moveMissionToFront is called "); }); // 8. Clear a single mission. missionManager.clearMission(missionId).then(() => { - console.info("clearMission is called "); + console.info("clearMission is called "); }); // 9. Clear all missions. missionManager.clearAllMissions().catch(function (err) { - console.info(err); + console.info(err); }); // 10. Deregister the mission change listener. missionManager.off('mission', listenerId, (error) => { - console.info("unregisterMissionListener"); + console.info("unregisterMissionListener"); }) ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-set-icon-name-for-task-snapshot.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-set-icon-name-for-task-snapshot.md index c98d39ff8348f330d58138db89afcc2a0d5995ca..d758de4763e2933d09b7bcb8750f502d0c593800 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-set-icon-name-for-task-snapshot.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/mission-set-icon-name-for-task-snapshot.md @@ -17,19 +17,22 @@ This document describes the following operations: ## Setting a Mission Snapshot Icon (for System Applications Only) -Call [UIAbilityContext.setMissionIcon()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextsetmissionicon) to set the icon of a mission snapshot. The icon is an object of the [PixelMap](../reference/apis/js-apis-image.md#pixelmap7) type. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). +Call [UIAbilityContext.setMissionIcon()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextsetmissionicon) to set the icon of a mission snapshot. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). For details about how to obtain the PixelMap information in the example, see [Image Decoding](../media/image-decoding.md). + ```ts -let imagePixelMap: PixelMap = undefined; // Obtain the PixelMap information. +let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext +let pixelMap: PixelMap =...; // PixelMap information of the image. -this.context.setMissionIcon(imagePixelMap, (err) => { - console.error(`setMissionLabel failed, code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); +context.setMissionIcon(pixelMap, (err) => { + if (err.code) { + console.error(`Failed to set mission icon. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + } }) ``` The display effect is shown below. Figure 2 Mission snapshot icon - ![](figures/mission-set-task-snapshot-icon.png) ## Setting a Mission Snapshot Name @@ -37,15 +40,16 @@ Figure 2 Mission snapshot icon Call [UIAbilityContext.setMissionLabel()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextsetmissionlabel) to set the name of a mission snapshot. ```ts -this.context.setMissionLabel('test').then(() => { - console.info('setMissionLabel succeeded.'); +let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext + +context.setMissionLabel('test').then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in seting mission label.'); }).catch((err) => { - console.error(`setMissionLabel failed, code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + console.error(`Failed to set mission label. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }); ``` The display effect is shown below. Figure 3 Mission snapshot name - ![](figures/mission-set-task-snapshot-label.png) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/model-switch-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/model-switch-overview.md index e42882ca59b33c65fe6591510954d95e2c49453b..9a8a2101ed2a2f9f402404cc68eea49d92f84121 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/model-switch-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/model-switch-overview.md @@ -5,19 +5,23 @@ Perform the following operations to switch a declarative paradigm-based applicat - Project switch: Create an application project of the stage model. + ![model-switch-overview1](figures/model-switch-overview1.png) - [Configuration file switch](configuration-file-diff.md): Switch **config.json** to **app.json5** and **module.json5**. + ![model-switch-overview2](figures/model-switch-overview2.png) - [Component switch](pageability-switch.md): Switch the PageAbility, ServiceAbility, and DataAbility components of the FA model to the UIAbility and ExtensionAbility components of the stage model. The figure below shows only the switching from PageAbility to UIAbility. The left part is the FA model, and **app.ets** is the PageAbility component. The right part is the stage model, and **EntryAbility.ts** is the UIAbility component. -![model-switch-overview3](figures/model-switch-overview3.png) + ![model-switch-overview3](figures/model-switch-overview3.png) - [Widget switch](widget-switch.md): Switch the FormAbility component of the FA model to the FormExtensionAbility component of the stage model. In the figure below, **Service Widget** is FormAbility in the FA model and FormExtensionAbility in the stage model. + ![model-switch-overview4](figures/model-switch-overview4.png) ![model-switch-overview5](figures/model-switch-overview5.png) - [API switch](api-switch-overview.md): Switch the APIs with the **FAModelOnly** tag used in the FA model to the recommended APIs in the stage model. + ![model-switch-overview6](figures/model-switch-overview6.png) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/module-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/module-switch.md index 9f31f892cda1a077301773a129f4f7915cd25c82..4ca41a83e7282fe155c43d01b0cbfd11939cb5c8 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/module-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/module-switch.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ # Switching of module -When switching an application from the FA model to the stage model, you must migrate the configurations under the **module** tag in the **config.json** file to the **module** tag in the **module.json5** file. +When switching an application from the FA model to the stage model, migrate the configurations under **module** in the **config.json** file to **module** in the **module.json5** file. -### Table 1 module Comparison +**Table 1** module comparison | Field Name in the FA Model| Field Description| Field Name in the Stage Model| Difference| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ When switching an application from the FA model to the stage model, you must mig | moduleType in the distro object| Type of the HAP file. The value can be **entry** or **feature**. For the HAR type, set this field to **har**.| type | The field name is changed.| | installationFree in the distro object| Whether the HAP file supports the installation-free feature.| installationFree | The field name is changed.| | deliveryWithInstall in the distro object| Whether the HAP file is installed with the application.| deliveryWithInstall | The field name is changed.| -| metaData | Metadata of the HAP file.| metadata | See [Table 2](#table-2-metadata-comparison).| -| abilities | All abilities in the current module.| abilities | See [Table 5](#table-5-abilities-comparison).| +| metaData | Metadata of the HAP file.| metadata | For details, see Table 2.| +| abilities | All abilities in the current module.| abilities | For details, see Table 5.| | js | A set of JS modules developed using ArkUI. Each element in the set represents the information about a JS module.| pages | The stage model retains **pages** under the **module** tag. The window configuration is the lower level of **pages**.| | shortcuts | Shortcuts of the application.| shortcut_config.json| In the stage model, the **shortcut_config.json** file is defined in **resources/base/profile** in the development view.| | reqPermissions | Permissions that the application requests from the system when it is running.| requestPermissions | The field name is changed.| @@ -27,40 +27,40 @@ When switching an application from the FA model to the stage model, you must mig | entryTheme | Keyword of an OpenHarmony internal theme.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| -### Table 2 metaData Comparison +**Table 2** metaData comparison -| Field Name Under metaData in the FA Model| Field Description| Field Name Under metaData in the Stage Model| Difference| +| Field Name in the FA Model| Field Description| Field Name in the Stage Model| Difference| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | parameters | Metadata of the parameters to be passed for calling the ability.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| | results | Metadata of the ability return value.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| -| customizeData | Custom metadata of the parent component. **parameters** and **results** cannot be configured in **application**.| metadata | See [Table 3](#table-3-comparison-between-customizedata-under-metadata-in-the-fa-model-and-metadata-in-the-stage-model).| +| customizeData | Custom metadata of the parent component. **parameters** and **results** cannot be configured in **application**.| metadata | **For details**, see Table 3.| -### Table 3 Comparison Between customizeData Under metaData in the FA Model and metadata in the Stage Model +**Table 3** Comparison between customizeData under metaData in the FA model and metadata in the stage Model -| Field Name Under customizeData in metaData in the FA Model| Field Description| Field Name Under metaData in the Stage Model| Difference| +| Field Name in the FA Model| Field Description| Field Name in the Stage Model| Difference| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | name | Key name that identifies a data item. The value is a string with a maximum of 255 bytes.| name | None.| | value | Value of the data item. The value is a string with a maximum of 255 bytes.| value | None.| -| extra | Format of the current custom data. The value is the resource value of **extra**.| resource | The field name is changed. For details, see [Table 4](#table 4-metadata-examples).| +| extra | Format of the current custom data. The value is the resource value of **extra**.| resource | The field name is changed. For details, see Table 4.| -### Table 4 metaData Examples +**Table 4** metaData examples | Example in the FA Model| Example in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | | "meteData": {
"customizeDate": [{
"name": "label",
"value": "string",
"extra": "$string:label",
}]
} | "meteData": [{
"name": "label",
"value": "string",
"resource": "$string:label",
}] | -### Table 5 abilities Comparison +**Table 5** abilities comparison | Field Name Under abilities in the FA Model| Field Description| Field Name Under abilities in the Stage Model| Difference| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | process | Name of the process running the application or ability.| / | The stage model does not support configuration of **process** under **abilities**. The configuration of **process** is available under the **module** tag.| | uri | URI of the ability.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| | deviceCapability | Device capabilities required to run the ability.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| -| metaData | Metadata of the ability.| metadata | See [Table 2](#table-2-metadata-comparison).| +| metaData | Metadata of the ability.| metadata | For details, see Table 2.| | type | Ability type.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| -| grantPermission | Whether permissions can be granted for any data in the ability.| / | The stage model does not support such a configuration under **abilities**.| +| grantPermission | Whether permissions can be granted to any data in the ability.| / | The stage model does not support such a configuration under **abilities**.| | readPermission | Permission required for reading data in the ability. This field applies only to the ability using the Data template.| / | In the stage model, this configuration is available under **extensionAbilities**, but not **abilities**.| | writePermission | Permission required for writing data to the ability.| / | In the stage model, this configuration is available under **extensionAbilities**, but not **abilities**.| | configChanges | System configurations that the ability concerns.| / | This configuration is not supported in the stage model.| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/page-mission-stack.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/page-mission-stack.md index 702cb9ba928d5266ce6720d10538df6109b0cbeb..cdb7ce724f2a29c711d4d056bcda5716f265ba48 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/page-mission-stack.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/page-mission-stack.md @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ A single UIAbility component can implement multiple pages and redirection between these pages. The redirection relationship inside the UIAbility component is called page stack, which is managed by the ArkUI framework. For example, Page1 -> Page2 -> Page3 of UIAbility1 and PageA -> PageB -> PageC of UIAbility2 in the figure below are two page stacks. - **Figure 1** Page stack +**Figure 1** Page stack + ![mission-record](figures/mission-record.png) - A page stack is formed as follows (Steps 2, 3, 5, and 6 are page redirection and managed by ArkUI): diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-launch-type.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-launch-type.md index 3b75ff6a60899f19f08aad5235fb3dc49632cb01..1e5d14c3037261e66fb2decdede6779c079651bc 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-launch-type.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-launch-type.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Depending on the launch type, the action performed when the PageAbility starts d **Table 1** PageAbility launch types -| Launch Type| Meaning | Description| +| Launch Type| Meaning| Description | | -------- | -------- | -------- | | singleton | Singleton mode| Each time **startAbility()** is called, if an ability instance of this type already exists in the application process, the instance is reused. There is only one ability instance of this type in **Recents**.
A typical scenario is as follows: When a user opens a video playback application and watches a video, returns to the home screen, and opens the video playback application again, the video that the user watched before returning to the home screen is still played.| | standard | Multiton mode| Default type. Each time **startAbility()** is called, a new ability instance is created in the application process. Multiple ability instances of this type are displayed in **Recents**.
A typical scenario is as follows: When a user opens a document application and touches **New**, a new document task is created. Multiple new document missions are displayed in **Recents**.| @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ You can set **launchType** in the **config.json** file to configure the launch t ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { // singleton means the singleton mode. // standard means the multiton mode. "launchType": "standard", - // ... + ... } ] } diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-switch.md index 1953c02c8067a38d1633ae9eb9f768dc60a87e0f..23c663ca14a25bba25aef5c1693a519a1a0bff6c 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/pageability-switch.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ The PageAbility lifecycle is basically the same as the UIAbility lifecycle. The 3. Adjust the migrated code, since the methods of loading pages are different. - In the FA model, you can configure the page to be loaded by setting page information in **config.json**. - - In the stage model, you must call **windowStage.loadContent** in the **onWindowStageCreate** callback to load a page. + - In the stage model, call **windowStage.loadContent** in the **onWindowStageCreate** callback to load a page. For example, to load the **pages/Index** page after the ability is started, use the following code in the **config.json** file in the FA model: diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/particleability-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/particleability-switch.md index 21ecd96c9a24f1328c20da14abf5cc8f8d079b95..7686ab281f8b6dd8b17e13fa0cbebd8cd6382d09 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/particleability-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/particleability-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # particleAbility Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [startAbility(parameter: StartAbilityParameter, callback: AsyncCallback<number>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilitystartability)
[startAbility(parameter: StartAbilityParameter): Promise<number>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilitystartability-1) | application\ServiceExtensionContext.d.ts | [startAbility(want: Want, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextstartability)
[startAbility(want: Want, options: StartOptions, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextstartability-2)
[startAbility(want: Want, options?: StartOptions): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextstartability-1)
[startServiceExtensionAbility(want: Want, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextstartserviceextensionability)
[startServiceExtensionAbility(want: Want): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextstartserviceextensionability-1) | | [terminateSelf(callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilityterminateself)
[terminateSelf(): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilityterminateself-1) | application\ServiceExtensionContext.d.ts | [terminateSelf(callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself)
[terminateSelf(): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself-1) | @@ -10,3 +10,5 @@ | [acquireDataAbilityHelper(uri: string): DataAbilityHelper;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilityacquiredataabilityhelper) | \@ohos.data.dataShare.d.ts
[\@ohos.data.fileAccess.d.ts | [createDataShareHelper(context: Context, uri: string, callback: AsyncCallback<DataShareHelper>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-data-dataShare.md#datasharecreatedatasharehelper)
[createDataShareHelper(context: Context, uri: string): Promise<DataShareHelper>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-data-dataShare.md#datasharecreatedatasharehelper-1)
[createFileAccessHelper(context: Context): FileAccessHelper;](../reference/apis/js-apis-fileAccess.md#fileaccesscreatefileaccesshelper-1)
[createFileAccessHelper(context: Context, wants: Array<Want>): FileAccessHelper;](../reference/apis/js-apis-fileAccess.md#fileaccesscreatefileaccesshelper) | | [startBackgroundRunning(id: number, request: NotificationRequest, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilitystartbackgroundrunning)
[startBackgroundRunning(id: number, request: NotificationRequest): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilitystartbackgroundrunning-1) | \@ohos.resourceschedule.backgroundTaskManager.d.ts | [startBackgroundRunning(context: Context, bgMode: BackgroundMode, wantAgent: WantAgent, callback: AsyncCallback): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-backgroundTaskManager.md#backgroundtaskmanagerstartbackgroundrunningcallback)
[startBackgroundRunning(context: Context, bgMode: BackgroundMode, wantAgent: WantAgent): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-backgroundTaskManager.md#backgroundtaskmanagerstartbackgroundrunningpromise) | | [cancelBackgroundRunning(callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilitycancelbackgroundrunning)
[cancelBackgroundRunning(): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-ability-particleAbility.md#particleabilitycancelbackgroundrunning-1) | \@ohos.resourceschedule.backgroundTaskManager.d.ts | [stopBackgroundRunning(context: Context, callback: AsyncCallback): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-backgroundTaskManager.md#backgroundtaskmanagerstopbackgroundrunningcallback)
[stopBackgroundRunning(context: Context): Promise<void>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resourceschedule-backgroundTaskManager.md#backgroundtaskmanagerstopbackgroundrunningpromise) | + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-fa.md index 699643031121521fbf95d26a949df906fa175a18..2294d65ee957456acdf6cccd8483b8cf0a728bb3 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-fa.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Process Model (FA Model) +# Process Model Overview (FA Model) The OpenHarmony process model is shown below. @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ The OpenHarmony process model is shown below. - WebView has an independent rendering process, which is **Render process** in yellow in the figure. - **Figure 1** Process model +**Figure 1** Process model - ![process-model-fa](figures/process-model-fa.png) +![process-model-fa](figures/process-model-fa.png) OpenHarmony provides two inter-process communication (IPC) mechanisms. @@ -19,4 +19,3 @@ OpenHarmony provides two inter-process communication (IPC) mechanisms. - [Common Events](common-event-fa.md): This mechanism is used in one-to-many communication scenarios. Multiple subscribers may receive events at the same time. - [Background Services](rpc.md): This mechanism is implemented through [ServiceAbility](serviceability-overview.md). - diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-stage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-stage.md index 03da480722de124a1ede58da52e74cd48c5f23f0..f8e78ed82a707c61603e73fc08b7287aac6abff0 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-stage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/process-model-stage.md @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -# Process Model (Stage Model) +# Process Model Overview (Stage Model) The OpenHarmony process model is shown below. - All UIAbility, ServiceExtensionAbility, and DataShareExtensionAbility components of an application (with the same bundle name) run in an independent process, which is **Main process** in green in the figure. - -- The ExtensionAbility components of the same type (except ServiceExtensionAbility and DataShareExtensionAbility) of an application (with the same bundle name) run in an independent process, which is **FormExtensionAbility process**, **InputMethodExtensionAbility process**, and other **ExtensionAbility process** in blue in the figure. - +- All ExtensionAbility components of the same type (except ServiceExtensionAbility and DataShareExtensionAbility) of an application (with the same bundle name) run in an independent process, which is **FormExtensionAbility process**, **InputMethodExtensionAbility process**, and other **ExtensionAbility process** in blue in the figure. - WebView has an independent rendering process, which is **Render process** in yellow in the figure. - **Figure 1** Process model +**Figure 1** Process model + ![process-model](figures/process-model.png) > NOTE @@ -20,7 +19,8 @@ The OpenHarmony process model is shown below. A system application can apply for multi-process permissions (as shown in the following figure) and configure a custom process for an HAP. UIAbility, DataShareExtensionAbility, and ServiceExtensionAbility in the HAP run in the custom process. Different HAPs run in different processes by configuring different process names. -**Figure 2** Multi-process +**Figure 2** Multi-process + ![multi-process](figures/multi-process.png) diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/redirection-rules.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/redirection-rules.md index 4e9f65a8b3439fe4dde4761fbcb3d341151ba4f3..19c74c605cd7ca1451cef6809f6ec5238cec36df 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/redirection-rules.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/redirection-rules.md @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ To enable an ability to be called by any application, configure the **config.jso ```ts { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { "visible": "true", - // ... + ... } ] } diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/request-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/request-switch.md index 5c9e2f49d48aaba203a6207de37992823ab5ae97..3ab01246598b8321c51f6e8ec06c201010797c28 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/request-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/request-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # request Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [download(config: DownloadConfig, callback: AsyncCallback<DownloadTask>): void;](../reference/apis//js-apis-request.md#requestdownload-1)
[download(config: DownloadConfig): Promise<DownloadTask>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestdownload) | \@ohos.request.d.ts | [downloadFile(context: BaseContext, config: DownloadConfig, callback: AsyncCallback<DownloadTask>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestdownloadfile9-1)
[downloadFile(context: BaseContext, config: DownloadConfig): Promise<DownloadTask>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestdownloadfile9) | | [upload(config: UploadConfig, callback: AsyncCallback<UploadTask>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestupload-1)
[upload(config: UploadConfig): Promise<UploadTask>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestupload) | \@ohos.request.d.ts | [uploadFile(context: BaseContext, config: UploadConfig, callback: AsyncCallback<UploadTask>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestuploadfile9-1)
[uploadFile(context: BaseContext, config: UploadConfig): Promise<UploadTask>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-request.md#requestuploadfile9) | diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/resourcemanager-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/resourcemanager-switch.md index 34eedb16597e30c76ccaed2c01a3b4c7206c0dfd..9f791d98ed2c0c0998ebd4ffcb5c141613196ec9 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/resourcemanager-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/resourcemanager-switch.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # resourceManager Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding Field in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding Field in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [getResourceManager(callback: AsyncCallback<ResourceManager>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resource-manager.md#resourcemanagergetresourcemanager)
[getResourceManager(bundleName: string, callback: AsyncCallback<ResourceManager>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resource-manager.md#resourcemanagergetresourcemanager-1)
[getResourceManager(): Promise<ResourceManager>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resource-manager.md#resourcemanagergetresourcemanager-2)
[getResourceManager(bundleName: string): Promise<ResourceManager>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-resource-manager.md#resourcemanagergetresourcemanager-3) | application\Context.d.ts | [resourceManager: resmgr.ResourceManager;](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-context.md#attributes)| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/service-widget-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/service-widget-overview.md index 3739129f2a07765b2ebe015910d1d6e3d8d721d0..528d9d4c134107c30de75f7f9e84ab42be514224 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/service-widget-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/service-widget-overview.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ A service widget (also called widget) is a set of UI components that display imp ## Service Widget Architecture - **Figure 1** Service widget architecture +**Figure 1** Service widget architecture ![WidgetArchitecture](figures/WidgetArchitecture.png) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Before you get started, it would be helpful if you have a basic understanding of Below is the typical procedure of using the widget: - **Figure 2** Typical procedure of using the widget +**Figure 2** Typical procedure of using the widget ![WidgetUse](figures/WidgetUse.png) @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ ArkTS widgets and JS widgets have different implementation principles and featur | Custom drawing| Not supported| Supported| | Logic code execution (excluding the import capability)| Not supported| Supported| -As can be seen above, ArkTS widgets have more capabilities and use cases than JS widgets. Therefore, ArkTS widgets are always recommended, except for the case where the widget consists of only static pages. +As can be seen above, ArkTS widgets provide more capabilities and use cases than JS widgets. Therefore, ArkTS widgets are always recommended, except for the case where the widget consists of only static pages. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceability-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceability-switch.md index 9752a4a11be4982ab65b4fc17262a39b6190b00b..569fc39110e3b0c3c84bfc38e8014b33fb99b461 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceability-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceability-switch.md @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ The ServiceAbility component in the FA model corresponds to the ServiceExtensionAbility component in the stage model. The ServiceExtensionAbility class provides system APIs. Only system applications can create ServiceExtensionAbility instances. Therefore, ServiceAbility switching adopts different policies for system applications and third-party applications. -## Switching a ServiceAbility of a System Application +## Switching a ServiceAbility for a System Application -The procedure for switching a ServiceAbility of a system application is similar to the procedure of PageAbility switching. +The procedure for switching a ServiceAbility for a system application is similar to the procedure of PageAbility switching. 1. [Create a ServiceExtensionAbility](serviceextensionability.md) in the stage model. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The table below describes the lifecycle comparison of the ServiceAbility and Ser | onStop(): void | onDestroy(): void | The two methods have the same meaning, invoking time, and parameters.| -## Switching a ServiceAbility of a Third-Party Application +## Switching a ServiceAbility for a Third-Party Application In the stage model, third-party applications cannot provide services for other third-party applications. You can select a switching solution based on your service requirements. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceextensionability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceextensionability.md index 2e9aaeb48100d86d0cd1c7a0e69ea01bf4ef2340..08ce2d0a0490402494a0a8b5ee09f71f63712efe 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceextensionability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/serviceextensionability.md @@ -2,72 +2,74 @@ ## Overview -[ServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md) is an ExtensionAbility component of the SERVICE type that provides capabilities related to background services. It holds an internal [ServiceExtensionContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md), through which a variety of APIs are provided for external systems. +[ServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md) is an ExtensionAbility component of the service type that provides capabilities related to background services. It holds an internal [ServiceExtensionContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md), which provides a variety of APIs are provided for external systems. -In this document, the started ServiceExtensionAbility component is called the server, and the component that starts ServiceExtensionAbility is called the client. +In this document, the started ServiceExtensionAbility is called the server, and the component that starts the ServiceExtensionAbility is called the client. -A ServiceExtensionAbility can be started or connected by other components to process transactions in the background based on the request of the caller. System applications can call the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method to start background services or call the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method to connect to background services. Third-party applications can call only **connectServiceExtensionAbility()** to connect to background services. The differences between starting and connecting to background services are as follows: +A ServiceExtensionAbility can be started or connected by other components to process transactions in the background based on the request of the caller. System applications can call the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method to start a ServiceExtensionAbility or call the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method to connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility. Third-party applications can call only [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) to connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility. The differences between starting and connecting to a ServiceExtensionAbility are as follows: -- **Starting**: In the case that AbilityA starts ServiceB, they are weakly associated. After AbilityA exits, ServiceB can still exist. +- **Starting**: In the case that AbilityA starts ServiceB, they are weakly associated. After AbilityA exits, ServiceB remains running. - **Connecting**: In the case that AbilityA connects to ServiceB, they are strongly associated. After AbilityA exits, ServiceB also exits. Note the following: -- If a ServiceExtensionAbility is started only by means of connecting, its lifecycle is controlled by the client. A new connection is set up each time the client calls the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method. When the client exits or calls the [disconnectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextdisconnectserviceextensionability) method, the connection is disconnected. After all connections are disconnected, the ServiceExtensionAbility automatically exits. +- If a ServiceExtensionAbility is started only by means of connecting, its lifecycle is controlled by the client. A new connection is set up each time the client calls the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method. When the client exits or calls the [disconnectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextdisconnectserviceextensionability) method, the connection is interrupted. After all connections are interrupted, the ServiceExtensionAbility automatically exits. - Once a ServiceExtensionAbility is started by means of starting, it will not exit automatically. System applications can call the [stopServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstopserviceextensionability) method to stop it. > **NOTE** > -> - Currently, third-party applications cannot implement ServiceExtensionAbility. If you want to implement transaction processing in the background, use background tasks. For details, see [Background Task](../task-management/background-task-overview.md). -> - UIAbility of a third-party application can connect to ServiceExtensionAbility provided by the system through the context. -> - Third-party applications can connect to ServiceExtensionAbility provided by the system only when they gain focus in the foreground. +> - Currently, third-party applications cannot implement a ServiceExtensionAbility. To implement transaction processing in the background, they can use [background tasks](../task-management/background-task-overview.md). +> +> - A UIAbility of a third-party application can connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility provided by a system application through the context. +> +> - Third-party applications can connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility provided by a system application only when they gain focus in the foreground. ## Lifecycle -[ServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md) provides the callbacks **onCreate()**, **onRequest()**, **onConnect()**, **onDisconnect()**, and **onDestory()**. Override them as required. The following figure shows the lifecycle of ServiceExtensionAbility. +The [ServiceExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md) class provides the lifecycle callbacks **onCreate()**, **onRequest()**, **onConnect()**, **onDisconnect()**, and **onDestory()**. Override them as required. The following figure shows the ServiceExtensionAbility lifecycle. -**Figure 1** ServiceExtensionAbility lifecycle +**Figure 1** ServiceExtensionAbility lifecycle ![ServiceExtensionAbility-lifecycle](figures/ServiceExtensionAbility-lifecycle.png) - **onCreate** - + This callback is triggered when a ServiceExtensionAbility is created for the first time. You can perform initialization operations, for example, registering a common event listener. > **NOTE** > > If a ServiceExtensionAbility has been created, starting it again does not trigger the **onCreate()** callback. - -- **onRequest** - This callback is triggered when another component calls the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method to start a ServiceExtensionAbility. After being started, the ServiceExtensionAbility runs in the background. This callback is triggered each time the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method is called. +- **onRequest** -- **onConnect** + This callback is triggered when another component calls the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method to start a ServiceExtensionAbility. After being started, the ServiceExtensionAbility runs in the background. This callback is triggered each time the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method is called. - This callback is triggered when another component calls the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method to connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility. In this method, a remote proxy object (IRemoteObject) is returned, through which the client communicates with the server by means of RPC. At the same time, the system stores the remote proxy object (IRemoteObject). If another component calls the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method to connect to this ServiceExtensionAbility, the system directly returns the saved remote proxy object (IRemoteObject) and does not trigger the callback. +- **onConnect** -- **onDisconnect** + This callback is triggered when another component calls the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method to connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility. In this method, a remote proxy object, namely, IRemoteObject, is returned, through which the client communicates with the server by means of RPC. At the same time, the system stores the IRemoteObject. If another component calls the [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability) method to connect to this ServiceExtensionAbility, the system returns the saved IRemoteObject, without triggering the callback. - This callback is triggered when the last connection is disconnected. A connection is disconnected when the client exits or the [disconnectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextdisconnectserviceextensionability) method is called. +- **onDisconnect** -- **onDestroy** + This callback is triggered when the last connection is interrupted. A connection is interrupted when the client exits or the [disconnectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextdisconnectserviceextensionability) method is called. - This callback is triggered when ServiceExtensionAbility is no longer used and the instance is ready for destruction. You can clear resources in this callback, for example, deregister the listener. +- **onDestroy** + + This callback is triggered when a ServiceExtensionAbility is no longer used and the instance is ready for destruction. You can clear resources in this callback, for example, deregistering the listener. ## Implementing a Background Service (for System Applications Only) ### Preparations -Only system applications can implement ServiceExtensionAbility. You must make the following preparations before development: +Only system applications can implement a ServiceExtensionAbility. You must make the following preparations before development: -- **Switching to the full SDK**: All APIs related to ServiceExtensionAbility are marked as system APIs and hidden by default. Therefore, you must manually obtain the full SDK from the mirror and switch to it in DevEco Studio. For details, see [Guide to Switching to Full SDK](../quick-start/full-sdk-switch-guide.md). +- **Switching to the full SDK**: All the APIs provided by the **ServiceExtensionAbility** class are marked as system APIs and hidden by default. Therefore, you must manually obtain the full SDK from the mirror and switch to it in DevEco Studio. For details, see [Guide to Switching to Full SDK](../faqs/full-sdk-switch-guide.md). -- **Requesting the AllowAppUsePrivilegeExtension privilege**: Only applications with the **AllowAppUsePrivilegeExtension** privilege can develop ServiceExtensionAbility. For details about how to request the privilege, see [Application Privilege Configuration Guide](../../device-dev/subsystems/subsys-app-privilege-config-guide.md). +- **Requesting the AllowAppUsePrivilegeExtension privilege**: Only applications with the **AllowAppUsePrivilegeExtension** privilege can implement a ServiceExtensionAbility. For details about how to request the privilege, see [Application Privilege Configuration Guide](../../device-dev/subsystems/subsys-app-privilege-config-guide.md). -### Defining IDL Interfaces +### Defining IDL APIs -As a background service, ServiceExtensionAbility needs to provide interfaces that can be called by external systems. You can define the interfaces in IDL files and use the [IDL tool](../IDL/idl-guidelines.md) to generate proxy and stub files. The following demonstrates how to define a file named **IIdlServiceExt.idl**: +As a background service, a ServiceExtensionAbility needs to provide APIs that can be called by external systems. You can define the APIs in IDL files and use the [IDL tool](../IDL/idl-guidelines.md) to generate proxy and stub files. The following demonstrates how to define a file named **IIdlServiceExt.idl**: ```cpp interface OHOS.IIdlServiceExt { @@ -76,15 +78,15 @@ interface OHOS.IIdlServiceExt { } ``` -Create the **IdlServiceExt** directory in the **ets** directory corresponding to the module of the DevEco Studio project, and copy the files generated by the [IDL tool](../IDL/idl-guidelines.md) to this directory. Then create a file named **idl_service_ext_impl.ts** to implement the IDL interfaces. +Create the **IdlServiceExt** directory in the **ets** directory of a module in a DevEco Studio project, and copy the files generated by the [IDL tool](../IDL/idl-guidelines.md) to this directory. Then create a file named **idl_service_ext_impl.ts** to implement the IDL APIs. ``` ├── ets │ ├── IdlServiceExt -│ │ ├── i_idl_service_ext.ts # File generated. -│ │ ├── idl_service_ext_proxy.ts # File generated. -│ │ ├── idl_service_ext_stub.ts # File generated. -│ │ ├── idl_service_ext_impl.ts # Custom file used to implement IDL interfaces. +│ │ ├── i_idl_service_ext.ts # File generated by the IDL tool. +│ │ ├── idl_service_ext_proxy.ts # File generated by the IDL tool. +│ │ ├── idl_service_ext_stub.ts # File generated by the IDL tool. +│ │ ├── idl_service_ext_impl.ts # Customize this file to implement IDL APIs. │ └ └ ``` @@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ import IdlServiceExtStub from './idl_service_ext_stub'; const ERR_OK = 0; const TAG: string = "[IdlServiceExtImpl]"; -// You need to implement interfaces in this type. +// You need to implement APIs in this type. export default class ServiceExtImpl extends IdlServiceExtStub { processData(data: number, callback: processDataCallback): void { // Implement service logic. @@ -109,7 +111,7 @@ export default class ServiceExtImpl extends IdlServiceExtStub { insertDataToMap(key: string, val: number, callback: insertDataToMapCallback): void { // Implement service logic. - console.log(TAG, `insertDataToMap, key: ${key} val: ${val}`); + console.info(TAG, `insertDataToMap, key: ${key} val: ${val}`); callback(ERR_OK); } } @@ -119,23 +121,23 @@ export default class ServiceExtImpl extends IdlServiceExtStub { To manually create a ServiceExtensionAbility in the DevEco Studio project, perform the following steps: -1. In the **ets** directory of the **Module** project, right-click and choose **New > Directory** to create a directory named **ServiceExtAbility**. +1. In the **ets** directory of a module in the project, right-click and choose **New > Directory** to create a directory named **ServiceExtAbility**. 2. In the **ServiceExtAbility** directory, right-click and choose **New > TypeScript File** to create a file named **ServiceExtAbility.ts**. ``` ├── ets │ ├── IdlServiceExt - │ │ ├── i_idl_service_ext.ts # File generated. - │ │ ├── idl_service_ext_proxy.ts # File generated. - │ │ ├── idl_service_ext_stub.ts # File generated. - │ │ ├── idl_service_ext_impl.ts # Custom file used to implement IDL interfaces. + │ │ ├── i_idl_service_ext.ts # File generated by the IDL tool. + │ │ ├── idl_service_ext_proxy.ts # File generated by the IDL tool. + │ │ ├── idl_service_ext_stub.ts # File generated by the IDL tool. + │ │ ├── idl_service_ext_impl.ts # Customize this file to implement IDL APIs. │ ├── ServiceExtAbility │ │ ├── ServiceExtAbility.ts └ ``` -3. In the **ServiceExtAbility.ts** file, add the dependency package for importing ServiceExtensionAbility. Customize a class that inherits from ServiceExtensionAbility and implement the lifecycle callbacks, and return the previously defined **ServiceExtImpl** object in the **onConnect** lifecycle callback. +3. In the **ServiceExtAbility.ts** file, import the ServiceExtensionAbility module. Customize a class that inherits from **ServiceExtensionAbility** and implement the lifecycle callbacks. Return the previously defined **ServiceExtImpl** object in the **onConnect** lifecycle callback. ```ts import ServiceExtensionAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.ServiceExtensionAbility'; @@ -170,12 +172,12 @@ To manually create a ServiceExtensionAbility in the DevEco Studio project, perfo } ``` -4. Register ServiceExtensionAbility in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) corresponding to the **Module** project. Set **type** to **"service"** and **srcEntry** to the code path of the ServiceExtensionAbility component. +4. Register the ServiceExtensionAbility in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) of the module in the project. Set **type** to **"service"** and **srcEntry** to the code path of the ServiceExtensionAbility component. ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "extensionAbilities": [ { "name": "ServiceExtAbility", @@ -192,94 +194,96 @@ To manually create a ServiceExtensionAbility in the DevEco Studio project, perfo ## Starting a Background Service (for System Applications Only) -A system application uses the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method to start a background service. The [onRequest()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md#serviceextensionabilityonrequest) callback is invoked, and the **Want** object passed by the caller is received through the callback. After the background service is started, its lifecycle is independent of that of the client. In other words, even if the client is destroyed, the background service can still run. Therefore, the background service must be stopped by calling [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself) when its work is complete. Alternatively, another component can call [stopServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstopserviceextensionability) to stop the background service. +A system application uses the [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartserviceextensionability) method to start a background service. The [onRequest()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md#serviceextensionabilityonrequest) callback is invoked, through which the background service receives the **Want** object passed by the caller. After the background service is started, its lifecycle is independent of that of the client. In other words, even if the client is destroyed, the background service remains alive. Therefore, the background service must be stopped by calling [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself) when its work is complete. Alternatively, another component can call [stopServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstopserviceextensionability) to stop the background service. > **NOTE** > -> [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartserviceextensionability), [stopServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstopserviceextensionability), and [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself) of ServiceExtensionContext are system APIs and cannot be called by third-party applications. +> [startServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstartserviceextensionability), [stopServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstopserviceextensionability), and [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself) provided by the **ServiceExtensionContext** class are system APIs and cannot be called by third-party applications. 1. Start a new ServiceExtensionAbility in a system application. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts + let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext let want = { - "deviceId": "", - "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", - "abilityName": "ServiceExtAbility" + "deviceId": "", + "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", + "abilityName": "ServiceExtAbility" }; - this.context.startServiceExtensionAbility(want).then(() => { - console.info('startServiceExtensionAbility success'); - }).catch((error) => { - console.info('startServiceExtensionAbility failed'); + context.startServiceExtensionAbility(want).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in starting ServiceExtensionAbility.'); + }).catch((err) => { + console.error(`Failed to start ServiceExtensionAbility. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` -2. Stop ServiceExtensionAbility in the system application. +2. Stop the ServiceExtensionAbility in the system application. ```ts + let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext let want = { - "deviceId": "", - "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", - "abilityName": "ServiceExtAbility" + "deviceId": "", + "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", + "abilityName": "ServiceExtAbility" }; - this.context.stopServiceExtensionAbility(want).then(() => { - console.info('stopServiceExtensionAbility success'); - }).catch((error) => { - console.info('stopServiceExtensionAbility failed'); + context.stopServiceExtensionAbility(want).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in stopping ServiceExtensionAbility.'); + }).catch((err) => { + console.error(`Failed to stop ServiceExtensionAbility. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` -3. ServiceExtensionAbility stops itself. +3. Enable the ServiceExtensionAbility to stop itself. ```ts - // this is the current ServiceExtensionAbility component. - this.context.terminateSelf().then(() => { - console.info('terminateSelf success'); - }).catch((error) => { - console.info('terminateSelf failed'); + let context = ...; // ServiceExtensionContext + context.terminateSelf().then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in terminating self.'); + }).catch((err) => { + console.error(`Failed to terminate self. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` > **NOTE** > -> Background services can run in the background for a long time. To minimize resource usage, destroy it in time when a background service finishes the task of the requester. A background service can be stopped in either of the following ways: +> Background services remain alive in the background for a long time. To minimize resource usage, destroy a background service in time in either of the following ways when it finishes the requested task: > > - The background service calls the [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-serviceExtensionContext.md#serviceextensioncontextterminateself) method to automatically stop itself. > - Another component calls the [stopServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextstopserviceextensionability) method to stop the background service. -> After either method is called, the system destroys the background service. +> ## Connecting to a Background Service -Either a system application or a third-party application can connect to a ServiceExtensionAbility (specified in the **Want** object) through [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability). The [onConnect()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md#serviceextensionabilityonconnect) callback is invoked, and the **Want** object passed by the caller is received through the callback. In this way, a persistent connection is established. +Either a system application or a third-party application can connect to a background service (specified in the **Want** object) through [connectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextconnectserviceextensionability). The [onConnect()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-serviceExtensionAbility.md#serviceextensionabilityonconnect) callback is invoked, through which the background service receives the **Want** object passed by the caller. In this way, a persistent connection is established. -The ServiceExtensionAbility component returns an IRemoteObject in the **onConnect()** callback. Through this IRemoteObject, you can define communication interfaces for RPC interaction between the client and server. Multiple clients can connect to the same background service at the same time. After a client finishes the interaction, it must call [disconnectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextdisconnectserviceextensionability) to disconnect from the service. If all clients connected to a background service are disconnected, the system destroys the service. +The ServiceExtensionAbility returns an IRemoteObject in the **onConnect()** callback. Through this IRemoteObject, you can define communication interfaces for RPC interaction between the client and server. Multiple clients can simultaneously connect to the same background service. After a client finishes the interaction, it must call [disconnectServiceExtensionAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#abilitycontextdisconnectserviceextensionability) to disconnect from the service. If all clients connected to a background service are disconnected, the system destroys the service. - Call **connectServiceExtensionAbility()** to establish a connection to a background service. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts let want = { - "deviceId": "", - "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", - "abilityName": "ServiceExtAbility" + "deviceId": "", + "bundleName": "com.example.myapplication", + "abilityName": "ServiceExtAbility" }; let options = { - onConnect(elementName, remote) { - /* The input parameter remote is the object returned by ServiceExtensionAbility in the onConnect lifecycle callback. - * This object is used for communication with ServiceExtensionAbility. For details, see the section below. - */ - console.info('onConnect callback'); - if (remote === null) { - console.info(`onConnect remote is null`); - return; - } - }, - onDisconnect(elementName) { - console.info('onDisconnect callback') - }, - onFailed(code) { - console.info('onFailed callback') + onConnect(elementName, remote) { + /* remote is the object returned by the ServiceExtensionAbility in the onConnect lifecycle callback. + * This object is used for communication with the ServiceExtensionAbility. For details, see the section below. + */ + console.info('onConnect callback'); + if (remote === null) { + console.info(`onConnect remote is null`); + return; } + }, + onDisconnect(elementName) { + console.info('onDisconnect callback') + }, + onFailed(code) { + console.info('onFailed callback') + } } - // The ID returned after the connection is set up must be saved. The ID will be passed for service disconnection. + // The ID returned after the connection is set up must be saved. The ID will be used for disconnection. let connectionId = this.context.connectServiceExtensionAbility(want, options); ``` @@ -288,44 +292,44 @@ The ServiceExtensionAbility component returns an IRemoteObject in the **onConnec ```ts // connectionId is returned when connectServiceExtensionAbility is called and needs to be manually maintained. this.context.disconnectServiceExtensionAbility(connectionId).then((data) => { - console.info('disconnectServiceExtensionAbility success'); + console.info('disconnectServiceExtensionAbility success'); }).catch((error) => { - console.error('disconnectServiceExtensionAbility failed'); + console.error('disconnectServiceExtensionAbility failed'); }) ``` ## Communication Between the Client and Server -After obtaining the [rpc.RemoteObject](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#iremoteobject) object from the **onConnect()** callback, the client can communicate with ServiceExtensionAbility in either of the following ways: +After obtaining the [rpc.RemoteObject](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#iremoteobject) from the **onConnect()** lifecycle callback, the client can communicate with the ServiceExtensionAbility in either of the following ways: -- Using the IDL interface provided by the server for communication (recommended) +- Using the IDL APIs provided by the server for communication (recommended) ```ts - // The client needs to import idl_service_ext_proxy.ts provided by the server for external systems to the local project. + // The client needs to import idl_service_ext_proxy.ts provided by the server to the local project. import IdlServiceExtProxy from '../IdlServiceExt/idl_service_ext_proxy'; let options = { - onConnect(elementName, remote) { - console.info('onConnect callback'); - if (remote === null) { - console.info(`onConnect remote is null`); - return; - } - let serviceExtProxy = new IdlServiceExtProxy(remote); - // Communication is carried out by interface calling, without exposing RPC details. - serviceExtProxy.processData(1, (errorCode, retVal) => { - console.log(`processData, errorCode: ${errorCode}, retVal: ${retVal}`); - }); - serviceExtProxy.insertDataToMap('theKey', 1, (errorCode) => { - console.log(`insertDataToMap, errorCode: ${errorCode}`); - }) - }, - onDisconnect(elementName) { - console.info('onDisconnect callback') - }, - onFailed(code) { - console.info('onFailed callback') + onConnect(elementName, remote) { + console.info('onConnect callback'); + if (remote === null) { + console.info(`onConnect remote is null`); + return; } + let serviceExtProxy = new IdlServiceExtProxy(remote); + // Communication is carried out by API calling, without exposing RPC details. + serviceExtProxy.processData(1, (errorCode, retVal) => { + console.info(`processData, errorCode: ${errorCode}, retVal: ${retVal}`); + }); + serviceExtProxy.insertDataToMap('theKey', 1, (errorCode) => { + console.info(`insertDataToMap, errorCode: ${errorCode}`); + }) + }, + onDisconnect(elementName) { + console.info('onDisconnect callback') + }, + onFailed(code) { + console.info('onFailed callback') + } } ``` @@ -333,56 +337,58 @@ After obtaining the [rpc.RemoteObject](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#iremoteo ```ts import rpc from '@ohos.rpc'; - + const REQUEST_CODE = 1; let options = { - onConnect(elementName, remote) { - console.info('onConnect callback'); - if (remote === null) { - console.info(`onConnect remote is null`); - return; - } - // Directly call the RPC interface to send messages to the server. The client needs to serialize the input parameters and deserialize the return values. The process is complex. - let option = new rpc.MessageOption(); - let data = new rpc.MessageSequence(); - let reply = new rpc.MessageSequence(); - data.writeInt(100); - - // @param code Indicates the service request code sent by the client. - // @param data Indicates the {@link MessageSequence} object sent by the client. - // @param reply Indicates the response message object sent by the remote service. - // @param options Specifies whether the operation is synchronous or asynchronous. - // - // @return Returns {@code true} if the operation is successful; returns {@code false} otherwise. - remote.sendMessageRequest(REQUEST_CODE, data, reply, option).then((ret) => { - let msg = reply.readInt(); - console.info(`sendMessageRequest ret:${ret} msg:${msg}`); - }).catch((error) => { - console.info('sendMessageRequest failed'); - }); - }, - onDisconnect(elementName) { - console.info('onDisconnect callback') - }, - onFailed(code) { - console.info('onFailed callback') + onConnect(elementName, remote) { + console.info('onConnect callback'); + if (remote === null) { + console.info(`onConnect remote is null`); + return; } + /* Directly call the RPC interface to send messages to the server. + * The client needs to serialize the input parameters and deserialize the return values. The process is complex. + */ + let option = new rpc.MessageOption(); + let data = new rpc.MessageSequence(); + let reply = new rpc.MessageSequence(); + data.writeInt(100); + + // @param code Indicates the service request code sent by the client. + // @param data Indicates the {@link MessageSequence} object sent by the client. + // @param reply Indicates the response message object sent by the remote service. + // @param options Specifies whether the operation is synchronous or asynchronous. + // + // @return Returns {@code true} if the operation is successful; returns {@code false} otherwise. + remote.sendMessageRequest(REQUEST_CODE, data, reply, option).then((ret) => { + let msg = reply.readInt(); + console.info(`sendMessageRequest ret:${ret} msg:${msg}`); + }).catch((error) => { + console.info('sendMessageRequest failed'); + }); + }, + onDisconnect(elementName) { + console.info('onDisconnect callback') + }, + onFailed(code) { + console.info('onFailed callback') + } } ``` ## Client Identity Verification by the Server -When ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client identity must be verified. You can implement the verification on the stub of the IDL interface. For details about the IDL interface implementation, see [Defining IDL Interfaces](#defining-idl-interfaces). Two verification modes are recommended: +When a ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client identity must be verified. You can implement the verification on the IDL stub. For details about the IDL API implementation, see [Defining IDL APIs](#defining-idl-apis). Two verification modes are recommended: - **Verifying the client identity based on callerUid** - Call the [getCallingUid()](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#getcallinguid) method to obtain the UID of the client, and then call the [getBundleNameByUid()](../reference/apis/js-apis-bundleManager.md#bundlemanagergetbundlenamebyuid) method to obtain the corresponding bundle name. In this way, the client identify is verified. Note that [getBundleNameByUid()](../reference/apis/js-apis-bundleManager.md#bundlemanagergetbundlenamebyuid) is asynchronous, and therefore the server cannot return the verification result to the client. This verification mode applies when the client sends an asynchronous task execution request to the server. The sample code is as follows: + Call the [getCallingUid()](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#getcallinguid) method to obtain the UID of the client, and then call the [getBundleNameByUid()](../reference/apis/js-apis-bundleManager.md#bundlemanagergetbundlenamebyuid) method to obtain the corresponding bundle name. In this way, the client identify is verified. Note that [getBundleNameByUid()](../reference/apis/js-apis-bundleManager.md#bundlemanagergetbundlenamebyuid) is asynchronous, and therefore the server cannot return the verification result to the client. This verification mode applies when the client sends an asynchronous task request to the server. The sample code is as follows: ```ts import rpc from '@ohos.rpc'; import bundleManager from '@ohos.bundle.bundleManager'; - import {processDataCallback} from './i_idl_service_ext'; - import {insertDataToMapCallback} from './i_idl_service_ext'; + import { processDataCallback } from './i_idl_service_ext'; + import { insertDataToMapCallback } from './i_idl_service_ext'; import IdlServiceExtStub from './idl_service_ext_stub'; const ERR_OK = 0; @@ -397,8 +403,8 @@ When ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client i bundleManager.getBundleNameByUid(callerUid).then((callerBundleName) => { console.info(TAG, 'getBundleNameByUid: ' + callerBundleName); // Identify the bundle name of the client. - if (callerBundleName != 'com.example.connectextapp') { // The verification fails. - console.info(TAG, 'The caller bundle is not in whitelist, reject'); + if (callerBundleName != 'com.example.connectextapp') { // The verification fails. + console.info(TAG, 'The caller bundle is not in trustlist, reject'); return; } // The verification is successful, and service logic is executed normally. @@ -409,7 +415,7 @@ When ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client i insertDataToMap(key: string, val: number, callback: insertDataToMapCallback): void { // Implement service logic. - console.log(TAG, `insertDataToMap, key: ${key} val: ${val}`); + console.info(TAG, `insertDataToMap, key: ${key} val: ${val}`); callback(ERR_OK); } } @@ -417,7 +423,7 @@ When ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client i - **Verifying the client identity based on callerTokenId** - Call the [getCallingTokenId()](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#getcallingtokenid) method to obtain the token ID of the client, and then call the [verifyAccessTokenSync()](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#verifyaccesstokensync) method to check whether the client has a specific permission. Currently, OpenHarmony does not support permission customization. Therefore, only [system-defined permissions](../security/permission-list.md) can be verified. The sample code is as follows: + Call the [getCallingTokenId()](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#getcallingtokenid) method to obtain the token ID of the client, and then call the [verifyAccessTokenSync()](../reference/apis/js-apis-abilityAccessCtrl.md#verifyaccesstokensync) method to check whether the client has the required permission. Currently, OpenHarmony does not support permission customization. Therefore, only [system-defined permissions](../security/permission-list.md) can be verified. The sample code is as follows: ```ts import rpc from '@ohos.rpc'; @@ -425,18 +431,20 @@ When ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client i import {processDataCallback} from './i_idl_service_ext'; import {insertDataToMapCallback} from './i_idl_service_ext'; import IdlServiceExtStub from './idl_service_ext_stub'; - + const ERR_OK = 0; const ERR_DENY = -1; const TAG: string = "[IdlServiceExtImpl]"; - + export default class ServiceExtImpl extends IdlServiceExtStub { processData(data: number, callback: processDataCallback): void { console.info(TAG, `processData: ${data}`); - + let callerTokenId = rpc.IPCSkeleton.getCallingTokenId(); let accessManger = abilityAccessCtrl.createAtManager(); - // The permission to be verified varies depending on the service requirements. ohos.permission.SET_WALLPAPER is only an example. + /* The permission to be verified varies depending on the service requirements. + * ohos.permission.SET_WALLPAPER is only an example. + */ let grantStatus = accessManger.verifyAccessTokenSync(callerTokenId, "ohos.permission.SET_WALLPAPER"); if (grantStatus === abilityAccessCtrl.GrantStatus.PERMISSION_DENIED) { @@ -446,12 +454,11 @@ When ServiceExtensionAbility is used to provide sensitive services, the client i } callback(ERR_OK, data + 1); // The verification is successful, and service logic is executed normally. } - + insertDataToMap(key: string, val: number, callback: insertDataToMapCallback): void { // Implement service logic. - console.log(TAG, `insertDataToMap, key: ${key} val: ${val}`); + console.info(TAG, `insertDataToMap, key: ${key} val: ${val}`); callback(ERR_OK); } } ``` - diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/stage-model-development-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/stage-model-development-overview.md index 451649bdb1a63147b79f8c7e2d4523d6c651c548..d4ad1d87c602c169e13b9ff99b8b491a33babd0a 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/stage-model-development-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/stage-model-development-overview.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The following figure shows the basic concepts used in the stage model. The stage model provides two types of application components: UIAbility and ExtensionAbility. Both have specific classes and support object-oriented development. - - UIAbility has the UI and is mainly used for user interaction. For example, with UIAbility, the Gallery application can display images in the liquid layout. After a user selects an image, it uses a new UI to display the image details. The user can touch the **Back** button to return to the liquid layout. The lifecycle of the UIAbility component contains the creation, destruction, foreground, and background states. Display-related states are exposed through WindowStage events. + - UIAbility is a type of application component that provides the UI for user interaction. For example, with UIAbility, the Gallery application can display images in the liquid layout. After a user selects an image, it uses a new UI to display the image details. The user can touch the **Back** button to return to the liquid layout. The lifecycle of the UIAbility component contains the creation, destruction, foreground, and background states. Display-related states are exposed through WindowStage events. - ExtensionAbility is oriented to specific scenarios. You cannot derive directly from ExtensionAbility. Instead, use the derived classes of ExtensionAbility for your scenarios, such as FormExtensionAbility for widget scenarios, InputMethodExtensionAbility for input method scenarios, and WorkSchedulerExtensionAbility for Work Scheduled task scenarios. For example, to enable a user to create an application widget on the home screen, you must derive FormExtensionAbility, implement the callback functions, and configure the capability in the configuration file. The derived class instances are created by developers and their lifecycles are managed by the system. In the stage model, you must use the derived classes of ExtensionAbility to develop custom services based on your service scenarios. - [WindowStage](../windowmanager/application-window-stage.md) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ During application development based on the stage model, the following tasks are | Task| Introduction| Guide| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | Application component development| Use the UIAbility and ExtensionAbility components of the stage model to develop applications.| - [Application- or Component-Level Configuration](application-component-configuration-stage.md)
- [UIAbility Component](uiability-overview.md)
- [ExtensionAbility Component](extensionability-overview.md)
- [AbilityStage Container Component](abilitystage.md)
- [Context](application-context-stage.md)
- [Component Startup Rules](component-startup-rules.md)| -| Inter-process communication (IPC)| Learn the process model and common IPC modes of the stage model.| - [Common Events](common-event-overview.md)
- [Background Services](background-services.md)| -| Inter-thread communication| Learn the thread model and common inter-thread communication modes of the stage model.| - [Emitter](itc-with-emitter.md)
- [Worker](itc-with-worker.md)| +| Process model| Learn the process model and common IPC modes of the stage model.| - [Common Events](common-event-overview.md)
- [Background Services](background-services.md)| +| Thread model| Learn the thread model and common inter-thread communication modes of the stage model.| - [Emitter](itc-with-emitter.md)
- [Worker](itc-with-worker.md)| | Mission management| Learn the basic concepts and typical scenarios of mission management in the stage model.| - [Mission Management Scenarios](mission-management-overview.md)
- [Mission Management and Launch Type](mission-management-launch-type.md)
- [Page Stack and Mission List](page-mission-stack.md)| | Application configuration file| Learn the requirements for developing application configuration files in the stage model.| [Application Configuration File](config-file-stage.md)| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/start-page.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/start-page.md index 5831ea0c6f6b6fa9d954134ef723f70e925e3ed7..1def472cd5fa2567fda123fc272542787b1f985c 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/start-page.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/start-page.md @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ struct Index { @State message: string = 'Hello World' build() { - // ... + ... Button("startAbility") .onClick(() => { featureAbility.startAbility({ @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ struct Index { console.info("startAbility failed errcode:" + err.code) }) }) - // ... + ... Button("page2") .onClick(() => { featureAbility.startAbility({ @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ struct Index { console.info("startAbility failed errcode:" + err.code) }) }) - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ export default { }) }, onDestroy() { - // ... + ... }, } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/start-pageability-from-stage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/start-pageability-from-stage.md index 9d1b7ed27f6780ce56d1e90b3be5d196cf3b1187..bd6a11187fdfbc81c63bcc6601f8a8e82b0dbe4c 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/start-pageability-from-stage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/start-pageability-from-stage.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { onWindowStageCreate(windowStage) { console.info("EntryAbility onWindowStageCreate") windowStage.loadContent('pages/Index', (err, data) => { - // ... + ... }); let want = { bundleName: "com.ohos.fa", @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { onWindowStageCreate(windowStage) { console.info("EntryAbility onWindowStageCreate") windowStage.loadContent('pages/Index', (err, data) => { - // ... + ... }); let want = { bundleName: "com.ohos.fa", diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/start-remote-pageability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/start-remote-pageability.md index 36ee305b49698c1f6e6cf216174f77212f1d53e4..a52378af306c9719b086b23f0909f87d7bf376b3 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/start-remote-pageability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/start-remote-pageability.md @@ -83,28 +83,31 @@ After obtaining the data synchronization permission, obtain the trusted device l The following sample code shows how to use **getTrustedDeviceListSync()** to obtain the trusted device list. ```ts -import deviceManager from '@ohos.distributedHardware.deviceManager'; -let dmClass; +import deviceManager from '@ohos.distributedHardware.deviceManager'; + +let dmClass; + function getDeviceManager() { - deviceManager.createDeviceManager('ohos.example.distributedService', (error, dm) => { - if (error) { - console.info('create device manager failed with ' + error) - } - dmClass = dm; - }) + deviceManager.createDeviceManager('ohos.example.distributedService', (error, dm) => { + if (error) { + console.info('create device manager failed with ' + error) + } + dmClass = dm; + }) } -function getRemoteDeviceId() { - if (typeof dmClass === 'object' && dmClass != null) { - let list = dmClass.getTrustedDeviceListSync(); - if (typeof (list) == 'undefined' || typeof (list.length) == 'undefined') { - console.info("EntryAbility onButtonClick getRemoteDeviceId err: list is null"); - return; - } - console.info("EntryAbility onButtonClick getRemoteDeviceId success:" + list[0].deviceId); - return list[0].deviceId; - } else { - console.info("EntryAbility onButtonClick getRemoteDeviceId err: dmClass is null"); - } + +function getRemoteDeviceId() { + if (typeof dmClass === 'object' && dmClass != null) { + let list = dmClass.getTrustedDeviceListSync(); + if (typeof (list) == 'undefined' || typeof (list.length) == 'undefined') { + console.info("EntryAbility onButtonClick getRemoteDeviceId err: list is null"); + return; + } + console.info("EntryAbility onButtonClick getRemoteDeviceId success:" + list[0].deviceId); + return list[0].deviceId; + } else { + console.info("EntryAbility onButtonClick getRemoteDeviceId err: dmClass is null"); + } } ``` @@ -116,21 +119,22 @@ The following sample code shows how to explicitly start a remote PageAbility thr ```ts import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility'; -function onStartRemoteAbility() { - console.info('onStartRemoteAbility begin'); - let params; - let wantValue = { - bundleName: 'ohos.samples.etsDemo', - abilityName: 'ohos.samples.etsDemo.RemoteAbility', - deviceId: getRemoteDeviceId(), // getRemoteDeviceId is defined in the preceding sample code. - parameters: params - }; - console.info('onStartRemoteAbility want=' + JSON.stringify(wantValue)); - featureAbility.startAbility({ - want: wantValue - }).then((data) => { - console.info('onStartRemoteAbility finished, ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - console.info('onStartRemoteAbility end'); + +function onStartRemoteAbility() { + console.info('onStartRemoteAbility begin'); + let params; + let wantValue = { + bundleName: 'ohos.samples.etsDemo', + abilityName: 'ohos.samples.etsDemo.RemoteAbility', + deviceId: getRemoteDeviceId(), // getRemoteDeviceId is defined in the preceding sample code. + parameters: params + }; + console.info('onStartRemoteAbility want=' + JSON.stringify(wantValue)); + featureAbility.startAbility({ + want: wantValue + }).then((data) => { + console.info('onStartRemoteAbility finished, ' + JSON.stringify(data)); + }); + console.info('onStartRemoteAbility end'); } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/storage-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/storage-switch.md index 63486fe56fdf3605121711bee423066d9ac6e116..bbd550ebc3a01253a6d94652022c3ec5e2bcd92d 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/storage-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/storage-switch.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # Storage Switching - | API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | GetStorageOptions | There is no corresponding API in the stage model.| The stage model uses **Prefereces** to replace **Storage** and has redesigned the input parameters.| | SetStorageOptions | There is no corresponding API in the stage model.| The stage model uses **Prefereces** to replace **Storage** and has redesigned the input parameters.| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/subscribe-system-environment-variable-changes.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/subscribe-system-environment-variable-changes.md index c231f483e9bcd8f83faf49d40007730d0f854de5..69b30ed47e3ef145f09aa626afb809ee4bdab83d 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/subscribe-system-environment-variable-changes.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/subscribe-system-environment-variable-changes.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # Subscribing to System Environment Variable Changes -System environment variables are system settings (for example, the system language or screen direction) of a device that may change during the running of an application. +System environment variables are system settings (for example, the system language or screen orientation) of a device that may change during the running of an application. By subscribing to the changes of system environment variables, the application can detect the changes in a timely manner and process the changes accordingly, providing better user experience. For example, when the system language changes, the application can display the UI in the new language; when the user rotates the device to landscape or portrait mode, the application can re-arrange the UI to adapt to the new screen orientation and size. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ In OpenHarmony, you can subscribe to system environment variable changes in the // Page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ In OpenHarmony, you can subscribe to system environment variable changes in the // Page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -99,19 +99,19 @@ import AbilityStage from '@ohos.app.ability.AbilityStage'; let systemLanguage: string; // System language in use. export default class MyAbilityStage extends AbilityStage { - onCreate() { - systemLanguage = this.context.config.language; // Obtain the system language in use when the AbilityStage instance is loaded for the first time. - console.info(`systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage} `); - } + onCreate() { + systemLanguage = this.context.config.language; // Obtain the system language in use when the AbilityStage instance is loaded for the first time. + console.info(`systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage} `); + } - onConfigurationUpdate(newConfig) { - console.info(`onConfigurationUpdated systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage}, newConfig: ${JSON.stringify(newConfig)}`); + onConfigurationUpdate(newConfig) { + console.info(`onConfigurationUpdated systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage}, newConfig: ${JSON.stringify(newConfig)}`); - if (systemLanguage !== newConfig.language) { - console.info(`systemLanguage from ${systemLanguage} changed to ${newConfig.language}`); - systemLanguage = newConfig.language; // Save the new system language as the system language in use, which will be used for comparison. - } + if (systemLanguage !== newConfig.language) { + console.info(`systemLanguage from ${systemLanguage} changed to ${newConfig.language}`); + systemLanguage = newConfig.language; // Save the new system language as the system language in use, which will be used for comparison. } + } } ``` @@ -131,21 +131,21 @@ import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; let systemLanguage: string; // System language in use. export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launchParam) { - systemLanguage = this.context.config.language; // Obtain the system language in use when the UIAbility instance is loaded for the first time. - console.info(`systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage} `); - } + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + systemLanguage = this.context.config.language; // Obtain the system language in use when the UIAbility instance is loaded for the first time. + console.info(`systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage} `); + } - onConfigurationUpdate(newConfig) { - console.info(`onConfigurationUpdated systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage}, newConfig: ${JSON.stringify(newConfig)}`); + onConfigurationUpdate(newConfig) { + console.info(`onConfigurationUpdated systemLanguage is ${systemLanguage}, newConfig: ${JSON.stringify(newConfig)}`); - if (systemLanguage !== newConfig.language) { - console.info(`systemLanguage from ${systemLanguage} changed to ${newConfig.language}`); - systemLanguage = newConfig.language; // Save the new system language as the system language in use, which will be used for comparison. - } + if (systemLanguage !== newConfig.language) { + console.info(`systemLanguage from ${systemLanguage} changed to ${newConfig.language}`); + systemLanguage = newConfig.language; // Save the new system language as the system language in use, which will be used for comparison. } + } - // ... + ... } ``` @@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ The code snippet below uses FormExtensionAbility as an example to describe how t import FormExtensionAbility from '@ohos.app.form.FormExtensionAbility'; export default class EntryFormAbility extends FormExtensionAbility { - onConfigurationUpdate(newConfig) { - console.info(`newConfig is ${JSON.stringify(newConfig)}`); - } + onConfigurationUpdate(newConfig) { + console.info(`newConfig is ${JSON.stringify(newConfig)}`); + } - // ... + ... } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-fa.md index 75401be69cba994ac631b6da997fb6ce2ea35a2f..b8b877432f0d80f45bc96ae2e5cad56fa1972beb 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-fa.md @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -# Thread Model (FA Model) +# Thread Model Overview (FA Model) There are three types of threads in the FA model: - Main thread - -Manages other threads. - + + Manages other threads. + - Ability thread - One ability thread for each ability. - Distributes input events. @@ -16,13 +16,11 @@ Manages other threads. - Receives messages sent by the worker thread. - Worker thread - - Performs time-consuming operations + Performs time-consuming operations. Based on the OpenHarmony thread model, different services run on different threads. Service interaction requires inter-thread communication. Threads can communicate with each other in Emitter or Worker mode. Emitter is mainly used for event synchronization between threads, and Worker is mainly used to execute time-consuming tasks. - > **NOTE** > > The FA model provides an independent thread for each ability. Emitter is mainly used for event synchronization within the ability thread, between a pair of ability threads, or between the ability thread and worker thread. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-stage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-stage.md index 4ca9fb3ed369f78cf12054c7b6da085b8640b1db..cc9cf2a3548f4719d116b317e80d7b0ecc0e8769 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-stage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/thread-model-stage.md @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -# Thread Model (Stage Model) +# Thread Model Overview (Stage Model) For an OpenHarmony application, each process has a main thread to provide the following functionalities: - Draw the UI. - Manage the ArkTS engine instance of the main thread so that multiple UIAbility components can run on it. -- Manage ArkTS engine instances of other threads (such as the worker thread), for example, starting and terminating other threads. +- Manage ArkTS engine instances of other threads, for example, starting and terminating other threads. - Distribute interaction events. - Process application code callbacks (event processing and lifecycle management). - Receive messages sent by the worker thread. In addition to the main thread, there is an independent thread, named worker. The worker thread is mainly used to perform time-consuming operations. The worker thread is created in the main thread and is independent from the main thread. It cannot directly operate the UI. A maximum of seven worker threads can be created. - ![thread-model-stage](figures/thread-model-stage.png) Based on the OpenHarmony thread model, different services run on different threads. Service interaction requires inter-thread communication. In the same process, threads can communicate with each other in Emitter or Worker mode. Emitter is mainly used for event synchronization between threads, and Worker is mainly used to execute time-consuming tasks. > **NOTE** -> -> - The stage model provides only the main thread and worker thread. Emitter is mainly used for event synchronization within the main thread or between the main thread and worker thread. -> - To view thread information about an application process, run the **hdc shell** command to enter the shell CLI of the device, and then run the **ps -p ** -T command**, where ** indicates the ID of the application process. +> +> - The stage model provides only the main thread and worker thread. Emitter is mainly used for event synchronization within the worker thread or between the main thread and worker thread. +> - The UIAbility and UI are in the main thread. For details about data synchronization between them, see [Data Synchronization Between UIAbility and UI](uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md). +> - To view thread information about an application process, run the **hdc shell** command to enter the shell CLI of the device, and then run the **ps -p ** -T command**, where ** indicates the [process ID](process-model-stage.md) of the application. diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md index 52967c25c86966710853378c95c74d5e6e13e432..3d7d78cbedc3f7d54d076ef4f249c6ef75e16197 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-data-sync-with-ui.md @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -# Data Synchronization Between UIAbility and UI +# Data Synchronization Between UIAbility and UI Page -Based on the OpenHarmony application model, you can use any of the following ways to implement data synchronization between the UIAbility component and UI: +Based on the OpenHarmony application model, you can use any of the following ways to implement data synchronization between UIAbility components and UI pages: -- [Using EventHub for Data Synchronization](#using-eventhub-for-data-synchronization): The **EventHub** object is provided by the base class **Context**. Events are transferred using the publish/subscribe (pub/sub) pattern. Specifically, after subscribing to an event, your application will receive the event and process it accordingly when the event is published. -- [Using globalThis for Data Synchronization](#using-globalthis-for-data-synchronization): **globalThis** is a global object inside the ArkTS engine instance and can be accessed by components such as UIAbility, ExtensionAbility, and Page. +- [Using EventHub for Data Synchronization](#using-eventhub-for-data-synchronization): The **EventHub** object is provided by the base class **Context**. It allows events to be transferred using the publish/subscribe (pub/sub) pattern. Specifically, after subscribing to an event, your application will receive the event and process it accordingly when the event is published. +- [Using globalThis for Data Synchronization](#using-globalthis-for-data-synchronization): **globalThis** is a global object inside the ArkTS engine instance and can be accessed by components such as UIAbility, ExtensionAbility, and UI page. - [Using AppStorage or LocalStorage for Data Synchronization](#using-appstorage-or-localstorage-for-data-synchronization): ArkUI provides two application-level state management solutions: AppStorage and LocalStorage, which implement application- and UIAbility-level data synchronization, respectively. @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Based on the OpenHarmony application model, you can use any of the following way [EventHub](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-eventHub.md) provides an event mechanism for the UIAbility or ExtensionAbility component so that they can subscribe to, unsubscribe from, and trigger events. -Before using the APIs provided by **EventHub**, you must obtain an **EventHub** object, which is provided by the [base class Context](application-context-stage.md). This section uses EventHub as an example to describe how to implement data synchronization between the UIAbility component and the UI. +Before using the APIs provided by **EventHub**, you must obtain an **EventHub** object, which is provided by the [base class Context](application-context-stage.md). 1. Call [eventHub.on()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-eventHub.md#eventhubon) in the UIAbility in either of the following ways to register a custom event **event1**. @@ -22,25 +22,25 @@ Before using the APIs provided by **EventHub**, you must obtain an **EventHub** const TAG: string = '[Example].[Entry].[EntryAbility]'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - func1(...data) { - // Trigger the event to complete the service operation. - console.info(TAG, '1. ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - } - - onCreate(want, launch) { - // Obtain an eventHub object. - let eventhub = this.context.eventHub; - // Subscribe to the event. - eventhub.on('event1', this.func1); - eventhub.on('event1', (...data) => { - // Trigger the event to complete the service operation. - console.info(TAG, '2. ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - } + func1(...data) { + // Trigger the event to complete the service operation. + console.info(TAG, '1. ' + JSON.stringify(data)); + } + + onCreate(want, launch) { + // Obtain an eventHub object. + let eventhub = this.context.eventHub; + // Subscribe to the event. + eventhub.on('event1', this.func1); + eventhub.on('event1', (...data) => { + // Trigger the event to complete the service operation. + console.info(TAG, '2. ' + JSON.stringify(data)); + }); + } } ``` -2. Call [eventHub.emit()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-eventHub.md#eventhubemit) on the UI to trigger the event, and pass the parameters as required. +2. Call [eventHub.emit()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-eventHub.md#eventhubemit) on the UI page to trigger the event, and pass in the parameters as required. ```ts import common from '@ohos.app.ability.common'; @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ Before using the APIs provided by **EventHub**, you must obtain an **EventHub** // You can design the parameters based on your service requirements. } - // Page display. + // UI page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` -3. Obtain the event trigger result from the subscription callback of UIAbility. The run log result is as follows: +3. Obtain the event trigger result from the subscription callback of the UIAbility. The run log result is as follows: ```ts [] @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Before using the APIs provided by **EventHub**, you must obtain an **EventHub** [2,'test'] ``` -4. After **event1** is used, you can call [eventHub.off()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-eventHub.md#eventhuboff) to unsubscribe from the event. +4. When **event1** is not needed, call [eventHub.off()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-eventHub.md#eventhuboff) to unsubscribe from the event. ```ts // context is the AbilityContext of the UIAbility instance. @@ -87,54 +87,53 @@ Before using the APIs provided by **EventHub**, you must obtain an **EventHub** ## Using globalThis for Data Synchronization -**globalThis** is a global object inside the [ArkTS engine instance](thread-model-stage.md) and can be used by UIAbility, ExtensionAbility, and Page inside the engine. Therefore, you can use **globalThis** for data synchronization. +**globalThis** is a global object inside the [ArkTS engine instance](thread-model-stage.md) and can be used by UIAbility, ExtensionAbility, and UI page inside the engine. Therefore, you can use **globalThis** for data synchronization. **Figure 1** Using globalThis for data synchronization - - ![globalThis1](figures/globalThis1.png) +![globalThis1](figures/globalThis1.png) The following describes how to use **globalThis** in three scenarios. Precautions are provided as well. -- [Using globalThis Between UIAbility and Page](#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-page) +- [Using globalThis Between UIAbility and UI Page](#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-ui-page) - [Using globalThis Between UIAbility and UIAbility](#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-uiability) -- [Use globalThis Between UIAbility and ExtensionAbility](#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-extensionability) +- [Using globalThis Between UIAbility and ExtensionAbility](#using-globalthis-between-uiability-and-extensionability) - [Precautions for Using globalThis](#precautions-for-using-globalthis) -### Using globalThis Between UIAbility and Page +### Using globalThis Between UIAbility and UI Page -By binding attributes or methods to **globalThis**, you can implement data synchronization between the UIAbility component and UI. For example, if you bind the **want** parameter in the UIAbility component, you can use the **want** parameter information on the UI corresponding to the UIAbility component. +To implement data synchronization between the UIAbility component and UI page, you can bind attributes or methods to **globalThis**. For example, if you bind the **want** parameter in the UIAbility component, you can use the **want** parameter information on the UI page corresponding to the UIAbility component. -1. When [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called to start a UIAbility instance, the **onCreate()** callback is invoked, and the **want** parameter can be passed in the callback. Therefore, you can bind the **want** parameter to **globalThis**. +1. When [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called to start a UIAbility instance, the [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) callback is invoked, and the **want** parameter can be passed in the callback. Bind the **want** parameter to **globalThis**. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { - globalThis.entryAbilityWant = want; - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { + globalThis.entryAbilityWant = want; + ... + } - // ... + ... } ``` -2. Use **globalThis** on the UI to obtain the **want** parameter information. +2. Use **globalThis** on the UI page to obtain the **want** parameter information. ```ts let entryAbilityWant; - + @Entry @Component struct Index { aboutToAppear() { entryAbilityWant = globalThis.entryAbilityWant; } - - // Page display. + + // UI page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -144,16 +143,16 @@ By binding attributes or methods to **globalThis**, you can implement data synch To implement data synchronization between two UIAbility components in the same application, you can bind data to **globalThis**. For example, you can save data in **globalThis** in UIAbilityA and obtain the data from UIAbilityB. -1. UIAbilityA stores a string and binds it to globalThis. +1. Save data in UIAbilityA and bind it to **globalThis**. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility' export default class UIAbilityA extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { - globalThis.entryAbilityStr = 'UIAbilityA'; // UIAbilityA stores the string "UIAbilityA" to globalThis. - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { + globalThis.entryAbilityStr = 'UIAbilityA'; // UIAbilityA stores the string "UIAbilityA" to globalThis. + ... + } } ``` @@ -161,13 +160,13 @@ To implement data synchronization between two UIAbility components in the same a ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility' - + export default class UIAbilityB extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { - // UIAbilityB reads name from globalThis and outputs it. - console.info('name from entryAbilityStr: ' + globalThis.entryAbilityStr); - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { + // UIAbilityB reads name from globalThis and outputs it. + console.info('name from entryAbilityStr: ' + globalThis.entryAbilityStr); + ... + } } ``` @@ -176,17 +175,17 @@ To implement data synchronization between two UIAbility components in the same a To implement data synchronization between the UIAbility and ExtensionAbility components in the same application, you can bind data to **globalThis**. For example, you can save data in **globalThis** in UIAbilityA and obtain the data from ServiceExtensionAbility. -1. UIAbilityA stores a string and binds it to globalThis. +1. Save data in UIAbilityA and bind it to **globalThis**. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility' export default class UIAbilityA extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { - // UIAbilityA stores the string "UIAbilityA" to globalThis. - globalThis.entryAbilityStr = 'UIAbilityA'; - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { + // UIAbilityA stores the string "UIAbilityA" to globalThis. + globalThis.entryAbilityStr = 'UIAbilityA'; + ... + } } ``` @@ -194,45 +193,44 @@ To implement data synchronization between the UIAbility and ExtensionAbility com ```ts import Extension from '@ohos.app.ability.ServiceExtensionAbility' - + export default class ServiceExtAbility extends Extension { - onCreate(want) { - / / ServiceExtAbility reads name from globalThis and outputs it. - console.info('name from entryAbilityStr: ' + globalThis.entryAbilityStr); - // ... - } + onCreate(want) { + / / ServiceExtAbility reads name from globalThis and outputs it. + console.info('name from entryAbilityStr: ' + globalThis.entryAbilityStr); + ... + } } ``` ### Precautions for Using globalThis -**Figure 2** Precautions for globalThis - +**Figure 2** Precautions for using globalThis ![globalThis2](figures/globalThis2.png) - In the stage model, all the UIAbility components in a process share one ArkTS engine instance. When using **globalThis**, do not store objects with the same name. For example, if UIAbilityA and UIAbilityB use **globalThis** to store two objects with the same name, the object stored earlier will be overwritten. - This problem does not occur in the FA model because each UIAbility component uses an independent engine. -- The lifecycle of an object bound to **globalThis** is the same as that of the ArkTS engine instance. You are advised to assign the value **null** after using the object to minimize memory usage. +- The lifecycle of an object bound to **globalThis** is the same as that of the ArkTS engine instance. To minimize memory usage, you are advised to assign the value **null** to the object when it is not in use. The following provides an example to describe the object overwritten problem in the stage model. -1. In the UIAbilityA file, [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) is stored in **globalThis**. +1. In the UIAbilityA file, use **globalThis** to store [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md). ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility' export default class UIAbilityA extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { - globalThis.context = this.context; // UIAbilityA stores the context in globalThis. - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { + globalThis.context = this.context; // UIAbilityA stores the context in globalThis. + ... + } } ``` -2. Obtain and use [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) on the page of UIAbilityA. After the UIAbilityA instance is used, switch it to the background. +2. Obtain and use [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) on the UI page of UIAbilityA. When the UIAbilityA instance is not in use, switch it to the background. ```ts @Entry @@ -241,28 +239,28 @@ The following provides an example to describe the object overwritten problem in onPageShow() { let ctx = globalThis.context; // Obtain the context from globalThis and use it. } - // Page display. + // UI page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` -3. In the UIAbilityB file, [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) is stored in **globalThis** and has the same name as that in the UIAbilityA file. +3. In the UIAbilityB file, use **globalThis** to store [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md), which is named the same as that in the UIAbilityA file. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility' export default class UIAbilityB extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { - // UIAbilityB overwrites the context stored by UIAbilityA in globalThis. - globalThis.context = this.context; - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { + // UIAbilityB overwrites the context stored by UIAbilityA in globalThis. + globalThis.context = this.context; + ... + } } ``` -4. Obtain and use [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) on the page of UIAbilityB. The obtained **globalThis.context** is the value of [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) in UIAbilityB. +4. Obtain [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) from the UI page of UIAbilityB and use it. The obtained **globalThis.context** is the value of [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) in UIAbilityB. ```ts @Entry @@ -271,9 +269,9 @@ The following provides an example to describe the object overwritten problem in onPageShow() { let ctx = globalThis.context; // Obtain the context from globalThis and use it. } - // Page display. + // UI page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -284,14 +282,14 @@ The following provides an example to describe the object overwritten problem in import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility' export default class UIAbilityA extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launch) { // UIAbilityA will not enter this lifecycle. - globalThis.context = this.context; - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launch) { // UIAbilityA will not enter this lifecycle. + globalThis.context = this.context; + ... + } } ``` -6. When the page of UIAbilityA is displayed, the obtained **globalThis.context** is [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) of UIAbilityB instead of UIAbilityA. An error occurs. +6. When the UI page of UIAbilityA is displayed, the obtained **globalThis.context** is the value of [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md) of UIAbilityB instead of UIAbilityA. An error occurs. ```ts @Entry @@ -300,15 +298,13 @@ The following provides an example to describe the object overwritten problem in onPageShow() { let ctx = globalThis.context; // The context in globalThis is the context of UIAbilityB. } - // Page display. + // UI page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` ## Using AppStorage or LocalStorage for Data Synchronization -ArkUI provides AppStorage and LocalStorage to implement application- and UIAbility-level data synchronization, respectively. Both solutions can be used to manage the application state, enhance application performance, and improve user experience. The AppStorage is a global state manager and is applicable when multiple UIAbilities share the same state data. The LocalStorage is a local state manager that manages state data used inside a single UIAbility. They help you control the application state more flexibly and improve the maintainability and scalability of applications. For details, see [State Management of Application-Level Variables](../quick-start/arkts-application-state-management-overview.md). - - \ No newline at end of file +ArkUI provides AppStorage and LocalStorage to implement application- and UIAbility-level data synchronization, respectively. Both solutions can be used to manage the application state, enhance application performance, and improve user experience. The AppStorage is a global state manager that manages state data shared among multiple UIAbilities. The LocalStorage is a local state manager that manages state data used inside a single UIAbility. They help you control the application state more flexibly and improve the maintainability and scalability of applications. For details, see [State Management of Application-Level Variables](../quick-start/arkts-application-state-management-overview.md). diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-intra-device-interaction.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-intra-device-interaction.md index 9dbbc2be90107d2131a1cdae21e576cb4771966e..2ed36f466408f4280ef516f405bc0e6837fb31f6 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-intra-device-interaction.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-intra-device-interaction.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # Intra-Device Interaction Between UIAbility Components -UIAbility is the minimum unit that can be scheduled by the system. Jumping between functional modules in a device involves starting of specific UIAbility components, which belong to the same or a different application (for example, starting UIAbility of a third-party payment application). +UIAbility is the minimum unit that can be scheduled by the system. Redirection between functional modules in a device involves starting of specific UIAbility components, which belong to the same or a different application (for example, starting UIAbility of a third-party payment application). This topic describes the UIAbility interaction modes in the following scenarios. For details about cross-device application component interaction, see [Inter-Device Application Component Interaction (Continuation)](inter-device-interaction-hop-overview.md). @@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ This topic describes the UIAbility interaction modes in the following scenarios. This scenario is possible when an application contains multiple UIAbility components. For example, in a payment application, you may need to start the payment UIAbility from the entry UIAbility. -Assume that your application has two UIAbility components: EntryAbility and FuncAbility, either in the same module or different modules. You are required to start FuncAbility from EntryAbility. +Assume that your application has two UIAbility components: EntryAbility and FuncAbility, either in the same module or different modules. To start FuncAbility from EntryAbility, proceed as follows: -1. In EntryAbility, call [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) to start UIAbility. The [want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) parameter is the entry parameter for starting the UIAbility instance. In the **want** parameter, **bundleName** indicates the bundle name of the application to start; **abilityName** indicates the name of the UIAbility to start; **moduleName** is required only when the target UIAbility belongs to a different module; **parameters** is used to carry custom information. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). +1. In EntryAbility, call [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) and pass the [want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) parameter to start the UIAbility instance. In the **want** parameter, **bundleName** indicates the bundle name of the application to start; **abilityName** indicates the name of the UIAbility to start; **moduleName** is required only when the target UIAbility belongs to a different module from EntryAbility; **parameters** is used to carry custom information. For details about how to obtain the context in the example, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext - let wantInfo = { + let want = { deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', abilityName: 'FuncAbility', - moduleName: 'module1', // moduleName is optional. - parameters: {// Custom information. + moduleName: 'func', // moduleName is optional. + parameters: { // Custom information. info: 'From the Index page of EntryAbility', }, } // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. - context.startAbility(wantInfo).then(() => { - // ... + context.startAbility(want).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in starting ability.'); }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` @@ -53,30 +53,32 @@ Assume that your application has two UIAbility components: EntryAbility and Func ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; - import window from '@ohos.window'; export default class FuncAbility extends UIAbility { onCreate(want, launchParam) { // Receive the parameters passed by the initiator UIAbility. let funcAbilityWant = want; let info = funcAbilityWant?.parameters?.info; - // ... + ... } } ``` - - > **NOTE**
+ + > **NOTE** > > In FuncAbility started, you can obtain the PID and bundle name of the UIAbility through **parameters** in the passed **want** parameter. -3. To stop the **UIAbility** instance after the FuncAbility service is complete, call [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateself) in FuncAbility. +3. To stop the **UIAbility** instance after the FuncAbility service is not needed, call [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateself) in FuncAbility. ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext // context is the UIAbilityContext of the UIAbility instance to stop. context.terminateSelf((err) => { - // ... + if (err.code) { + console.error(`Failed to terminate Self. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } }); ``` @@ -84,31 +86,31 @@ Assume that your application has two UIAbility components: EntryAbility and Func > > When [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateself) is called to stop the **UIAbility** instance, the snapshot of the instance is retained by default. That is, the mission corresponding to the instance is still displayed in Recents. If you do not want to retain the snapshot, set **removeMissionAfterTerminate** under the [abilities](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#abilities) tag to **true** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) of the corresponding UIAbility. -4. To stop all UIAbility instances of the application, call [killProcessBySelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-applicationContext.md#applicationcontextkillallprocesses9) of [ApplicationContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-applicationContext.md) to stop all processes of the application. +4. To stop all UIAbility instances of the application, call [killProcessBySelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-applicationContext.md#applicationcontextkillallprocesses9) of [ApplicationContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-applicationContext.md). ## Starting UIAbility in the Same Application and Obtaining the Return Result -When starting FuncAbility from EntryAbility, you want the result to be returned after the FuncAbility service is finished. For example, your application uses two independent UIAbility components to carry the entry and sign-in functionalities. After the sign-in operation is finished in the sign-in UIAbility, the sign-in result needs to be returned to the entry UIAbility. +When starting FuncAbility from EntryAbility, you may want the result to be returned after the FuncAbility service is finished. For example, after the sign-in operation is finished in the sign-in UIAbility of your application, you want the sign-in result to be returned to the entry UIAbility. -1. In EntryAbility, call [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult) to start FuncAbility. Use **data** in the asynchronous callback to receive information returned after FuncAbility stops itself. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). +1. In EntryAbility, call [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult) to start FuncAbility. Use **data** in the asynchronous callback to receive information returned after FuncAbility stops itself. For details about how to obtain the context in the example, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext - let wantInfo = { + let want = { deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', abilityName: 'FuncAbility', - moduleName: 'module1', // moduleName is optional. - parameters: {// Custom information. + moduleName: 'func', // moduleName is optional. + parameters: { // Custom information. info: 'From the Index page of EntryAbility', }, } // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. - context.startAbilityForResult(wantInfo).then((data) => { - // ... + context.startAbilityForResult(want).then((data) => { + ... }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability for result. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` @@ -122,7 +124,7 @@ When starting FuncAbility from EntryAbility, you want the result to be returned want: { bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', abilityName: 'FuncAbility', - moduleName: 'module1', + moduleName: 'func', parameters: { info: 'From the Index page of FuncAbility', }, @@ -130,42 +132,45 @@ When starting FuncAbility from EntryAbility, you want the result to be returned } // context is the AbilityContext of the target UIAbility. context.terminateSelfWithResult(abilityResult, (err) => { - // ... + if (err.code) { + console.error(`Failed to terminate self with result. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } }); ``` -3. After FuncAbility stops itself, EntryAbility uses [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult) to receive the information returned by FuncAbility. The value of **RESULT_CODE** must be the same as the preceding value. +3. After FuncAbility stops itself, EntryAbility uses [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult) to receive the information returned by FuncAbility. The value of **RESULT_CODE** must be the same as that specified in the preceding step. ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext const RESULT_CODE: number = 1001; - // ... + ... // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. - context.startAbilityForResult(wantInfo).then((data) => { + context.startAbilityForResult(want).then((data) => { if (data?.resultCode === RESULT_CODE) { // Parse the information returned by the target UIAbility. let info = data.want?.parameters?.info; - // ... + ... } }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability for result. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` ## Starting UIAbility of Another Application -Generally, the user only needs to do a common operation (for example, selecting a document application to view the document content) to start the UIAbility of another application. The [implicit Want launch mode](want-overview.md#types-of-want) is recommended. The system identifies a matched UIAbility and starts it based on the **want** parameter of the initiator UIAbility. +Generally, the user only needs to perform a general operation (for example, selecting a document application to view the document content) to start the UIAbility of another application. In this case, the [implicit Want launch mode](want-overview.md#types-of-want) is recommended. In this mode, the system identifies a matched UIAbility and starts it based on the **want** parameter of the initiator UIAbility. There are two ways to start **UIAbility**: [explicit and implicit](want-overview.md). -- Explicit Want launch: This mode is used to start a determined UIAbility component of an application. You need to set **bundleName** and **abilityName** of the target application in the **want** parameter. +- Explicit Want launch is used to start a determined UIAbility component of an application. You need to set **bundleName** and **abilityName** of the target application in the **want** parameter. -- Implicit Want launch: The user selects a UIAbility to start based on the matching conditions. That is, the UIAbility to start is not determined (the **abilityName** parameter is not specified). When [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, the want parameter specifies a series of parameters such as **entities** and **actions**. **entities** provides category information of the target UIAbility, such as the browser or video player. **actions** specifies the common operations to perform, such as viewing, sharing, and application details. Then the system analyzes the **want** parameter to find the right UIAbility to start. You usually do not know whether the target application is installed and what **bundleName** and **abilityName** of the target application are. Therefore, implicit Want launch is usually used to start the UIAbility of another application. +- Implicit Want launch is used to start a UIAbility based on the matching conditions. That is, the UIAbility to start is not determined (the **abilityName** parameter is not specified). When [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, the **want** parameter specifies a series of parameters such as **entities** and **actions**. **entities** provides category information of the target UIAbility, such as the browser or video player. **actions** specifies the common operations to perform, such as viewing and sharing. Then the system analyzes the **want** parameter to find the right UIAbility to start. If you are not sure about whether the target application is installed and what **bundleName** and **abilityName** of the target application are, consider using implicit Want launch. -This section describes how to start the UIAbility of another application through implicit Want. +The following example describes how to start the UIAbility of another application through implicit Want. 1. Install multiple document applications on your device. In the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) of each UIAbility component, configure **entities** and **actions** under **skills**. @@ -174,15 +179,15 @@ This section describes how to start the UIAbility of another application through "module": { "abilities": [ { - // ... + ... "skills": [ { "entities": [ - // ... + ... "entity.system.default" ], "actions": [ - // ... + ... "ohos.want.action.viewData" ] } @@ -193,11 +198,11 @@ This section describes how to start the UIAbility of another application through } ``` -2. Include **entities** and **actions** of the initiator UIAbility's **want** parameter into **entities** and **actions** under **skills** of the target UIAbility. After the system matches the UIAbility that meets the **entities** and **actions** information, a dialog box is displayed, showing the list of matched UIAbility instances for users to select. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). +2. Include **entities** and **actions** of the initiator UIAbility's **want** parameter into **entities** and **actions** under **skills** of the target UIAbility. After the system identifies the UIAbility instances that match the **entities** and **actions** information, a dialog box is displayed, showing the list of matching UIAbility instances for users to select. For details about how to obtain the context in the example, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext - let wantInfo = { + let want = { deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. // Uncomment the line below if you want to implicitly query data only in the specific bundle. // bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', @@ -207,31 +212,34 @@ This section describes how to start the UIAbility of another application through } // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. - context.startAbility(wantInfo).then(() => { - // ... + context.startAbility(want).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in starting ability.'); }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` - The following figure shows the effect. When you click **Open PDF**, a dialog box is displayed for you to select. + The following figure shows the effect. When you click **Open PDF**, a dialog box is displayed for you to select the application to use. ![](figures/uiability-intra-device-interaction.png) -3. To stop the **UIAbility** instance after the document application is used, call [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateself). +3. To stop the **UIAbility** instance when the document application is not in use, call [terminateSelf()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateself). ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext // context is the UIAbilityContext of the UIAbility instance to stop. context.terminateSelf((err) => { - // ... + if (err.code) { + console.error(`Failed to terminate self. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } }); ``` ## Starting UIAbility of Another Application and Obtaining the Return Result -If you want to obtain the return result when using implicit Want to start the UIAbility of another application, use [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult). An example scenario is that the main application needs to start a third-party payment application and obtain the payment result. +If you want to obtain the return result when using implicit Want to start the UIAbility of another application, use [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult). An example scenario is that your application needs to start a third-party payment application and obtain the payment result. 1. In the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) of the UIAbility corresponding to the payment application, set **entities** and **actions** under **skills**. @@ -240,15 +248,15 @@ If you want to obtain the return result when using implicit Want to start the UI "module": { "abilities": [ { - // ... + ... "skills": [ { "entities": [ - // ... + ... "entity.system.default" ], "actions": [ - // ... + ... "ohos.want.action.editData" ] } @@ -259,24 +267,24 @@ If you want to obtain the return result when using implicit Want to start the UI } ``` -2. Call [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult) to start the UIAbility of the payment application. Include **entities** and **actions** of the initiator UIAbility's **want** parameter into **entities** and **actions** under **skills** of the target UIAbility. Use **data** in the asynchronous callback to receive the information returned to the initiator UIAbility after the payment UIAbility stops itself. After the system matches the UIAbility that meets the **entities** and **actions** information, a dialog box is displayed, showing the list of matched UIAbility instances for users to select. +2. Call [startAbilityForResult()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextterminateselfwithresult) to start the UIAbility of the payment application. Include **entities** and **actions** of the initiator UIAbility's **want** parameter into **entities** and **actions** under **skills** of the target UIAbility. Use **data** in the asynchronous callback to receive the information returned to the initiator UIAbility after the payment UIAbility stops itself. After the system identifies the UIAbility instances that match the **entities** and **actions** information, a dialog box is displayed, showing the list of matching UIAbility instances for users to select. ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext - let wantInfo = { + let want = { deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. // Uncomment the line below if you want to implicitly query data only in the specific bundle. // bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', action: 'ohos.want.action.editData', // entities can be omitted. - entities: ['entity.system.default'], + entities: ['entity.system.default'] } // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. - context.startAbilityForResult(wantInfo).then((data) => { - // ... + context.startAbilityForResult(want).then((data) => { + ... }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability for result. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` @@ -298,7 +306,10 @@ If you want to obtain the return result when using implicit Want to start the UI } // context is the AbilityContext of the target UIAbility. context.terminateSelfWithResult(abilityResult, (err) => { - // ... + if (err.code) { + console.error(`Failed to terminate self with result. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + return; + } }); ``` @@ -317,90 +328,91 @@ If you want to obtain the return result when using implicit Want to start the UI if (data?.resultCode === RESULT_CODE) { // Parse the information returned by the target UIAbility. let payResult = data.want?.parameters?.payResult; - // ... + ... } }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability for result. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` ## Starting UIAbility with Window Mode Specified (for System Applications Only) -By specifying the window mode when starting the UIAbility of an application, the application can be displayed in different window modes, which can be full-screen, floating window, or split-screen. +By specifying the window mode when starting the UIAbility of an application, you can have the application displayed in the specified window mode, which can be full-screen, floating window, or split-screen. In full-screen mode, an application occupies the entire screen after being started. Users cannot view other windows or applications. This mode is suitable for an application that requires users to focus on a specific task or UI. -In floating window mode, an application is displayed on the screen as a floating window after being started. Users can easily switch to other windows or applications. The mode is suitable for an application that requires users to process multiple tasks at the same time. +In floating window mode, an application is displayed on the screen as a floating window after being started. Users can easily switch to other windows or applications. This mode is suitable for an application that allows users to process multiple tasks at the same time. -In split-screen mode, two applications occupy the entire screen, with one on the left or in the upper part of the screen and the other on the right or in the lower part. This mode helps users improve multi-task processing efficiency. +In split-screen mode, two applications occupy the entire screen, side by side, horizontally or vertically. This mode helps users improve multi-task processing efficiency. The window mode is specified by the **windowMode** field in the [StartOptions](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-startOptions.md) parameter of [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability). > **NOTE** > > 1. If the **windowMode** field is not specified, the UIAbility is started in the default window mode. -> 2. To ensure that the application can be displayed in the required window mode, check the **supportWindowMode** field in the [abilities](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#abilities) tag in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) of the UIAbility and make sure the specified window mode is supported. +> 2. To ensure that the application can be displayed in the required window mode, check the **supportWindowMode** field under [abilities](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#abilities) in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) of the UIAbility and make sure the specified window mode is supported. -The following uses the floating window mode as an example to describe how to start the FuncAbility from the EntryAbility page. +The following describes how to start the FuncAbility from the EntryAbility page and display it in floating window mode. 1. Add the [StartOptions](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-startOptions.md) parameter in [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability). -2. Set the **windowMode** field in the [StartOptions](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-startOptions.md) parameter to **WINDOW_MODE_FLOATING**, indicating that the UIAbility will be displayed in a floating window. +2. Set the **windowMode** field in the [StartOptions](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-startOptions.md) parameter to **WINDOW_MODE_FLOATING**. -For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). +For details about how to obtain the context in the example, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts import AbilityConstant from '@ohos.app.ability.AbilityConstant'; let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext -let wantInfo = { +let want = { deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', abilityName: 'FuncAbility', - moduleName: 'module1', // moduleName is optional. - parameters: {// Custom information. + moduleName: 'func', // moduleName is optional. + parameters: { // Custom information. info: 'From the Index page of EntryAbility', }, } let options = { windowMode: AbilityConstant.WindowMode.WINDOW_MODE_FLOATING -} +}; // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. -context.startAbility(wantInfo, options).then(() => { - // ... +context.startAbility(want, options).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in starting ability.'); }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` -The display effect is shown below. +The display effect is shown below. + ![](figures/start-uiability-floating-window.png) ## Starting a Specified Page of UIAbility -A UIAbility component can have multiple pages. When it is started in different scenarios, different pages can be displayed. For example, when a user jumps from a page of a UIAbility component to another UIAbility, you want to start a specified page of the target UIAbility. This section describes how to specify a startup page and start the specified page when the target UIAbility is started for the first time or when the target UIAbility is not started for the first time. +A UIAbility component can have multiple pages that each display in specific scenarios. This section describes how to specify a startup page and start the specified page when the target UIAbility is started for the first time or when the target UIAbility is not started for the first time. ### Specifying a Startup Page -When the initiator UIAbility starts another UIAbility, it usually needs to redirect to a specified page. For example, FuncAbility contains two pages: Index (corresponding to the home page) and Second (corresponding to function A page). You can configure the specified page URL in the **want** parameter by adding a custom parameter to **parameters** in **want**. For details about how to obtain the context, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). +When the initiator UIAbility starts another UIAbility, it usually needs to redirect to a specified page of the target UIAbility. For example, with FuncAbility, which contains two pages, starting FuncAbility means to redirect to either of the pages: Index (corresponding to the home page) and Second (corresponding to feature A page). You can configure the specified page URL in the **want** parameter by adding a custom parameter to **parameters** in **want**. For details about how to obtain the context in the example, see [Obtaining the Context of UIAbility](uiability-usage.md#obtaining-the-context-of-uiability). ```ts let context = ...; // UIAbilityContext -let wantInfo = { +let want = { deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', abilityName: 'FuncAbility', - moduleName: 'module1', // moduleName is optional. - parameters: {// Custom parameter used to pass the page information. + moduleName: 'func', // moduleName is optional. + parameters: { // Custom parameter used to pass the page information. router: 'funcA', }, } // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. -context.startAbility(wantInfo).then(() => { - // ... +context.startAbility(want).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in starting ability.'); }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` @@ -431,7 +443,7 @@ export default class FuncAbility extends UIAbility { } } windowStage.loadContent(url, (err, data) => { - // ... + ... }); } } @@ -440,11 +452,11 @@ export default class FuncAbility extends UIAbility { ### Starting a Page When the Target UIAbility Is Not Started for the First Time -You start application A, and its home page is displayed. Then you return to the home screen and start application B. Now you need to start application A again from application B and have a specified page of application A displayed. An example scenario is as follows: When you open the home page of the SMS application and return to the home screen, the SMS application is in the opened state and its home page is displayed. Then you open the home page of the Contacts application, access user A's details page, and touch the SMS icon to send an SMS message to user A. The SMS application is started again and the sending page is displayed. +You start application A, and its home page is displayed. Then you return to the home screen and start application B. Now you need to start application A again from application B and access a specified page of application A. An example scenario is as follows: When you open the home page of the SMS application and return to the home screen, the SMS application is in the opened state with its home page. Then you open the home page of the Contacts application, access user A's details page, and touch the SMS icon to send an SMS message to user A. The SMS application is started again and the sending page is displayed. ![uiability_not_first_started](figures/uiability_not_first_started.png) -In summary, when a UIAbility instance of application A has been created and the main page of the UIAbility instance is displayed, you need to start the UIAbility of application A from application B and have a different page displayed. +In summary, when a UIAbility instance of application A has been created and the main page of the UIAbility instance is displayed, you need to start the UIAbility of application A from application B and access a different page. 1. In the target UIAbility, the **Index** page is loaded by default. The UIAbility instance has been created, and the **onNewWant()** callback rather than **onCreate()** and **onWindowStageCreate()** will be invoked. In the **onNewWant()** callback, parse the **want** parameter and bind it to the global variable **globalThis**. @@ -455,7 +467,7 @@ In summary, when a UIAbility instance of application A has been created and the onNewWant(want, launchParam) { // Receive the parameters passed by the initiator UIAbility. globalThis.funcAbilityWant = want; - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -480,7 +492,7 @@ In summary, when a UIAbility instance of application A has been created and the // Page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -494,11 +506,11 @@ In summary, when a UIAbility instance of application A has been created and the Call is an extension of the UIAbility capability. It enables the UIAbility to be invoked by and communicate with external systems. The UIAbility invoked can be either started in the foreground or created and run in the background. You can use the call to implement data sharing between two UIAbility instances (CallerAbility and CalleeAbility) through IPC. -The core API used for the call is **startAbilityByCall**, which differs from **startAbility** in the following ways: +The core API used for the call is **startAbilityByCall()**, which differs from **startAbility()** in the following ways: -- **startAbilityByCall** supports UIAbility launch in the foreground and background, whereas **startAbility** supports UIAbility launch in the foreground only. +- **startAbilityByCall()** supports UIAbility launch in the foreground and background, whereas **startAbility()** supports UIAbility launch in the foreground only. -- The CallerAbility can use the caller object returned by **startAbilityByCall** to communicate with the CalleeAbility, but **startAbility** does not provide the communication capability. +- The CallerAbility can use the caller object returned by **startAbilityByCall()** to communicate with the CalleeAbility, but **startAbility()** does not provide the communication capability. Call is usually used in the following scenarios: @@ -506,6 +518,7 @@ Call is usually used in the following scenarios: - Starting the CalleeAbility in the background + **Table 1** Terms used in the call | **Term**| Description| @@ -517,27 +530,27 @@ Call is usually used in the following scenarios: The following figure shows the call process. - Figure 1 Call process +**Figure 1** Call process - ![call](figures/call.png) +![call](figures/call.png) - The CallerAbility uses **startAbilityByCall** to obtain a caller object and uses **call()** of the caller object to send data to the CalleeAbility. -- The CalleeAbility, which holds a **Callee** object, uses **on()** of the **Callee** object to register a callback. This callback is invoked when the CalleeAbility receives data from the CallerAbility. +- The CalleeAbility, which holds a callee object, uses **on()** of the callee object to register a callback. This callback is invoked when the CalleeAbility receives data from the CallerAbility. > **NOTE** -> 1. Currently, only system applications can use the call. +> - Currently, only system applications can use the call. > -> 2. The launch type of the CalleeAbility must be **singleton**. +> - The launch type of the CalleeAbility must be **singleton**. > -> 3. Both local (intra-device) and cross-device calls are supported. The following describes how to initiate a local call. For details about how to initiate a cross-device call, see [Using Cross-Device Call](hop-multi-device-collaboration.md#using-cross-device-call). +> - Both local (intra-device) and cross-device calls are supported. The following describes how to initiate a local call. For details about how to initiate a cross-device call, see [Using Cross-Device Call](hop-multi-device-collaboration.md#using-cross-device-call). ### Available APIs The following table describes the main APIs used for the call. For details, see [AbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#caller). - **Table 2** Call APIs +**Table 2** Call APIs | API| Description| | -------- | -------- | @@ -549,7 +562,7 @@ The following table describes the main APIs used for the call. For details, see | release(): void | Releases the caller object.| | on(type: "release", callback: OnReleaseCallback): void | Callback invoked when the caller object is released.| -The implementation of using the call for UIAbility interaction involves two parts. +The implementation of using the call for UIAbility interaction involves two parts: - [Creating a CalleeAbility](#creating-a-calleeability) @@ -560,7 +573,7 @@ The implementation of using the call for UIAbility interaction involves two part For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to marshal and unmarshal data. When data needs to be received, use **on()** to register a listener. When data does not need to be received, use **off()** to deregister the listener. -1. Configure the launch type of the UIAbility. +1. Configure the launch type of the CalleeAbility. For example, set the launch type of the CalleeAbility to **singleton**. For details, see [UIAbility Component Launch Type](uiability-launch-type.md). @@ -571,7 +584,6 @@ For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to ``` 3. Define the agreed parcelable data. - The data formats sent and received by the CallerAbility and CalleeAbility must be consistent. In the following example, the data formats are number and string. @@ -588,7 +600,7 @@ For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to marshalling(messageSequence) { messageSequence.writeInt(this.num); messageSequence.writeString(this.str); - return true + return true; } unmarshalling(messageSequence) { @@ -600,9 +612,9 @@ For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to ``` 4. Implement **Callee.on** and **Callee.off**. - + The time to register a listener for the CalleeAbility depends on your application. The data sent and received before the listener is registered and that after the listener is deregistered are not processed. In the following example, the **MSG_SEND_METHOD** listener is registered in **onCreate** of the UIAbility and deregistered in **onDestroy**. After receiving parcelable data, the application processes the data and returns the data result. You need to implement processing based on service requirements. The sample code is as follows: - + ```ts const TAG: string = '[CalleeAbility]'; @@ -625,16 +637,16 @@ For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to onCreate(want, launchParam) { try { this.callee.on(MSG_SEND_METHOD, sendMsgCallback); - } catch (error) { - console.info(`${MSG_SEND_METHOD} register failed with error ${JSON.stringify(error)}`); + } catch (err) { + console.error(`Failed to register. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); } } onDestroy() { try { this.callee.off(MSG_SEND_METHOD); - } catch (error) { - console.error(TAG, `${MSG_SEND_METHOD} unregister failed with error ${JSON.stringify(error)}`); + } catch (err) { + console.error(`Failed to unregister. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); } } } @@ -661,9 +673,9 @@ For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to caller.on('release', (msg) => { console.info(`caller onRelease is called ${msg}`); }) - console.info('caller register OnRelease succeed'); - } catch (error) { - console.info(`caller register OnRelease failed with ${error}`); + console.info('Succeeded in registering on release.'); + } catch (err) { + console.err(`Failed to caller register on release. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); } } @@ -672,15 +684,15 @@ For the CalleeAbility, implement the callback to receive data and the methods to this.caller = await context.startAbilityByCall({ bundleName: 'com.samples.CallApplication', abilityName: 'CalleeAbility' - }) + }); if (this.caller === undefined) { console.info('get caller failed') - return + return; } console.info('get caller success') this.regOnRelease(this.caller) - } catch (error) { - console.info(`get caller failed with ${error}`) + } (err) { + console.err(`Failed to get caller. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); } } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-launch-type.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-launch-type.md index 8f5762fcde0a766f454a2540708368048e1b01aa..3b91469c1db08e2cbed59c7fceb4563547b54a72 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-launch-type.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-launch-type.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -# UIAbility Component Launch Type +# UIAbility Launch Type -The launch type of the UIAbility component refers to the state of the UIAbility instance at startup. The system provides three launch types: +The launch type of the UIAbility component refers to the state of the UIAbility instance at startup. Three launch types are available: - [Singleton](#singleton) @@ -15,26 +15,27 @@ The launch type of the UIAbility component refers to the state of the UIAbility **singleton** is the default launch type. -Each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, if a UIAbility instance of this type already exists in the application process, the instance is reused. Therefore, only one UIAbility instance of this type exists in the system, that is, displayed in **Recents**. +Each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, if a UIAbility instance of this type already exists in the application process, the instance is reused. In other words, UIAbility of this type can have only one instance in the system, meaning that only one mission is displayed in the system application Recents. + +**Figure 1** Demonstration effect in singleton mode -**Figure 1** Demonstration effect in singleton mode ![uiability-launch-type1](figures/uiability-launch-type1.gif) > **NOTE** > -> Assume that the application already has a UIAbility instance created, and the launch type of the UIAbility instance is set to **singleton**. If [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called again to start the UIAbility instance, the original UIAbility instance is started, and no new UIAbility instance is created. In this case, the [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) callback is invoked, but the [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) and [onWindowStageCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonwindowstagecreate) callbacks are not. +> If [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called to start an existing UIAbility instance in singleton mode, that instance is started, and no new UIAbility instance is created. In this case, the [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) callback is invoked, but the [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) and [onWindowStageCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonwindowstagecreate) callbacks are not. -To use the singleton mode, set **launchType** in the [module.json5 configuration file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) to **singleton**. +To use the singleton mode, set **launchType** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) to **singleton**. ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { "launchType": "singleton", - // ... + ... } ] } @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ To use the singleton mode, set **launchType** in the [module.json5 configuration ## Multiton -In multiton mode, each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, a new UIAbility instance of this type is created in the application process. Multiple UIAbility instances of this type are displayed in **Recents**. +In multiton mode, each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, a new UIAbility instance is created in the application process. Multiple missions are displayed for UIAbility of this type in Recents. **Figure 2** Demonstration effect in multiton mode @@ -56,11 +57,11 @@ To use the multiton mode, set **launchType** in the [module.json5 file](../quick ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { "launchType": "multiton", - // ... + ... } ] } @@ -70,88 +71,90 @@ To use the multiton mode, set **launchType** in the [module.json5 file](../quick ## Specified -The **specified** mode is used in some special scenarios. For example, in a document application, you want a document instance to be created each time you create a document, but you want to use the same document instance when you repeatedly open an existing document. +The **specified** mode is used in some special scenarios. For example, in a document application, you may want a document instance to be created each time you create a document, and you may also want to use the same document instance when you open an existing document. **Figure 3** Demonstration effect in specified mode + ![uiability-launch-type3](figures/uiability-launch-type3.gif) -For example, there are two UIAbility components: EntryAbility and SpecifiedAbility (with the launch type **specified**). You are required to start SpecifiedAbility from EntryAbility. +In the following example, there are two UIAbility components: EntryAbility and SpecifiedAbility (with the launch type **specified**). To start SpecifiedAbility from EntryAbility, proceed as follows: -1. In SpecifiedAbility, set the **launchType** field in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) to **specified**. +1. In SpecifiedAbility, set **launchType** in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) to **specified**. ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { "launchType": "specified", - // ... + ... } ] } } ``` -2. Create a unique string key for the instance. Each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, the application, based on the key, identifies the UIAbility instance used to respond to the request. In EntryAbility, add a custom parameter, for example, **instanceKey**, to the **want** parameter in [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) to distinguish the UIAbility instance. +2. Create a unique string key for the SpecifiedAbility instance. Each time [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called, the application, based on the key, identifies the UIAbility instance used to respond to the request. In EntryAbility, add a custom parameter, for example, **instanceKey**, to the **want** parameter in [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) to distinguish the UIAbility instances. ```ts - // Configure an independent key for each UIAbility instance. + // Configure a unique key for each UIAbility instance. // For example, in the document usage scenario, use the document path as the key. function getInstance() { - // ... + ... } + let context =...; // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. let want = { - deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. - bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', - abilityName: 'SpecifiedAbility', - moduleName: 'module1', // moduleName is optional. - parameters: {// Custom information. - instanceKey: getInstance(), - }, + deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. + bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', + abilityName: 'SpecifiedAbility', + moduleName: 'specified', // moduleName is optional. + parameters: {// Custom information. + instanceKey: getInstance(), + }, } - // context is the UIAbilityContext of the initiator UIAbility. - this.context.startAbility(want).then(() => { - // ... + + context.startAbility(want).then(() => { + console.info('Succeeded in starting ability.'); }).catch((err) => { - // ... + console.error(`Failed to start ability. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); }) ``` -3. Before SpecifiedAbility is started, the [onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant) callback of the corresponding AbilityStage instance is invoked to obtain the key of the UIAbility, because the launch type of SpecifiedAbility is set to **specified**. If a UIAbility instance matching the key exists, the system starts the UIAbility instance and invokes its [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) callback. Otherwise, the system creates a new UIAbility instance and invokes its [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) and [onWindowStageCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonwindowstagecreate) callbacks. +3. Before SpecifiedAbility is started, the [onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant) callback of the corresponding AbilityStage instance is invoked to obtain the key of the target UIAbility. If a UIAbility instance matching the key exists, the system starts the UIAbility instance and invokes its [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) callback. Otherwise, the system creates a new UIAbility instance and invokes its [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) and [onWindowStageCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonwindowstagecreate) callbacks. - In the sample code, the [onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant) callback parses the **want** parameter to obtain the custom parameter **instanceKey**. The service logic returns a key string based on **instanceKey** parameter to identify the UIAbility instance. If the returned key maps to a started UIAbility instance, the system pulls the UIAbility instance back to the foreground and obtains the focus. If the returned key does not map to a started UIAbility instance, the system creates a new UIAbility instance and starts it. + In the sample code, the [onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant) callback uses the passed **want** parameter to obtain the custom parameter **instanceKey**. The service logic returns a key string based on the **instanceKey** parameter to identify the UIAbility instance. If the returned key maps to a started UIAbility instance, the system pulls the UIAbility instance back to the foreground and gives it the focus. If the returned key does not map to a started UIAbility instance, the system creates a new UIAbility instance and starts it. ```ts import AbilityStage from '@ohos.app.ability.AbilityStage'; export default class MyAbilityStage extends AbilityStage { - onAcceptWant(want): string { - // In the AbilityStage instance of the callee, a key value corresponding to a UIAbility instance is returned for UIAbility whose launch type is specified. - // In this example, SpecifiedAbility of module1 is returned. - if (want.abilityName === 'SpecifiedAbility') { - // The returned key string is a custom string. - return `SpecifiedAbilityInstance_${want.parameters.instanceKey}`; - } - - return ''; + onAcceptWant(want): string { + // In the AbilityStage instance of the callee, a key string corresponding to a UIAbility instance is returned for UIAbility whose launch type is specified. + // In this example, SpecifiedAbility of module1 is returned. + if (want.abilityName === 'SpecifiedAbility') { + // The returned key string is a custom string. + return `SpecifiedAbilityInstance_${want.parameters.instanceKey}`; } + + return ''; + } } ``` > **NOTE** > - > 1. Assume that the application already has a UIAbility instance created, and the launch type of the UIAbility instance is set to **specified**. If [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called again to start the UIAbility instance, and the [onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant) callback of [AbilityStage](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md) matches a created UIAbility instance, the original UIAbility instance is started, and no new UIAbility instance is created. In this case, the [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) callback is invoked, but the [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) and [onWindowStageCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonwindowstagecreate) callbacks are not. - > 2. AbilityStage is not automatically generated in the default project of DevEco Studio. For details about how to create an AbilityStage file, see [AbilityStage Component Container](abilitystage.md). - - For example, in the document application, different keys are bound to different document instances. Each time a document is created, a new key (for example, file path) is passed, and a new UIAbility instance is created when UIAbility is started in AbilityStage. However, when you open an existing document, the same UIAbility instance is started again in AbilityStage. + > - If [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability) is called to start an existing UIAbility instance in specified mode, and the [onAcceptWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md#abilitystageonacceptwant) callback of [AbilityStage](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-abilityStage.md) matches that UIAbility instance, that instance is started, and no new UIAbility instance is created. In this case, the [onNewWant()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#abilityonnewwant) callback is invoked, but the [onCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityoncreate) and [onWindowStageCreate()](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-uiAbility.md#uiabilityonwindowstagecreate) callbacks are not. + > + > - AbilityStage is not automatically generated by default in the project of DevEco Studio. For details about how to create an AbilityStage file, see [AbilityStage Component Container](abilitystage.md). + - The following steps are used as an example. +For example, in the document application, different keys are bound to different document instances. Each time a document is created, a new key (for example, file path) is passed in, and a new UIAbility instance is created when UIAbility is started in AbilityStage. However, when an existing document is opened, the same UIAbility instance is started again in AbilityStage. - 1. Open file A. A UIAbility instance, for example, UIAbility instance 1, is started. - 2. Close the process of file A in **Recents**. UIAbility instance 1 is destroyed. Return to the home screen and open file A again. A new UIAbility instance is started, for example, UIAbility instance 2. - 3. Return to the home screen and open file B. A new UIAbility instance is started, for example, UIAbility instance 3. - 4. Return to the home screen and open file A again. UIAbility instance 2 is started. This is because the system automatically matches the key of the UIAbility instance and starts the UIAbility instance that has a matching key. In this example, UIAbility instance 2 has the same key as file A. Therefore, the system pulls back UIAbility instance 2 and focuses it without creating a new instance. +The following steps are used as an example. - \ No newline at end of file + 1. Open file A. A UIAbility instance, UIAbility instance 1, is started. + 2. Close the process of file A in Recents. UIAbility instance 1 is destroyed. Return to the home screen and open file A again. A new UIAbility instance, UIAbility instance 2, is started. + 3. Return to the home screen and open file B. A new UIAbility instance, UIAbility instance 3, is started. + 4. Return to the home screen and open file A again. UIAbility instance 2 is started. This is because the system automatically matches the key with the UIAbility instance and starts the UIAbility instance that has a matching key. In this example, UIAbility instance 2 has the same key as file A. Therefore, the system pulls back UIAbility instance 2 and focuses it without creating a new instance.hao diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-lifecycle.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-lifecycle.md index 57200abb8fbfb625e2e6c8999da5ad817e2e85b4..78a49c5be6ae12ff879e12cc509e2fbc15ece2af 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-lifecycle.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-lifecycle.md @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -# UIAbility Component Lifecycle +# UIAbility Lifecycle ## Overview -When a user opens, switches, and returns to an application, the UIAbility instances in the application transit in their different states. The UIAbility class provides a series of callbacks. Through these callbacks, you can know the state changes of the UIAbility instance, for example, being created or destroyed, or running in the foreground or background. +When a user opens or switches to and from an application, the UIAbility instances in the application transit in their different states. The UIAbility class provides a series of callbacks. Through these callbacks, you can know the state changes of the UIAbility instance. The lifecycle of UIAbility has four states: **Create**, **Foreground**, **Background**, and **Destroy**, as shown in the figure below. **Figure 1** UIAbility lifecycle states -![Ability-Life-Cycle](figures/Ability-Life-Cycle.png) +![Ability-Life-Cycle](figures/Ability-Life-Cycle.png) ## Description of Lifecycle States @@ -17,21 +17,23 @@ The lifecycle of UIAbility has four states: **Create**, **Foreground**, **Backgr ### Create -The **Create** state is triggered when the UIAbility instance is created during application loading. The system invokes the **onCreate()** callback. In this callback, you can perform application initialization operations, for example, defining variables or loading resources. +The **Create** state is triggered when the UIAbility instance is created during application loading. It corresponds to the **onCreate()** callback. In this callback, you can perform application initialization operations, for example, defining variables or loading resources. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; -import window from '@ohos.window'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launchParam) { - // Initialize the application. - } - // ... + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + // Initialize the application. + } + ... } ``` +> **NOTE** +> +> The [want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) parameter in the **onCreate()** callback is used as the carrier to transfer information between application components. For details, see [Want](want-overview.md). ### WindowStageCreate and WindowStageDestory @@ -39,7 +41,7 @@ After the UIAbility instance is created but before it enters the **Foreground** **Figure 2** WindowStageCreate and WindowStageDestory -![Ability-Life-Cycle-WindowStage](figures/Ability-Life-Cycle-WindowStage.png) +![Ability-Life-Cycle-WindowStage](figures/Ability-Life-Cycle-WindowStage.png) In the **onWindowStageCreate()** callback, use [loadContent()](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#loadcontent9-2) to set the page to be loaded, and call [on('windowStageEvent')](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#onwindowstageevent9) to subscribe to [WindowStage events](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowstageeventtype9), for example, having or losing focus, or becoming visible or invisible. @@ -48,25 +50,40 @@ import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; import window from '@ohos.window'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - // ... - - onWindowStageCreate(windowStage: Window.WindowStage) { - // Subscribe to the WindowStage events (having or losing focus, or becoming visible or invisible). - try { - windowStage.on('windowStageEvent', (data) => { - console.info('Succeeded in enabling the listener for window stage event changes. Data: ' + - JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - } catch (exception) { - console.error('Failed to enable the listener for window stage event changes. Cause:' + - JSON.stringify(exception)); - }; - - // Set the UI loading. - windowStage.loadContent('pages/Index', (err, data) => { - // ... - }); + ... + + onWindowStageCreate(windowStage: window.WindowStage) { + // Subscribe to the WindowStage events (having or losing focus, or becoming visible or invisible). + try { + windowStage.on('windowStageEvent', (data) => { + let stageEventType: window.WindowStageEventType = data; + switch (stageEventType) { + case window.WindowStageEventType.SHOWN: // Switch to the foreground. + console.info('windowStage foreground.'); + break; + case window.WindowStageEventType.ACTIVE: // Gain focus. + console.info('windowStage active.'); + break; + case window.WindowStageEventType.INACTIVE: // Lose focus. + console.info('windowStage inactive.'); + break; + case window.WindowStageEventType.HIDDEN: // Switch to the background. + console.info('windowStage background.'); + break; + default: + break; + } + }); + } catch (exception) { + console.error('Failed to enable the listener for window stage event changes. Cause:' + + JSON.stringify(exception)); } + + // Set the page to be loaded. + windowStage.loadContent('pages/Index', (err, data) => { + ... + }); + } } ``` @@ -82,49 +99,54 @@ import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; import window from '@ohos.window'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - // ... - - onWindowStageDestroy() { - // Release UI resources. - // Unsubscribe from the WindowStage events such as having or losing focus in the onWindowStageDestroy() callback. - try { - windowStage.off('windowStageEvent'); - } catch (exception) { - console.error('Failed to disable the listener for window stage event changes. Cause:' + - JSON.stringify(exception)); - }; - } + windowStage: window.WindowStage; + ... + + onWindowStageCreate(windowStage: window.WindowStage) { + this.windowStage = windowStage; + ... + } + + onWindowStageDestroy() { + // Release UIresources. + // Unsubscribe from the WindowStage events such as having or losing focus in the onWindowStageDestroy() callback. + try { + this.windowStage.off('windowStageEvent'); + } catch (err) { + console.error(`Failed to disable the listener for window stage event changes. Code is ${err.code}, message is ${err.message}`); + }; + } } ``` ### Foreground and Background -The **Foreground** and **Background** states are triggered when the UIAbility instance is switched to the foreground and background respectively. They correspond to the **onForeground()** and **onBackground()** callbacks. +The **Foreground** and **Background** states are triggered when the UIAbility instance is switched to the foreground and background, respectively. They correspond to the **onForeground()** and **onBackground()** callbacks. -The **onForeground()** callback is triggered before the UI of the UIAbility instance becomes visible, for example, when the UIAbility instance is switched to the foreground. In this callback, you can apply for resources required by the system or re-apply for resources that have been released in the **onBackground()** callback. +The **onForeground()** callback is triggered when the UI of the UIAbility instance is about to become visible, for example, when the UIAbility instance is about to enter the foreground. In this callback, you can apply for resources required by the system or re-apply for resources that have been released in the **onBackground()** callback. -The **onBackground()** callback is triggered after the UI of the UIAbility component is completely invisible, for example, when the UIAbility instance is switched to the background. In this callback, you can release useless resources or perform time-consuming operations such as saving the status. +The **onBackground()** callback is triggered when the UI of the UIAbility instance is about to become invisible, for example, when the UIAbility instance is about to enter the background. In this callback, you can release unused resources or perform time-consuming operations such as saving the status. -For example, an application needs to use positioning, and the application has requested the positioning permission from the user. Before the UI is displayed, you can enable positioning in the **onForeground()** callback to obtain the location information. +For example, there is an application that requires location access and has obtained the location permission from the user. Before the UI is displayed, you can enable location in the **onForeground()** callback to obtain the location information. -When the application is switched to the background, you can disable positioning in the **onBackground()** callback to reduce system resource consumption. +When the application is switched to the background, you can disable location in the **onBackground()** callback to reduce system resource consumption. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - // ... + ... - onForeground() { - // Apply for the resources required by the system or re-apply for the resources released in onBackground(). - } + onForeground() { + // Apply for the resources required by the system or re-apply for the resources released in onBackground(). + } - onBackground() { - // Release useless resources when the UI is invisible, or perform time-consuming operations in this callback, - // for example, saving the status. - } + onBackground() { + // Release unused resources when the UI is invisible, or perform time-consuming operations in this callback, + // for example, saving the status. + } } ``` @@ -133,17 +155,16 @@ export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { The **Destroy** state is triggered when the UIAbility instance is destroyed. You can perform operations such as releasing system resources and saving data in the **onDestroy()** callback. -The UIAbility instance is destroyed when **terminateSelf()** is called or the user closes the instance in **Recents**. +The UIAbility instance is destroyed when **terminateSelf()** is called or the user closes the instance in the system application Recents. ```ts import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; -import window from '@ohos.window'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - // ... + ... - onDestroy() { - // Release system resources and save data. - } + onDestroy() { + // Release system resources and save data. + } } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-overview.md index e9a904e060e30e2523902aa4014664f6f0100e3a..6c94e42dd688793620f0acfd9c8079f693b6651e 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-overview.md @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ -# UIAbility Component Overview +# UIAbility Overview ## Overview -UIAbility is a type of application component that provides the UI for user interaction. +UIAbility is a type of application component that provides the UI for user interactions. The following design philosophy is behind UIAbility: 1. Native support for [cross-device migration](hop-cross-device-migration.md) and [multi-device collaboration](hop-multi-device-collaboration.md) at the application component level -2. Support for multiple device types and window forms +2. Support for multiple device types and window modes -For details, see [Interpretation of the Application Model] (application-model-description.md). +> **NOTE** +> +> For details, see [Interpretation of the Application Model](application-model-description.md). -The UIAbility division principles and suggestions are as follows: +UIAbility is the basic unit of scheduling in OpenHarmony and provides a window for applications to draw the UI. An application can contain one or more UIAbility components. For example, for a payment application, you can use separate UIAbility components to carry the entry and payment functionalities. -UIAbility is the basic unit scheduled by the system and provides a window for applications to draw UIs. An application can contain one or more UIAbility components. For example, for a payment application, you can use two UIAbility components to carry the entry and payment functionalities. - -Each UIAbility component instance is displayed as a mission in Recents. +Each UIAbility component instance is displayed as a mission in the system application Recents. You can develop a single UIAbility or multiple UIAbilities for your application based on service requirements. -- If you want only one mission to be displayed in Recents, use one UIAbility and multiple pages. +- If you want your application to be displayed as one mission in Recents, use one UIAbility and multiple pages. -- If you want multiple missions to be displayed in Recents or multiple windows to be opened simultaneously, use multiple UIAbilities. +- If you want your application to be displayed as multiple missions in Recents or multiple windows to be opened simultaneously, use multiple UIAbilities. -## Privacy Statement Configuration +## Declaration Configuration -To enable an application to properly use a UIAbility component, declare the UIAbility name, entry, and tags under [abilities](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#abilities) in the [module.json5 configuration file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). +To enable an application to properly use a UIAbility component, declare the UIAbility name, entry, and label under [abilities](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#abilities) in the [module.json5 file](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md). ```json { "module": { - // ... + ... "abilities": [ { "name": "EntryAbility", // Name of the UIAbility component. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To enable an application to properly use a UIAbility component, declare the UIAb "label": "$string:EntryAbility_label", // Label of the UIAbility component. "startWindowIcon": "$media:icon", // Index of the icon resource file. "startWindowBackground": "$color:start_window_background", // Index of the background color resource file. - // ... + ... } ] } diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-usage.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-usage.md index fa8badc6d48c7e550922cb60a15d02eab9cc80b6..d734312a01f527741371461791958059976619aa 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-usage.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/uiability-usage.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# UIAbility Component Usage +# UIAbility Usage When using the UIAbility component, you must specify a startup page and obtain the context, [UIAbilityContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md). @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ When using the UIAbility component, you must specify a startup page and obtain t ## Specifying the Startup Page of UIAbility -If no startup page is specified, a white screen occurs after the application is started. You can use **loadContent()** of [WindowStage](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowstage9) to set the startup page in the **onWindowStageCreate()** callback of the UIAbility instance. +You can use **loadContent()** of [WindowStage](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowstage9) to set the startup page in the **onWindowStageCreate()** callback of the UIAbility instance. If no startup page is specified, a white screen occurs after the application is started. ```ts @@ -14,20 +14,20 @@ import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; import window from '@ohos.window'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - onWindowStageCreate(windowStage: window.WindowStage) { - // Main window is created. Set a main page for this ability. - windowStage.loadContent('pages/Index', (err, data) => { - // ... - }); - } + onWindowStageCreate(windowStage: window.WindowStage) { + // Main window is created. Set a main page for this ability. + windowStage.loadContent('pages/Index', (err, data) => { + ... + }); + } - // ... + ... } ``` > **NOTE** > -> When you create UIAbility in DevEco Studio, the UIAbility instance loads the **Index** page by default. Therefore, you only need to replace the **Index** page path with the required startup page path. +> When you create UIAbility in DevEco Studio, the UIAbility instance loads the **Index** page as its startup page. Therefore, you only need to replace the **Index** page path with the required startup page path. ## Obtaining the Context of UIAbility @@ -40,15 +40,14 @@ The UIAbility class has its own context, which is an instance of the [UIAbilityC import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; export default class EntryAbility extends UIAbility { - onCreate(want, launchParam) { - // Obtain the context of the UIAbility instance. - let context = this.context; - - // ... - } + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + // Obtain the context of the UIAbility instance. + let context = this.context; + ... + } } ``` - + - Import the context module and define the **context** variable in the component. ```ts @@ -68,7 +67,7 @@ The UIAbility class has its own context, which is an instance of the [UIAbilityC // Page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` @@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ The UIAbility class has its own context, which is an instance of the [UIAbilityC // Page display. build() { - // ... + ... } } ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/want-overview.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/want-overview.md index 1ce771daf195a09250a5fde05e0ce5a7acc60355..cf5cac43999a5efbe59659252b6b3db325cacd8a 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/want-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/want-overview.md @@ -6,43 +6,46 @@ [Want](../reference/apis/js-apis-app-ability-want.md) is an object that transfers information between application components. It is often used as a parameter of [startAbility()](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-application-uiAbilityContext.md#uiabilitycontextstartability). For example, when UIAbilityA needs to start UIAbilityB and transfer some data to UIAbilityB, it can use the **want** parameter in **startAbility()** to transfer the data. **Figure 1** Want usage + ![usage-of-want](figures/usage-of-want.png) ## Types of Want -- **Explicit Want**: If **abilityName** and **bundleName** are specified when starting an ability, explicit Want is used. - Explicit Want is usually used to start a known target ability in the same application. The target ability is started by specifying **bundleName** of the application where the target ability is located and **abilityName** in the **Want** object. When there is an explicit object to process the request, explicit Want is a simple and effective way to start the target ability. - +- **Explicit Want**: If **abilityName** and **bundleName** are specified in the **want** parameter when starting an an application component, explicit Want is used. + + Explicit Want is usually used to start a known target application component in the same application. The target application component is started by specifying **bundleName** of the application where the target application component is located and **abilityName** in the **Want** object. When there is an explicit object to process the request, explicit Want is a simple and effective way to start the target application component. + ```ts let wantInfo = { - deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. - bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', - abilityName: 'FuncAbility', + deviceId: '', // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. + bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', + abilityName: 'FuncAbility', } ``` - -- **Implicit Want**: If **abilityName** is not specified when starting the ability, implicit Want is used. + +- **Implicit Want**: If **abilityName** is not specified in the **want** parameter when starting the an application component, implicit Want is used. + Implicit Want can be used when the object used to process the request is unclear and the current application wants to use a capability (defined by the [skills tag](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md#skills)) provided by another application. The system matches all applications that declare to support the capability. For example, for a link open request, the system matches all applications that support the request and provides the available ones for users to select. - + ```ts let wantInfo = { - // Uncomment the line below if you want to implicitly query data only in the specific bundle. - // bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', - action: 'ohos.want.action.search', - // entities can be omitted. - entities: [ 'entity.system.browsable' ], - uri: 'https://www.test.com:8080/query/student', - type: 'text/plain', + // Uncomment the line below if you want to implicitly query data only in the specific bundle. + // bundleName: 'com.example.myapplication', + action: 'ohos.want.action.search', + // entities can be omitted. + entities: [ 'entity.system.browsable' ], + uri: 'https://www.test.com:8080/query/student', + type: 'text/plain', }; ``` - + > **NOTE** - > - Depending on the ability matching result, the following cases may be possible when you attempt to use implicit Want to start the ability. - > - No ability is matched. The startup fails. - > - An ability that meets the conditions is matched. That ability is started. - > - Multiple abilities that meet the conditions are matched. A dialog box is displayed for users to select one of them. + > - Depending on the application component matching result, the following cases may be possible when you attempt to use implicit Want to start the application component. + > - No application component is matched. The startup fails. + > - An application component that meets the conditions is matched. That application component is started. + > - Multiple application components that meet the conditions are matched. A dialog box is displayed for users to select one of them. > > - If the **want** parameter passed does not contain **abilityName** or **bundleName**, the ServiceExtensionAbility components of all applications cannot be started through implicit Want. > diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-development-fa.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-development-fa.md index b766c3420f56a7406bc345911a09bbf91bb6a187..5405cf30050269a97039bc2e9d898da7b5ee1dc8 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-development-fa.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-development-fa.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Before you get started, it would be helpful if you have a basic understanding of Figure 1 shows the working principles of the widget framework. -**Figure 1** Widget framework working principles in the FA model +**Figure 1** Widget framework working principles in the FA model ![form-extension](figures/form-extension.png) The widget host consists of the following modules: @@ -115,55 +115,55 @@ To create a widget in the FA model, implement the widget lifecycle callbacks. Ge import formBindingData from '@ohos.app.form.formBindingData'; import formInfo from '@ohos.app.form.formInfo'; import formProvider from '@ohos.app.form.formProvider'; - import dataStorage from '@ohos.data.storage'; + import dataPreferences from '@ohos.data.preferences'; ``` 2. Implement the widget lifecycle callbacks in **form.ts**. ```ts export default { - onCreate(want) { - console.info('FormAbility onCreate'); - // Called when the widget is created. The widget provider should return the widget data binding class. - let obj = { - "title": "titleOnCreate", - "detail": "detailOnCreate" - }; - let formData = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(obj); - return formData; - }, - onCastToNormal(formId) { - // Called when the widget host converts the temporary widget into a normal one. The widget provider should do something to respond to the conversion. - console.info('FormAbility onCastToNormal'); - }, - onUpdate(formId) { - // Override this method to support scheduled updates, periodic updates, or updates requested by the widget host. - console.info('FormAbility onUpdate'); - let obj = { - "title": "titleOnUpdate", - "detail": "detailOnUpdate" - }; - let formData = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(obj); - formProvider.updateForm(formId, formData).catch((error) => { - console.info('FormAbility updateForm, error:' + JSON.stringify(error)); - }); - }, - onVisibilityChange(newStatus) { - // Called when the widget host initiates an event about visibility changes. The widget provider should do something to respond to the notification. This callback takes effect only for system applications. - console.info('FormAbility onVisibilityChange'); - }, - onEvent(formId, message) { - // If the widget supports event triggering, override this method and implement the trigger. - console.info('FormAbility onEvent'); - }, - onDestroy(formId) { - // Delete widget data. - console.info('FormAbility onDestroy'); - }, - onAcquireFormState(want) { - console.info('FormAbility onAcquireFormState'); - return formInfo.FormState.READY; - }, + onCreate(want) { + console.info('FormAbility onCreate'); + // Called when the widget is created. The widget provider should return the widget data binding class. + let obj = { + "title": "titleOnCreate", + "detail": "detailOnCreate" + }; + let formData = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(obj); + return formData; + }, + onCastToNormal(formId) { + // Called when the widget host converts the temporary widget into a normal one. The widget provider should do something to respond to the conversion. + console.info('FormAbility onCastToNormal'); + }, + onUpdate(formId) { + // Override this method to support scheduled updates, periodic updates, or updates requested by the widget host. + console.info('FormAbility onUpdate'); + let obj = { + "title": "titleOnUpdate", + "detail": "detailOnUpdate" + }; + let formData = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(obj); + formProvider.updateForm(formId, formData).catch((error) => { + console.info('FormAbility updateForm, error:' + JSON.stringify(error)); + }); + }, + onVisibilityChange(newStatus) { + // Called when the widget host initiates an event about visibility changes. The widget provider should do something to respond to the notification. This callback takes effect only for system applications. + console.info('FormAbility onVisibilityChange'); + }, + onEvent(formId, message) { + // If the widget supports event triggering, override this method and implement the trigger. + console.info('FormAbility onEvent'); + }, + onDestroy(formId) { + // Delete widget data. + console.info('FormAbility onDestroy'); + }, + onAcquireFormState(want) { + console.info('FormAbility onAcquireFormState'); + return formInfo.FormState.READY; + }, } ``` @@ -188,15 +188,15 @@ The widget configuration file is named **config.json**. Find the **config.json** ```json - "js": [{ - "name": "widget", - "pages": ["pages/index/index"], - "window": { - "designWidth": 720, - "autoDesignWidth": true - }, - "type": "form" - }] + "js": [{ + "name": "widget", + "pages": ["pages/index/index"], + "window": { + "designWidth": 720, + "autoDesignWidth": true + }, + "type": "form" + }] ``` - The **abilities** module in the **config.json** file corresponds to **FormAbility** of the widget. The internal structure is described as follows: @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ async function storeFormInfo(formId: string, formName: string, tempFlag: boolean "updateCount": 0 }; try { - const storage = await dataStorage.getStorage(DATA_STORAGE_PATH); + const storage = await dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, DATA_STORAGE_PATH); // Put the widget information. await storage.put(formId, JSON.stringify(formInfo)); console.info(`storeFormInfo, put form info successfully, formId: ${formId}`); @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ async function storeFormInfo(formId: string, formName: string, tempFlag: boolean } } -// ... +... onCreate(want) { console.info('FormAbility onCreate'); @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ async function storeFormInfo(formId: string, formName: string, tempFlag: boolean let formData = formBindingData.createFormBindingData(obj); return formData; } -// ... +... ``` You should override **onDestroy** to implement widget data deletion. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ You should override **onDestroy** to implement widget data deletion. const DATA_STORAGE_PATH = "/data/storage/el2/base/haps/form_store"; async function deleteFormInfo(formId: string) { try { - const storage = await dataStorage.getStorage(DATA_STORAGE_PATH); + const storage = await dataPreferences.getPreferences(this.context, DATA_STORAGE_PATH); // Delete the widget information. await storage.delete(formId); console.info(`deleteFormInfo, del form info successfully, formId: ${formId}`); @@ -313,14 +313,14 @@ async function deleteFormInfo(formId: string) { } } -// ... +... onDestroy(formId) { console.info('FormAbility onDestroy'); // Delete the persistent widget instance data. // Implement this API based on project requirements. deleteFormInfo(formId); } -// ... +... ``` For details about how to implement persistent data storage, see [Application Data Persistence Overview](../database/app-data-persistence-overview.md). @@ -543,4 +543,3 @@ The following is an example: } } ``` - diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-switch.md index 2f8a0a41b2e1b20824a19d08c98f67e39cd05df6..bec5f69afa3b058471075847c41dc131da32c977 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/widget-switch.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Widget switching involves the following parts: | Configuration item location | **formAbility** and **forms** are in the **config.json** file.| **extensionAbilities** (configuration for **formExtensionAbility**) is in the **module.json5** file in the level-1 directory, and **forms** (configuration for **forms** contained in **formExtensionAbility**) is in the **form_config.json** file in the level-2 directory.| | Widget code path | Specified by **srcPath**, without the file name. | Specified by **srcEntry**, with the file name. | | Programming language | **srcLanguage** can be set to **js** or **ets**. | This configuration item is unavailable. Only ets is supported. | -| Whether to enable widgets | formsEnabled | This configuration item is unavailable. The setting of **type** set to **form** means that the widgets are enabled. | +| Whether to enable widgets | formsEnabled | This configuration item is unavailable. When **type** is set to **form**, widgets are enabled. | | Ability type | type: service | type: form | | Level-2 directory configuration tag| This configuration item is unavailable. | **metadata**, which consists of **name**, **value**, and **resource**, where **resource** points to the location of the **form_config.json** file in the level-2 directory.| diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/window-switch.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/window-switch.md index 379f0282b1e50e856d0010a9087622e2e1363d89..50983da9dba7f2a044e5e045abf4874a4e920961 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/window-switch.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/window-switch.md @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ # window Switching -| API in the FA Model| Corresponding d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| + | API in the FA Model| Corresponding .d.ts File in the Stage Model| Corresponding API in the Stage Model| | -------- | -------- | -------- | | [create(id: string, type: WindowType, callback: AsyncCallback<Window>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowcreatedeprecated)
[create(id: string, type: WindowType): Promise<Window>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowcreatedeprecated-1) | \@ohos.window.d.ts | [createSubWindow(name: string, callback: AsyncCallback<Window>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#createsubwindow9)
[createSubWindow(name: string): Promise;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#createsubwindow9-1)
An application developed on the FA model uses **window.create(id, WindowType.TYPE_APP)** to create a subwindow, whereas an application developed on the stage model uses **WindowStage.CreateSubWindow()** to create a subwindow.| | [getTopWindow(callback: AsyncCallback<Window>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowgettopwindowdeprecated)
[getTopWindow(): Promise<Window>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowgettopwindowdeprecated-1) | \@ohos.window.d.ts | [getLastWindow(ctx: BaseContext, callback: AsyncCallback<Window>): void;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowgetlastwindow9)
[getLastWindow(ctx: BaseContext): Promise<Window>;](../reference/apis/js-apis-window.md#windowgetlastwindow9-1) | - diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-models/windowextensionability.md b/en/application-dev/application-models/windowextensionability.md index 0f6e28b89790cfa1dd7dc471ed3a450280f19a4a..541f7e14bd14bfac4f79cf04fdef234c0eb1b83b 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-models/windowextensionability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-models/windowextensionability.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# WindowExtensionAbility +# WindowExtensionAbility (for System Applications Only) [WindowExtensionAbility](../reference/apis/js-apis-application-windowExtensionAbility.md) is a type of ExtensionAbility component that allows a system application to be embedded in and displayed over another application. @@ -11,19 +11,19 @@ the context is [WindowExtensionContext](../reference/apis/js-apis-inner-applicat > **NOTE** > -> **WindowExtensionAbility** is a system API. To embed a third-party application in another application and display it over the application, switch to the full SDK by following the instructions provided in [Guide to Switching to Full SDK](../../application-dev/quick-start/full-sdk-switch-guide.md). +> **WindowExtensionAbility** is a system API. To use it, switch to the full SDK by following the instructions provided in [Guide to Switching to Full SDK](../faqs/full-sdk-switch-guide.md). > -## Setting an Embedded UIAbility (for System Applications Only) +## Setting an Embedded UIAbility The **WindowExtensionAbility** class provides **onConnect()**, **onDisconnect()**, and **onWindowReady()** lifecycle callbacks, which can be overridden. -- The **onWindowReady()** callback is invoked when a window is created for the ability. +- The **onWindowReady()** callback is invoked when a window is created for the UIAbility. -- The **onConnect()** callback is invoked when the AbilityComponent corresponding to the window connects to the ability. +- The **onConnect()** callback is invoked when the AbilityComponent corresponding to the window connects to the UIAbility. -- The **onDisconnect()** callback is invoked when the AbilityComponent disconnects from the ability. +- The **onDisconnect()** callback is invoked when the AbilityComponent disconnects from the UIAbility. **How to Develop** @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To implement an embedded application, manually create a WindowExtensionAbility i onWindowReady(window) { window.loadContent('WindowExtAbility/pages/index1').then(() => { window.getProperties().then((pro) => { - console.log("WindowExtension " + JSON.stringify(pro)); + console.info("WindowExtension " + JSON.stringify(pro)); }) window.show(); }) @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ To implement an embedded application, manually create a WindowExtensionAbility i ``` -## Starting an Embedded UIAbility (for System Applications Only) +## Starting an Embedded UIAbility System applications can load the created WindowExtensionAbility through the AbilityComponent. @@ -110,4 +110,5 @@ System applications can load the created WindowExtensionAbility through the Abil .backgroundColor(0x64BB5c) } } - ``` \ No newline at end of file + ``` + diff --git a/en/application-dev/application-test/arkxtest-guidelines.md b/en/application-dev/application-test/arkxtest-guidelines.md index 64edba5e9f4d4ebbd6b7bfbff44c4b01c8a67d4d..00c733c7c37676511ccab4d53dc9992b01456ff8 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/application-test/arkxtest-guidelines.md +++ b/en/application-dev/application-test/arkxtest-guidelines.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ## Overview -To accelerate test automation of OpenHarmony, arkXtest — an automated test framework that supports both the JavaScript (JS) and TypeScript (TS) programming languages — is provided. +To accelerate test automation of OpenHarmony, arkXtest — an automated unit and UI test framework that supports both the JavaScript (JS) and TypeScript (TS) programming languages — is provided. In this document you will learn about the key functions of arkXtest and how to use it to perform unit testing on application or system APIs and to write UI automated test scripts. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ In this document you will learn about the key functions of arkXtest and how to u arkXtest is part of the OpenHarmony toolkit and provides basic capabilities of writing and running OpenHarmony automated test scripts. In terms of test script writing, arkXtest offers a wide range of APIs, including basic process APIs, assertion APIs, and APIs related to UI operations. In terms of test script running, arkXtest offers such features as identifying, scheduling, and executing test scripts, as well as summarizing test script execution results. -### Principles +### Implementation arkXtest is divided into two parts: unit test framework and UI test framework. @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ arkXtest is divided into two parts: unit test framework and UI test framework. ![](figures/TestFlow.PNG) -- UI Testing Framework +- UI Test Framework - The UI test framework provides [UiTest APIs](../reference/apis/js-apis-uitest.md) for you to call in different test scenarios. The test scripts are executed on top of the unit test framework mentioned above. + The UI test framework provides [UiTest APIs](../reference/apis/js-apis-uitest.md) for you to call in different test scenarios. The UI test scripts are executed on top of the aformentioned unit test framework. The figure below shows the main functions of the UI test framework. ![](figures/Uitest.PNG) -### Limitations and Constraints +### Constraints - The features of the UI test framework are available only in OpenHarmony 3.1 and later versions. - The feature availability of the unit test framework varies by version. For details about the mappings between the features and versions, see [arkXtest](https://gitee.com/openharmony/testfwk_arkxtest/blob/master/README_en.md). @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ arkXtest is divided into two parts: unit test framework and UI test framework. ### Environment Requirements -Software for writing test scripts: DevEco Studio 3.0 or later +Software: DevEco Studio 3.0 or later -Hardware for running test scripts: PC connected to an OpenHarmony device, such as the RK3568 development board +Hardware: PC connected to an OpenHarmony device, such as the RK3568 development board ### Setting Up the Environment @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Hardware for running test scripts: PC connected to an OpenHarmony device, such a ## Creating a Test Script -1. Open DevEco Studio and create a project, where the **ohos** directory is where the test script is located. +1. Open DevEco Studio and create a project, in which the **ohos** directory is where the test script is located. 2. Open the .ets file of the module to be tested in the project directory. Move the cursor to any position in the code, and then right-click and choose **Show Context Actions** > **Create Ohos Test** or press **Alt+Enter** and choose **Create Ohos Test** to create a test class. ## Writing a Unit Test Script @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ export default function abilityTest() { The unit test script must contain the following basic elements: -1. Import of the dependency package so that the dependent test APIs can be used. +1. Import of the dependencies so that the dependent test APIs can be used. 2. Test code, mainly about the related logic, such as API invoking. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ The unit test script must contain the following basic elements: You write a UI test script based on the unit test framework, adding the invoking of APIs provided by the UI test framework to implement the corresponding test logic. -In this example, the UI test script is written based on the preceding unit test script. First, add the dependency package, as shown below: +In this example, the UI test script is written based on the preceding unit test script. First, import the dependency, as shown below: ```js import {Driver,ON,Component,MatchPattern} from '@ohos.uitest' @@ -158,11 +158,9 @@ export default function abilityTest() { You can run a test script in DevEco Studio in any of the following modes: -1. Test package level: All test cases in the test package are executed. - -2. Test suite level: All test cases defined in the **describe** method are executed. - -3. Test method level: The specified **it** method, that is, a single test case, is executed. +- Test package level: All test cases in the test package are executed. +- Test suite level: All test cases defined in the **describe** method are executed. +- Test method level: The specified **it** method, that is, a single test case, is executed. ![](figures/Execute.PNG) @@ -176,7 +174,7 @@ After the test is complete, you can view the test result in DevEco Studio, as sh To run a test script in the CLI, execute **aa** commands with different execution control keywords. -Parameters in aa test commands +The table below lists the keywords in **aa** test commands. | Keyword | Abbreviation| Description | Example | | ------------- | ------------ | -------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | @@ -187,18 +185,18 @@ Parameters in aa test commands The framework supports multiple test case execution modes, which are triggered by the key-value pair following the **-s** keyword. The table below lists the available keys and values. -| Key | Description | Value | Parameter | +| Key | Description | Value | Example | | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------- | -| unittest | OpenHarmonyTestRunner object used for test case execution. | **OpenHarmonyTestRunner** or custom runner name. | - s unittest OpenHarmonyTestRunner | +| unittest | **OpenHarmonyTestRunner** object used for test case execution. | **OpenHarmonyTestRunner** or custom runner name. | - s unittest OpenHarmonyTestRunner | | class | Test suite or test case to be executed. | {describeName}#{itName}, {describeName} | -s class attributeTest#testAttributeIt | | notClass | Test suite or test case that does not need to be executed. | {describeName}#{itName}, {describeName} | -s notClass attributeTest#testAttributeIt | | itName | Test case to be executed. | {itName} | -s itName testAttributeIt | | timeout | Timeout interval for executing a test case. | Positive integer (unit: ms). If no value is set, the default value 5000 is used. | -s timeout 15000 | -| breakOnError | Whether to enable break-on-error mode. When this mode is enabled, the test execution process exits if a test assertion error or any other error occurs.| **true**/**false** (default value) | -s breakOnError true | +| breakOnError | Whether to enable break-on-error mode. When this mode is enabled, the test execution process exits if a test assertion failure or error occurs.| **true**/**false** (default value) | -s breakOnError true | | random | Whether to execute test cases in random sequence.| **true**/**false** (default value) | -s random true | | testType | Type of the test case to be executed. | function, performance, power, reliability, security, global, compatibility, user, standard, safety, resilience| -s testType function | | level | Level of the test case to be executed. | 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 | -s level 0 | -| size | Size of the test case to be executed. | small, medium, large | -s size small | +| size | Size of the test case to be executed. | small, medium, large | -s size small | stress | Number of times that the test case is executed. | Positive integer | -s stress 1000 | **Running Commands** @@ -306,7 +304,7 @@ OHOS_REPORT_STATUS: consuming=4 | OHOS_REPORT_STATUS: stream | Error information of the current test case.| | OHOS_REPORT_STATUS: test| Name of the current test case.| | OHOS_REPORT_STATUS_CODE | Execution result of the current test case. The options are as follows:
**0**: pass
**1**: error
**2**: fail| -| OHOS_REPORT_STATUS: consuming | Execution duration of the current test case.| +| OHOS_REPORT_STATUS: consuming | Time spent in executing the current test case.| - After the commands are executed, the log information similar to the following is displayed: @@ -324,7 +322,7 @@ OHOS_REPORT_STATUS: taskconsuming=16029 | Failure | Number of failed test cases.| | Error | Number of test cases whose execution encounters errors. | | Pass | Number of passed test cases.| -| Ignore | Number of test cases not executed.| +| Ignore | Number of test cases not yet executed.| | taskconsuming| Total time spent in executing the current test case.| > When an error occurs in break-on-error mode, check the **Ignore** and interrupt information. @@ -341,11 +339,11 @@ The logs added to the test case are displayed after the test case execution, rat **Possible Causes** -More than one asynchronous interface is called in the test case.
In principle, logs in the test case are printed before the test case execution is complete. +More than one asynchronous API is called in the test case.
In principle, logs in the test case are printed before the test case execution is complete. **Solution** -If more than one asynchronous interface is called, you are advised to encapsulate the interface invoking into the promise mode +If more than one asynchronous API is called, you are advised to encapsulate the API invoking into the promise mode. #### Error "fail to start ability" is reported during test case execution @@ -373,7 +371,7 @@ After the test case execution is complete, the console displays the error messag 2. The time taken for API invocation is longer than the timeout interval set for test case execution. -3. Test assertion fails, and a failure exception is thrown. As a result, the test case execution does not end until the timeout expires. +3. Test assertion fails, and a failure exception is thrown. As a result, the test case execution does not end until it times out. **Solution** @@ -388,11 +386,11 @@ After the test case execution is complete, the console displays the error messag **Problem** -The UI test case fails to be executed. The HiLog file contains the error message "Get windows failed/GetRootByWindow failed". +The UI test case fails to be executed. The HiLog file contains the error message "Get windows failed/GetRootByWindow failed." **Possible Causes** -The ArkUI feature is disabled. As a result, the control tree information on the test page is not generated. +The ArkUI feature is disabled. As a result, the component tree information is not generated on the test page. **Solution** @@ -410,13 +408,13 @@ The UI test case fails to be executed. The HiLog file contains the error message **Possible Causes** -1. In the test case, the **await** operator is not added to the asynchronous interface provided by the UI test framework. +1. In the test case, the **await** operator is not added to the asynchronous API provided by the UI test framework. 2. The UI test case is executed in multiple processes. As a result, multiple UI test processes are started. The framework does not support multi-process invoking. **Solution** -1. Check the case implementation and add the **await** operator to the asynchronous interface invoking. +1. Check the case implementation and add the **await** operator to the asynchronous API. 2. Do not execute UI test cases in multiple processes. @@ -424,11 +422,11 @@ The UI test case fails to be executed. The HiLog file contains the error message **Problem** -The UI test case fails to be executed. The HiLog file contains the error message "does not exist on current UI! Check if the UI has changed after you got the widget object". +The UI test case fails to be executed. The HiLog file contains the error message "does not exist on current UI! Check if the UI has changed after you got the widget object." **Possible Causes** -After the target component is found in the code of the test case, the device UI changes. As a result, the found component is lost and the emulation operation cannot be performed. +After the target component is found in the code of the test case, the device UI changes, resulting in loss of the found component and inability to perform emulation. **Solution** diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/Readme-EN.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/Readme-EN.md index 59df854e8a37289cc9dcf55ed2f7d8110a7c84d0..c09ca21b6d0814bd1cd2cecb95b0d2896fada8c4 100755 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/Readme-EN.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/Readme-EN.md @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ - [HTTP Data Request](http-request.md) - [WebSocket Connection](websocket-connection.md) - [Socket Connection](socket-connection.md) - - [Network Policy Management](net-policy-management.md) - [Network Sharing](net-sharing.md) - [Ethernet Connection](net-ethernet.md) - [Network Connection Management](net-connection-manager.md) diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/http-request.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/http-request.md index 45a20ef6a48d0746a1c82a0e1b577d7354e8938d..1bb784cf96fb1d74dcbafed54498435f505814b6 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/http-request.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/http-request.md @@ -78,6 +78,8 @@ httpRequest.request( // data.header carries the HTTP response header. Parse the content based on service requirements. console.info('header:' + JSON.stringify(data.header)); console.info('cookies:' + JSON.stringify(data.cookies)); // 8+ + // Call the destroy() method to release resources after HttpRequest is complete. + httpRequest.destroy(); } else { console.info('error:' + JSON.stringify(err)); // Unsubscribe from HTTP Response Header events. @@ -158,4 +160,11 @@ httpRequest.request2( httpRequest.destroy(); } ); -``` \ No newline at end of file +``` + +## Samples + +The following sample is provided to help you better understand how to develop the HTTP data request feature: + +- [`Http`: Data Request (ArkTS) (API9)](https://gitee.com/openharmony/applications_app_samples/tree/master/code/BasicFeature/Connectivity/Http) +- [HTTP Communication (ArkTS) (API9)](https://gitee.com/openharmony/codelabs/tree/master/NetworkManagement/SmartChatEtsOH) diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-development-guideline.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-development-guideline.md index 89bff0d4a168c74309f6bc711a3725fd4c9aad1b..b9bbb0608dfb83ba6d2198b063e68c4b324bbd88 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-development-guideline.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-development-guideline.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# IPC & RPC Development +# IPC & RPC Development Guidelines ## When to Use @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs | Class| API| Description| | -------- | -------- | -------- | -| [IRemoteBroker](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#iremotebroker) | sptr<IRemoteObject> AsObject() | Holder of a remote proxy object. If you call this API on the stub, the **RemoteObject** is returned; if you call this API on the proxy, the proxy object is returned.| -| IRemoteStub | virtual int OnRemoteRequest(uint32_t code, MessageParcel &data, MessageParcel &reply, MessageOption &option) | Callback used to process a request from the proxy and return the result. Derived classes need to override this API.| +| [IRemoteBroker](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#iremotebroker) | sptr<IRemoteObject> AsObject() | Obtains the holder of a remote proxy object. If you call this API on the stub, the **RemoteObject** is returned; if you call this API on the proxy, the proxy object is returned.| +| IRemoteStub | virtual int OnRemoteRequest(uint32_t code, MessageParcel &data, MessageParcel &reply, MessageOption &option) | Called to process a request from the proxy and return the result. Derived classes need to override this API.| | IRemoteProxy | | Service proxy class, which is derived from the **IRemoteProxy** class.| @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs external_deps = [ "ipc:ipc_single", ] - + #RPC scenario external_deps = [ "ipc:ipc_core", @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs ```c++ #include "iremote_broker.h" - + // Define message codes. - const int TRANS_ID_PING_ABILITY = 5 - + const int TRANS_ID_PING_ABILITY = 5; + const std::string DESCRIPTOR = "test.ITestAbility"; - + class ITestAbility : public IRemoteBroker { public: // DECLARE_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR is mandatory, and the input parameter is std::u16string. @@ -71,13 +71,13 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs ```c++ #include "iability_test.h" #include "iremote_stub.h" - + class TestAbilityStub : public IRemoteStub { public: virtual int OnRemoteRequest(uint32_t code, MessageParcel &data, MessageParcel &reply, MessageOption &option) override; int TestPingAbility(const std::u16string &dummy) override; }; - + int TestAbilityStub::OnRemoteRequest(uint32_t code, MessageParcel &data, MessageParcel &reply, MessageOption &option) { @@ -98,12 +98,12 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs ```c++ #include "iability_server_test.h" - + class TestAbility : public TestAbilityStub { public: int TestPingAbility(const std::u16string &dummy); } - + int TestAbility::TestPingAbility(const std::u16string &dummy) { return 0; } @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs #include "iability_test.h" #include "iremote_proxy.h" #include "iremote_object.h" - + class TestAbilityProxy : public IRemoteProxy { public: explicit TestAbilityProxy(const sptr &impl); @@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs private: static inline BrokerDelegator delegator_; // Use the iface_cast macro. } - + TestAbilityProxy::TestAbilityProxy(const sptr &impl) : IRemoteProxy(impl) { } - + int TestAbilityProxy::TestPingAbility(const std::u16string &dummy){ MessageOption option; MessageParcel dataParcel, replyParcel; @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs // Register the TestAbilityStub instance with the SystemAbilityManager on the same device as the SA. auto samgr = SystemAbilityManagerClient::GetInstance().GetSystemAbilityManager(); samgr->AddSystemAbility(saId, new TestAbility()); - + // Register the TestAbilityStub instance with the SystemAbilityManager on a different device. auto samgr = SystemAbilityManagerClient::GetInstance().GetSystemAbilityManager(); ISystemAbilityManager::SAExtraProp saExtra; @@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs sptr samgr = SystemAbilityManagerClient::GetInstance().GetSystemAbilityManager(); sptr remoteObject = samgr->GetSystemAbility(saId); sptr testAbility = iface_cast(remoteObject); // Use the iface_cast macro to convert the proxy to a specific type. - + // Obtain the proxy of the SA registered with any other devices. sptr samgr = SystemAbilityManagerClient::GetInstance().GetSystemAbilityManager(); - + // networkId is the device identifier and can be obtained through GetLocalNodeDeviceInfo. sptr remoteObject = samgr->GetSystemAbility(saId, networkId); sptr proxy(new TestAbilityProxy(remoteObject)); // Construct a proxy. @@ -180,59 +180,97 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs 1. Add dependencies. ```ts - import rpc from "@ohos.rpc" - import featureAbility from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility" + import rpc from "@ohos.rpc"; + // Import @ohos.ability.featureAbility only for the application developed based on the FA model. + // import featureAbility from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility"; ``` - + If you use the stage model, you need to obtain the context. The sample code is as follows: + + ```ts + import Ability from "@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility"; + + export default class MainAbility extends Ability { + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onCreate"); + globalThis.context = this.context; + } + onDestroy() { + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onDestroy"); + } + onWindowStageCreate(windowStage) { + // Main window is created, set main page for this ability + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onWindowStageCreate"); + } + onWindowStageDestroy() { + // Main window is destroyed, release UI related resources + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onWindowStageDestroy"); + } + onForeground() { + // Ability has brought to foreground + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onForeground"); + } + onBackground() { + // Ability has back to background + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onBackground"); + } + } + ``` 2. Bind the desired ability. - Construct the **want** variable, and specify the bundle name and component name of the application where the ability is located. If cross-device communication is involved, also specify the network ID of the target device, which can be obtained through **deviceManager**. Then, construct the **connect** variable, and specify the callback that is called when the binding is successful, the binding fails, or the ability is disconnected. After that, call the API provided by **featureAbility** to bind an ability. + Construct the **want** variable, and specify the bundle name and component name of the application where the ability is located. If cross-device communication is involved, also specify the network ID of the target device, which can be obtained through **deviceManager**. Then, construct the **connect** variable, and specify the callback that is called when the binding is successful, the binding fails, or the ability is disconnected. If you use the FA model, call the API provided by **featureAbility** to bind an ability. If you use the stage model, obtain a service instance through **Context**, and then call the API provided by **featureAbility** to bind an ability. ```ts - import rpc from "@ohos.rpc" - import featureAbility from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility" - - let proxy = null - let connectId = null - + import rpc from "@ohos.rpc"; + // Import @ohos.ability.featureAbility only for the application developed based on the FA model. + // import featureAbility from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility"; + + let proxy = null; + let connectId = null; + // Bind the ability on a single device. let want = { // Enter the bundle name and ability name. "bundleName": "ohos.rpc.test.server", "abilityName": "ohos.rpc.test.server.ServiceAbility", - } + }; let connect = { onConnect:function(elementName, remote) { - proxy = remote + proxy = remote; }, onDisconnect:function(elementName) { }, onFailed:function() { - proxy = null + proxy = null; } - } - connectId = featureAbility.connectAbility(want, connect) - + }; + // Use this method to connect to the ability in the FA model. + // connectId = featureAbility.connectAbility(want, connect); + + connectId = globalThis.context.connectServiceExtensionAbility(want,connect); + // If you're binding the ability across devices, use deviceManager to obtain the network ID of the target device. - import deviceManager from '@ohos.distributedHardware.deviceManager' + import deviceManager from '@ohos.distributedHardware.deviceManager'; function deviceManagerCallback(deviceManager) { - let deviceList = deviceManager.getTrustedDeviceListSync() - let networkId = deviceList[0].networkId + let deviceList = deviceManager.getTrustedDeviceListSync(); + let networkId = deviceList[0].networkId; let want = { "bundleName": "ohos.rpc.test.server", "abilityName": "ohos.rpc.test.service.ServiceAbility", "networkId": networkId, "flags": 256 - } - connectId = featureAbility.connectAbility(want, connect) + }; + // The ID returned after the connection is set up must be saved. The ID will be passed for service disconnection. + // Use this method to connect to the ability in the FA model. + // connectId = featureAbility.connectAbility(want, connect); + + connectId = globalThis.context.connectServiceExtensionAbility(want,connect); } // The first parameter specifies the bundle name of the application, and the second parameter specifies the callback used to return the device ID obtained by using DeviceManager. - deviceManager.createDeviceManager("ohos.rpc.test", deviceManagerCallback) + deviceManager.createDeviceManager("ohos.rpc.test", deviceManagerCallback); ``` - 3. Process requests sent from the client. @@ -240,77 +278,79 @@ Table 1 Native IPC APIs ```ts onConnect(want: Want) { - var robj:rpc.RemoteObject = new Stub("rpcTestAbility") - return robj + var robj:rpc.RemoteObject = new Stub("rpcTestAbility"); + return robj; } class Stub extends rpc.RemoteObject { constructor(descriptor) { - super(descriptor) + super(descriptor); } onRemoteMessageRequest(code, data, reply, option) { // Process requests sent from the client based on the code. - return true + return true; } } ``` - - 4. Process responses sent from the server. - Obtain the proxy object from the **onConnect** callback, call **sendRequestAsync** to send a request, and receive the response using a callback or a promise (an object representing the eventual completion or failure of an asynchronous operation and its result value). + Obtain the proxy object from the **onConnect** callback, call **sendRequest** to send a request, and receive the response using a callback or a promise (an object representing the eventual completion or failure of an asynchronous operation and its result value). ```ts // Use a promise. - let option = new rpc.MessageOption() - let data = rpc.MessageParcel.create() - let reply = rpc.MessageParcel.create() + let option = new rpc.MessageOption(); + let data = rpc.MessageParcel.create(); + let reply = rpc.MessageParcel.create(); // Write parameters to data. - proxy.sendRequestAsync(1, data, reply, option) + proxy.sendRequest(1, data, reply, option) .then(function(result) { if (result.errCode != 0) { - console.error("send request failed, errCode: " + result.errCode) - return + console.error("send request failed, errCode: " + result.errCode); + return; } // Read the result from result.reply. }) .catch(function(e) { - console.error("send request got exception: " + e) - } + console.error("send request got exception: " + e); + }) .finally(() => { - data.reclaim() - reply.reclaim() + data.reclaim(); + reply.reclaim(); }) - + // Use a callback. function sendRequestCallback(result) { try { if (result.errCode != 0) { - console.error("send request failed, errCode: " + result.errCode) - return + console.error("send request failed, errCode: " + result.errCode); + return; } // Read the result from result.reply. } finally { - result.data.reclaim() - result.reply.reclaim() + result.data.reclaim(); + result.reply.reclaim(); } } - let option = new rpc.MessageOption() - let data = rpc.MessageParcel.create() - let reply = rpc.MessageParcel.create() + let option = new rpc.MessageOption(); + let data = rpc.MessageParcel.create(); + let reply = rpc.MessageParcel.create(); // Write parameters to data. - proxy.sendRequest(1, data, reply, option, sendRequestCallback) + proxy.sendRequest(1, data, reply, option, sendRequestCallback); ``` 5. Tear down the connection. - Use the API provided by **featureAbility** to tear down the connection when the communication is over. + If you use the FA model, call the API provided by **featureAbility** to tear down the connection when the communication is over. If you use the stage model, obtain a service instance through **Context**, and then call the API provided by **featureAbility** to tear down the connection. ```ts - import rpc from "@ohos.rpc" - import featureAbility from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility" + import rpc from "@ohos.rpc"; + // Import @ohos.ability.featureAbility only for the application developed based on the FA model. + // import featureAbility from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility"; function disconnectCallback() { - console.info("disconnect ability done") + console.info("disconnect ability done"); } - featureAbility.disconnectAbility(connectId, disconnectCallback) + // Use this method to disconnect from the ability in the FA model. + // featureAbility.disconnectAbility(connectId, disconnectCallback); + + globalThis.context.disconnectServiceExtensionAbility(connectId); ``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-overview.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-overview.md index 29fdec791c9a6b96d2ae2138b47a9b8dc48c050b..995071ebf893e33240019fd35ee1bff30506f151 100755 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/ipc-rpc-overview.md @@ -3,42 +3,25 @@ ## Basic Concepts -The inter-process communication (IPC) and remote procedure call (RPC) mechanisms are used to implement cross-process communication. The difference between them lies in that IPC uses the Binder driver to implement cross-process communication within a device, whereas RPC uses the DSoftBus driver to implement cross-process communication across devices. +The inter-process communication (IPC) and remote procedure call (RPC) mechanisms are used to implement cross-process communication. The difference between them lies in that IPC uses the Binder driver to implement cross-process communication within a device, whereas RPC uses the DSoftBus driver to implement cross-process communication across devices. The reason why cross-process communication is needed is that each process has its own independent resources and memory space and one process is not allowed to access the resources and memory space of other processes. -The reason why cross-process communication is needed is that each process has its own independent resources and memory space and one process is not allowed to access the resources and memory space of other processes. IPC and RPC usually use the client-server model, where the client (service requester, that is, the process that requests a service) obtains the proxy of the server (service provider, that is, the process that provides the service) and uses the proxy to read and write data to implement data communication across processes. More specifically, the client constructs a proxy object of the server. The proxy object has the same functions as the server. To access a certain API of the server, you only need to access the corresponding API in the proxy object. The proxy object sends the request to the server, and the server processes the received request and returns the processing result to the proxy object through the driver. Then, the proxy object forwards the processing result to the client. The server registers system abilities (SAs) with the system ability manager (SAMgr), which manages the SAs and provides APIs for clients. To communicate with a specific SA, the client must obtain the proxy of the SA from SAMgr. +> **NOTE** +> The applications in the stage model cannot use IPC or RPC directly, and must use the following capabilities to implement related service scenarios: +>- [Background services](../application-models/background-services.md): use IPC to implement service invocation across processes. +>- [Multi-device collaboration](../application-models/hop-multi-device-collaboration.md): uses RPC to call remote interfaces and transfer data. -In the following sections, proxy represents the service requester, and stub represents the service provider. -![IPC&RPC communication mechanisms](figures/IPC_RPC_communication.PNG) +## Implementation Principles +IPC and RPC usually use the client-server model, where the client (service requester, that is, the process that requests a service) obtains the proxy of the server (service provider, that is, the process that provides the service) and uses the proxy to read and write data to implement data communication across processes. More specifically, the client constructs a proxy object of the server. The proxy object has the same functions as the server. To access a certain API of the server, you only need to access the corresponding API in the proxy object. The proxy object sends the request to the server, and the server processes the received request and returns the processing result to the proxy object through the driver. Then, the proxy object forwards the processing result to the client. The server registers system abilities (SAs) with the system ability manager (SAMgr), which manages the SAs and provides APIs for clients. To communicate with a specific SA, the client must obtain the proxy of the SA from SAMgr. In the following sections, proxy represents the service requester, and stub represents the service provider. -## Constraints - -- During cross-process communication within a single device, the maximum amount of data to be transmitted is about 1 MB. If the amount of data to be transmitted exceeds this limit, use the [anonymous shared memory](https://gitee.com/openharmony/docs/blob/master/en/application-dev/reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#ashmem8). -- Subscription to death notifications of anonymous stub objects (not registered with SAMgr) is prohibited in RPC. -- During cross-process communication across processes, a proxy object cannot be passed back to the device that hosts the stub object pointed by the proxy object. That is, the proxy object pointing to the stub object of the remote device cannot be passed across processes twice on the local device. - -## **Recommendations** - -First, compile an API class and define message codes in the API class for both communication parties to identify operations. Unimplemented APIs are allowed in the API class because it must be inherited by both communication parties and its inheritance classes cannot be abstract classes. When inheriting the API class, both communication parties must implement the unimplemented APIs, so as to make sure that the inheritance classes are not abstract classes. - -Then, implement the API class specific to the stub, and override the **AsObject** and **OnRemoteRequest** APIs. In addition, compile the proxy to implement the APIs in the API class and override the **AsObject** API. You can also encapsulate an additional API for calling **SendRequest** to send data to the peer. - -After the preceding operations are done, register a system ability (SA) with SAMgr. Note that the registration should be completed in the process that hosts the stub. Then, obtain the proxy from SAMgr as needed to implement cross-process communication with the stub. +![IPC & RPC communication mechanisms] (figures/IPC_RPC_communication.PNG) -Related steps are as follows: -- Implementing the API class: Inherit **IRemoteBroker**, define message codes, and declare APIs that are not implemented in the API class. - -- Implementing the service provider (stub): Inherit **IRemoteStub** or **RemoteObject**, and override the **AsObject** and **OnRemoteRequest** APIs. - -- Implementing the service requester (proxy): Inherit **IRemoteProxy** or **RemoteProxy**, override the **AsObject** API, and encapsulate the required API to call **SendRequest**. - -- Registering the SA: Apply for a unique ID for the SA, and register the SA with SAMgr. - -- Obtaining the SA: Obtain the proxy based on the SA ID and device ID, and use the proxy to communicate with the remote end. +## Constraints +- A maximum of 1 MB data can be transferred in cross-process communication on a single device. If the amount of data to be transmitted is larger than 1 MB, use [anonymous shared memory](../reference/apis/js-apis-rpc.md#ashmem8). -## Related Modules +- Subscription to death notifications of anonymous stub objects (not registered with SAMgr) is prohibited in RPC. -[Distributed Ability Manager Service Framework](https://gitee.com/openharmony/ability_dmsfwk) +- During cross-process communication across processes, a proxy object cannot be passed back to the device that hosts the stub object pointed by the proxy object. That is, the proxy object pointing to the stub object of the remote device cannot be passed across processes twice on the local device. diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-connection-manager.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-connection-manager.md index 5ee75a717882c3344612e741b2e197fa6e57509d..c443c93759caddbc5203b65022426882c0bb960b 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-connection-manager.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-connection-manager.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ For the complete list of APIs and example code, see [Network Connection Manageme | ---- | ---- | ---- | | ohos.net.connection | function getDefaultNet(callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Creates a **NetHandle** object that contains the **netId** of the default network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function getGlobalHttpProxy10+(callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Obtains the global HTTP proxy for the network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.connection | function setGlobalHttpProxy10+(httpProxy: HttpProxy, callback: AsyncCallback): void;| Sets the global HTTP proxy for the network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| +| ohos.net.connection | function setGlobalHttpProxy10+(httpProxy: HttpProxy, callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Sets the global HTTP proxy for the network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function getAppNet9+(callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Obtains a **NetHandle** object that contains the **netId** of the network bound to the application. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function setAppNet9+(netHandle: NetHandle, callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Binds an application to the specified network. The application can access the external network only through this network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function getDefaultNetSync9+(): NetHandle; |Obtains the default active data network in synchronous mode. You can use **getNetCapabilities** to obtain information such as the network type and capabilities.| @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ For the complete list of APIs and example code, see [Network Connection Manageme | ohos.net.connection | function getAllNets(callback: AsyncCallback\>): void;| Obtains the list of **NetHandle** objects of the connected network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function getConnectionProperties(netHandle: NetHandle, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Obtains link information of the default network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function getNetCapabilities(netHandle: NetHandle, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Obtains the capability set of the default network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.connection | function isDefaultNetMetered9+(callback: AsyncCallback): void; |Checks whether the data traffic usage on the current network is metered. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| +| ohos.net.connection | function isDefaultNetMetered9+(callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Checks whether the data traffic usage on the current network is metered. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function reportNetConnected(netHandle: NetHandle, callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Reports a **netAavailable** event to NetManager. If this API is called, the application considers that its network status (ohos.net.connection.NetCap.NET_CAPABILITY_VAILDATED) is inconsistent with that of NetManager. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function reportNetDisconnected(netHandle: NetHandle, callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Reports a **netAavailable** event to NetManager. If this API is called, the application considers that its network status (ohos.net.connection.NetCap.NET_CAPABILITY_VAILDATED) is inconsistent with that of NetManager. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| | ohos.net.connection | function getAddressesByName(host: string, callback: AsyncCallback\>): void; |Obtains all IP addresses of the specified network by resolving the domain name. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-mgmt-overview.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-mgmt-overview.md index 043d41768f89dd851839eae893b7ba4409395f5e..58744b6c3a4f015413a261cdff2fd8a9c10de599 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-mgmt-overview.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-mgmt-overview.md @@ -2,13 +2,12 @@ Network management functions include: -- [HTTP data request](http-request.md): initiates a data request through HTTP. -- [WebSocket connection](websocket-connection.md): establishes a bidirectional connection between the server and client through WebSocket. -- [Socket connection](socket-connection.md): transmits data through Socket. -- [Network policy management](net-policy-management.md): restricts network capabilities by setting network policies, including cellular network policy, sleep/power-saving mode policy, and background network policy, and resets network policies as needed. -- [Network sharing](net-sharing.md): shares a device's Internet connection with other connected devices by means of Wi-Fi hotspot, Bluetooth, and USB sharing, and queries the network sharing state and shared mobile data volume. -- [Ethernet connection](net-ethernet.md): provides wired network capabilities, which allow you to set the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and Domain Name System (DNS) server of a wired network. -- [Network connection management](net-connection-manager.md): provides basic network management capabilities, including management of Wi-Fi/cellular/Ethernet connection priorities, network quality evaluation, subscription to network connection status changes, query of network connection information, and DNS resolution. +- [HTTP data request](http-request.md): Initiates a data request through HTTP. +- [WebSocket connection](websocket-connection.md): Establishes a bidirectional connection between the server and client through WebSocket. +- [Socket connection](socket-connection.md): Transmits data through Socket. +- [Network sharing](net-sharing.md): Shares a device's Internet connection with other connected devices by means of Wi-Fi hotspot, Bluetooth, and USB sharing, and queries the network sharing state and shared mobile data volume. +- [Ethernet connection](net-ethernet.md): Provides wired network capabilities, which allow you to set the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and Domain Name System (DNS) server of a wired network. +- [Network connection management](net-connection-manager.md): Provides basic network management capabilities, including management of Wi-Fi/cellular/Ethernet connection priorities, network quality evaluation, subscription to network connection status changes, query of network connection information, and DNS resolution. - [mDNS management](net-mdns.md): provides Multicast DNS (mDNS) management capabilities, such as adding, removing, discovering, and resolving local services on a LAN. ## Constraints diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-policy-management.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-policy-management.md deleted file mode 100644 index 6450bd671e565fdffafb7eeed499e123893a45a3..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/net-policy-management.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,402 +0,0 @@ -# Network Policy Management - -## Introduction - -The Network Policy Management module allows you to restrict network capabilities by setting network policies, including cellular network policy, sleep/power-saving mode policy, and background network policy, and to reset network policies as needed. - -> **NOTE** -> To maximize the application running efficiency, most API calls are called asynchronously in callback or promise mode. The following code examples use the callback mode. For details about the APIs, see [sms API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-net-policy.md). - -## Basic Concepts - -- Sleep mode: A mode in which the system shuts down some idle components and peripherals to enter the low-power mode and restricts some applications from accessing the network. -- Power-saving mode: A mode in which the system disables certain functions and features to save power. When this mode is enabled, the system performance deteriorates and some applications are restricted from accessing the network. -- Traffic-saving mode: A mode in which the system restricts background applications that use the metering network. It is equivalent to the background network policy. -- Cellular network: A mobile communication network. -- Metering network: A mobile network with preconfigured traffic quota, WLAN network, or Ethernet network. - -## **Constraints** - -- Programming language: C++ and JS -- System: Linux kernel -- The initial APIs of this module are supported since API version 9. Newly added APIs will be marked with a superscript to indicate their earliest API version. - -## When to Use - -Typical application scenarios of network policy management are as follows: - -- Managing the metering network policy: Set the metering network quota and obtain the configured metering network policy. -- Managing network access for an application in the background: Set and obtain the status of the background network restriction switch, and check whether the application indicated by the specified UID can access the network in the background. -- Managing the metering network access policy: Set and obtain the policy for the application indicated by the specified UID to access the metering network, and obtain the UIDs of the applications for which the policy is configured. -- Restoring network policies -- Checking whether an application indicated by the specified UID can access a metering or non-metering network -- Adding a UID to or removing a UID from the sleep mode allowlist, and obtaining the sleep mode allowlist -- Adding a UID to or removing a UID from the power-saving mode allowlist, and obtaining the power-saving mode allowlist -- Updating the network notification policy - -The following describes the development procedure specific to each application scenario. - -## Available APIs - -For the complete list of APIs and example code, see [Network Policy Management](../reference/apis/js-apis-net-policy.md). - -| Type| API| Description| -| ---- | ---- | ---- | -| ohos.net.policy | function setBackgroundPolicy(isAllowed: boolean, callback: AsyncCallback\): void |Sets a background network policy. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function isBackgroundAllowed(callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Obtains the background network policy. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function setPolicyByUid(uid: number, policy: NetUidPolicy, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Sets an application-specific network policy by **uid**. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function getPolicyByUid(uid: number, callback: AsyncCallback\): void;| Obtains an application-specific network policy by **uid**. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function getUidsByPolicy(policy: NetUidPolicy, callback: AsyncCallback\>): void; | Obtains the UID array of applications configured with a certain application-specific network policy. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function getNetQuotaPolicies(callback: AsyncCallback\>): void; |Obtains the network quota policies. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function setNetQuotaPolicies(quotaPolicies: Array\, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; |Sets an array of network quota policies. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function restoreAllPolicies(iccid: string, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Restores all the policies (cellular network, background network, firewall, and application-specific network policies) for the given SIM card. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function isUidNetAllowed(uid: number, isMetered: boolean, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Checks whether an application is allowed to access metering or non-metering networks. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function isUidNetAllowed(uid: number, iface: string, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Checks whether an application is allowed to access the given network. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function setDeviceIdleAllowList(uid: number, isAllowed: boolean, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Sets whether to add an application to the device idle allowlist. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function getDeviceIdleAllowList(callback: AsyncCallback\>): void; | Obtains the UID array of applications that are on the device idle allowlist. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function getBackgroundPolicyByUid(uid: number, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Obtains the background network policies configured for the given application. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function resetPolicies(iccid: string, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Restores all the policies (cellular network, background network, firewall, and application-specific network policies) for the given SIM card. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function updateRemindPolicy(netType: NetBearType, iccid: string, remindType: RemindType, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Updates a reminder policy. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function setPowerSaveAllowList(uid: number, isAllowed: boolean, callback: AsyncCallback\): void; | Sets whether to add an application to the power-saving allowlist. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function getPowerSaveAllowList(callback: AsyncCallback\>): void; | Obtains the UID array of applications that are on the power-saving allowlist. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function on(type: "netUidPolicyChange", callback: Callback\<{ uid: number, policy: NetUidPolicy }>): void; | Subscribes to policy changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function off(type: "netUidPolicyChange", callback: Callback\<{ uid: number, policy: NetUidPolicy }>): void; | Unsubscribes from policy changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function on(type: "netUidRuleChange", callback: Callback\<{ uid: number, rule: NetUidRule }>): void; | Subscribes to rule changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function off(type: "netUidRuleChange", callback: Callback\<{ uid: number, rule: NetUidRule }>): void; | Unsubscribes from rule changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function on(type: "netMeteredIfacesChange", callback: Callback\>): void; | Subscribes to metered **iface** changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function off(type: "netMeteredIfacesChange", callback: Callback\>): void; | Unsubscribes from metered **iface** changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function on(type: "netQuotaPolicyChange", callback: Callback\>): void; | Subscribes to network quota policy changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function off(type: "netQuotaPolicyChange", callback: Callback\>): void; | Unsubscribes from network quota policy changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function on(type: "netBackgroundPolicyChange", callback: Callback\): void; | Subscribes to background network policy changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| -| ohos.net.policy | function off(type: "netBackgroundPolicyChange", callback: Callback\): void; | Unsubscribes from background network policy changes. This API uses an asynchronous callback to return the result.| - -## Managing the Metering Network Policy - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **setNetQuotaPolicies** to configure the metering network policy. - -3. Call **getNetQuotaPolicies** to obtain the configured metering network policy. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy'; - - addNetQuotaPolicy(){ - let param = { - // For details about the value of netType, see [NetBearType](../reference/apis/js-apis-net-connection.md#netbeartype). - netType:Number.parseInt(this.netType), - - // Integrated circuit card identifier (ICCID) of the SIM card on the metering cellular network. It is not available for an Ethernet or Wi-Fi network. - iccid:this.iccid, - - // Used together with ICCID on the metering cellular network. It is used independently on an Ethernet or Wi-Fi network. - ident:this.ident, - - // Metering start time, for example, M1, D1, and Y1. - periodDuration:this.periodDuration, - - // Set the traffic threshold for generating an alarm to an integer greater than 0. - warningBytes:Number.parseInt(this.warningBytes), - - // Set the traffic quota to an integer greater than 0. - limitBytes:Number.parseInt(this.limitBytes), - - // Specify whether the network is a metering network. The value true means a metering network and false means a non-metering network. - metered:Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.metered)),https://gitee.com/openharmony/docs/pulls/14404 - // For details about the action triggered after the traffic limit is reached, see [LimitAction](../reference/apis/js-apis-net-policy.md#limitaction). - limitAction:Number.parseInt(this.limitAction) - }; - this.netQuotaPolicyList.push(param); - }, - - // Subscribe to metered iface changes. - policy.on('netMeteredIfacesChange', (data) => { - this.log('on netMeteredIfacesChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Subscribe to metering network policy changes. - policy.on('netQuotaPolicyChange', (data) => { - this.log('on netQuotaPolicyChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Call setNetQuotaPolicies to configure the metering network policy. - setNetQuotaPolicies(){ - this.dialogType = DialogType.HIDE; - policy.setNetQuotaPolicies(this.netQuotaPolicyList, (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - }, - - // Call getNetQuotaPolicies to obtain the configured metering network policy. - getNetQuotaPolicies(){ - policy.getNetQuotaPolicies((err, data) => { - this.callBack(err, data); - if(data){ - this.netQuotaPolicyList = data; - } - }); - }, - - // Unsubscribe from metered iface changes. - policy.off('netMeteredIfacesChange', (data) => { - this.log('off netMeteredIfacesChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Unsubscribe from metering network policy changes. - policy.off('netQuotaPolicyChange', (data) => { - this.log('off netQuotaPolicyChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); -``` - -## Managing Network Access for an Application in the Background - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **setBackgroundAllowed** to enable or disable the background network restriction switch. - -3. Call **isBackgroundAllowed** to check whether the background network restriction switch is enabled or disabled. - -4. Call **getBackgroundPolicyByUid** to check whether the application indicated b the specified UID can access the network in the background. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Subscribe to background network policy changes. - policy.on('netBackgroundPolicyChange', (data) => { - this.log('on netBackgroundPolicyChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Call setBackgroundAllowed to enable or disable the background network restriction switch. - setBackgroundAllowed() { - policy.setBackgroundAllowed(Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Call isBackgroundAllowed to check whether the background network restriction switch is enabled or disabled. - isBackgroundAllowed() { - policy.isBackgroundAllowed((err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Call getBackgroundPolicyByUid to check whether the application indicated b the specified UID can access the network in the background. - getBackgroundPolicyByUid() { - policy.getBackgroundPolicyByUid(Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Unsubscribe from background network policy changes. - policy.off('netBackgroundPolicyChange', (data) => { - this.log('off netBackgroundPolicyChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); -``` - -## Managing the Metering Network Access Policy - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **setPolicyByUid** to set whether the application indicated by the specified UID can access the network in the background. - -3. Call **getPolicyByUid** to check whether the metering network access policy for the application indicated by the specified UID. - -4. Call **getUidsByPolicy** to obtain the UIDs of the applications for which the metering network access policy is configured. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Subscribe to policy changes of the application indicated by the specified UID. - policy.on('netUidPolicyChange', (data) => { - this.log('on netUidPolicyChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Subscribe to rule changes of the application indicated by the specified UID. - policy.on('netUidRuleChange', (data) => { - this.log('on netUidRuleChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Call setPolicyByUid to set whether the application indicated by the specified UID can access the network in the background. - setPolicyByUid() { - let param = { - uid: Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), policy: Number.parseInt(this.currentNetUidPolicy) - } - policy.setPolicyByUid(Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), Number.parseInt(this.currentNetUidPolicy), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Call getPolicyByUid to check whether the metering network access policy for the application indicated by the specified UID. - getPolicyByUid() { - policy.getPolicyByUid(Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Call getUidsByPolicy to obtain the UIDs of the applications for which the metering network access policy is configured. - getUidsByPolicy(){ - policy.getUidsByPolicy(Number.parseInt(this.currentNetUidPolicy), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Unsubscribe from policy changes of the application indicated by the specified UID. - policy.off('netUidPolicyChange', (data) => { - this.log('off netUidPolicyChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - - // Unsubscribe from rule changes of the application indicated by the specified UID. - policy.off('netUidRuleChange', (data) => { - this.log('off netUidRuleChange: ' + JSON.stringify(data)); - }); - -``` - -## Restoring Network Policies - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **restoreAllPolicies** to restore all network policies. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Call restoreAllPolicies to restore all network policies. - restoreAllPolicies(){ - policy.restoreAllPolicies(this.firstParam, (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, -``` - -## Checking Access to a Metering or Non-metering Network - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **isUidNetAllowed** to check whether the UID can access the metering or non-metering network. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Call isUidNetAllowed to check whether the application indicated by the specified UID can access the metering or non-metering network. - isUidNetAllowedIsMetered(){ - let param = { - uid: Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), isMetered: Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)) - } - policy.isUidNetAllowed(Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, -``` - -## Managing the Sleep Mode Allowlist - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **setDeviceIdleAllowList** to add a UID to or remove a UID from the sleep mode allowlist. - -3. Call **getDeviceIdleAllowList** to obtain the UIDs added to the sleep mode allowlist. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Call setDeviceIdleAllowList to add a UID to or remove a UID from the sleep mode allowlist. - setDeviceIdleAllowList(){ - let param = { - uid: Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), isAllowed: Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)) - } - policy.setDeviceIdleAllowList(Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Call getDeviceIdleAllowList to obtain the UIDs added to the sleep mode allowlist. - getDeviceIdleAllowList(){ - policy.getDeviceIdleAllowList((err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, -``` - -## Managing the Power-saving Mode Allowlist - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. -2. Call **setPowerSaveAllowList** to add a UID to or remove a UID from the power-saving mode allowlist. -3. Call **getPowerSaveAllowList** to obtain the UIDs added to the power-saving mode allowlist. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Call setPowerSaveAllowList to add a UID to or remove a UID from the power-saving mode allowlist. - setPowerSaveAllowList(){ - let param = { - uid: Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), isAllowed: Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)) - } - policy.setPowerSaveAllowList(Number.parseInt(this.firstParam), Boolean(Number.parseInt(this.isBoolean)), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, - - // Call getPowerSaveAllowList to obtain the UIDs added to the power-saving mode allowlist. - getPowerSaveAllowList(){ - policy.getPowerSaveAllowList((err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, -``` - -## Updating the Network Notification Policy - -### How to Develop - -1. Import the **policy** namespace from **@ohos.net.policy.d.ts**. - -2. Call **updateRemindPolicy** to update the network notification policy. - -```js - // Import the policy namespace. - import policy from '@ohos.net.policy' - - // Call updateRemindPolicy to update the network notification policy. - updateRemindPolicy() { - let param = { - netType: Number.parseInt(this.netType), iccid: this.firstParam, remindType: this.currentRemindType - } - policy.updateRemindPolicy(Number.parseInt(this.netType), this.firstParam, Number.parseInt(this.currentRemindType), (err, data) => { - console.log(JSON.stringify(err)); - console.log(JSON.stringify(data)) - }); - }, -``` diff --git a/en/application-dev/connectivity/subscribe-remote-state.md b/en/application-dev/connectivity/subscribe-remote-state.md index 4168d4645a8dd122eaf331017a91da0d8ecc2594..5b21750ba8b56fefcb10a5fff653d7512765c279 100755 --- a/en/application-dev/connectivity/subscribe-remote-state.md +++ b/en/application-dev/connectivity/subscribe-remote-state.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ IPC/RPC allows you to subscribe to the state changes of a remote stub object. Wh This subscription mechanism is applicable when the local proxy object needs to detect death of the process hosting the remote stub object or network detach of the device hosting the remote stub object. When the proxy detects death of the remote stub object, the proxy can clear local resources. Currently, IPC supports death notification for anonymous objects, but RPC does not. That is, you can only subscribe to death notifications of services that have been registered with SAMgr. -## **Using Native APIs** +## **Development Using Native APIs** | API| Return Value Type| Feature Description| | -------- | -------- | -------- | @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ This subscription mechanism is applicable when the local proxy object needs to d #include "iremote_broker.h" #include "iremote_stub.h" - // Define message codes. enum { TRANS_ID_PING_ABILITY = 5, @@ -61,9 +60,6 @@ int TestServiceProxy::TestPingAbility(const std::u16string &dummy){ } ``` - - - ```c++ #include "iremote_object.h" @@ -84,18 +80,54 @@ bool result = object->AddDeathRecipient(deathRecipient); // Add a recipient for result = object->RemoveDeathRecipient(deathRecipient); // Remove the recipient for death notifications. ``` -## **Using JS APIs** +## **Development Using JS APIs** + +| API | Return Value Type| Feature Description | +| ------------------------ | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | +| registerDeathRecipient | void | Adds a recipient for death notifications of the remote object, including death notifications of the remote proxy.| +| unregisterDeathRecipient | void | Removes the recipient for death notifications of the remote object. | +| onRemoteDied | void | Called to perform subsequent operations when a death notification of the remote object is received. | + +### Obtaining the Context -| API | Return Value Type| Feature Description | -| -------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | -| addDeathRecippient | boolean | Adds a recipient for death notifications of the remote object, including death notifications of the remote proxy.| -| removeDeathRecipient | boolean | Removes the recipient for death notifications of the remote object. | -| onRemoteDied | void | Called to perform subsequent operations when a death notification of the remote object is received.| +If you use the stage model, you need to obtain the context before connecting to an ability. + +```ts +import Ability from "@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility"; + +export default class MainAbility extends Ability { + onCreate(want, launchParam) { + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onCreate"); + globalThis.context = this.context; + } + onDestroy() { + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onDestroy"); + } + onWindowStageCreate(windowStage) { + // Main window is created, set main page for this ability + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onWindowStageCreate"); + } + onWindowStageDestroy() { + // Main window is destroyed, release UI related resources + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onWindowStageDestroy"); + } + onForeground() { + // Ability has brought to foreground + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onForeground"); + } + onBackground() { + // Ability has back to background + console.log("[Demo] MainAbility onBackground"); + } +} +``` ### Sample Code ```ts -import FA from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility"; +// Import @ohos.ability.featureAbility only for the application developed based on the FA model. +// import FA from "@ohos.ability.featureAbility"; + let proxy; let connect = { onConnect: function(elementName, remoteProxy) { @@ -113,31 +145,35 @@ let want = { "bundleName": "com.ohos.server", "abilityName": "com.ohos.server.EntryAbility", }; -FA.connectAbility(want, connect); +// Use this method to connect to the ability in the FA model. +// FA.connectAbility(want, connect); + +globalThis.context.connectServiceExtensionAbility(want, connect); + class MyDeathRecipient { onRemoteDied() { console.log("server died"); } } let deathRecipient = new MyDeathRecipient(); -proxy.addDeathRecippient(deathRecipient, 0); -proxy.removeDeathRecipient(deathRecipient, 0); +proxy.registerDeathRecippient(deathRecipient, 0); +proxy.unregisterDeathRecipient(deathRecipient, 0); ``` ## Reverse Death Notification (Anonymous Stub) -Forward dead notification is a mechanism that allows the proxy to detect death notifications of the stub. To achieve reverse dead notification, we can leverage the forward dead notification mechanism to allow the stub to detect death notifications of the proxy. +Forward dead notification is a mechanism that allows the proxy to detect death notifications of the stub. To achieve reverse dead notification, we can leverage the forward dead notification mechanism to allow the stub to detect death notifications of the proxy. Suppose there are two processes, A (the process hosting the original stub) and B (the process hosting the original proxy). After obtaining the proxy object of process A, process B creates an anonymous stub object (that is, a stub object not registered with SAMgr), which can be called a callback stub. Then, process B calls **SendRequest** to send the callback stub to the original stub of process A. As a result, process A obtains the callback proxy of process B. When process B dies or the device hosting process B detaches from the network, the callback stub dies. The callback proxy detects the death of the callback stub and sends a death notification to the original stub. In this way, reverse death notification is implemented. + +Note: -Suppose there are two processes, A (the process hosting the original stub) and B (the process hosting the original proxy). After obtaining the proxy object of process A, process B creates an anonymous stub object (that is, a stub object not registered with SAMgr), which can be called a callback stub. Then, process B calls **SendRequest** to send the callback stub to the original stub of process A. As a result, process A obtains the callback proxy of process B. When process B dies or the device hosting process B detaches from the network, the callback stub dies. The callback proxy detects the death of the callback stub and sends a death notification to the original stub. In this way, reverse death notification is implemented. +> Reverse death notification can only be used for cross-process communication within a device. -> NOTE -> - Reverse death notification can only be used for cross-process communication within a device. -> - When an anonymous stub object is not pointed by any proxy, the kernel automatically reclaims the object. +> When an anonymous stub object is not pointed by any proxy, the kernel automatically reclaims the object. ### Sample Code ```c++ -// Proxy +//Proxy int TestAbilityProxy::TestAnonymousStub() { MessageOption option; @@ -149,7 +185,7 @@ int TestAbilityProxy::TestAnonymousStub() return result; } -// Stub +//Stub int TestAbilityStub::OnRemoteRequest(uint32_t code, MessageParcel &data, MessageParcel &reply, MessageOption &option) { diff --git a/en/application-dev/database/data-persistence-by-preferences.md b/en/application-dev/database/data-persistence-by-preferences.md index a8258270a7e2bcfc2305c156ce8e3314d03bb311..f4c9be9796ef9aa98c3be664a92ec044e59a257a 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/database/data-persistence-by-preferences.md +++ b/en/application-dev/database/data-persistence-by-preferences.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ The **Preferences** module provides APIs for processing data in the form of key- User applications call **Preference** through the JS interface to read and write data files. You can load the data of a **Preferences** persistence file to a **Preferences** instance. Each file uniquely corresponds to an instance. The system stores the instance in memory through a static container until the instance is removed from the memory or the file is deleted. The following figure illustrates how **Preference** works. -The preference persistent file of an application is stored in the application sandbox. You can use **context** to obtain the file path. For details, see [Obtaining the Application Development Path](../application-models/application-context-stage.md#obtaining-the-application-development-path). +The preference persistent file of an application is stored in the application sandbox. You can use **context** to obtain the file path. For details, see [Obtaining Application File Paths](../application-models/application-context-stage.md#obtaining-application-file-paths). **Figure 1** Preferences working mechanism @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The preference persistent file of an application is stored in the application sa - The key in a KV pair must be a string and cannot be empty or exceed 80 bytes. -- If the value is of the string type, it can be empty or a string not longer than 8192 bytes. +- If the value is of the string type, use the UTF-8 encoding format. It can be empty or a string not longer than 8192 bytes. - The memory usage increases with the amount of **Preferences** data. The maximum number of data records recommended is 10,000. Otherwise, high memory overheads will be caused. @@ -30,23 +30,23 @@ The preference persistent file of an application is stored in the application sa The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most of the APIs are executed asynchronously, using a callback or promise to return the result. The following table uses the callback-based APIs as an example. For more information about the APIs, see [User Preferences](../reference/apis/js-apis-data-preferences.md). -| API| Description| + | API| Description| | -------- | -------- | -| getPreferences(context: Context, name: string, callback: AsyncCallback<Preferences>): void | Obtain a **Preferences** instance.| -| put(key: string, value: ValueType, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Writes data to the Preferences instance. You can use **flush()** to persist the **Preferences** instance data.| -| has(key: string, callback: AsyncCallback<boolean>): void | Checks whether the **Preferences** instance contains a KV pair with the given key. The key cannot be empty.| -| get(key: string, defValue: ValueType, callback: AsyncCallback<ValueType>): void | Obtains the value of the specified key. If the value is null or not of the default value type, **defValue** is returned.| -| delete(key: string, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Deletes the KV pair with the given key from the **Preferences** instance.| -| flush(callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Flushes the data of this **Preferences** instance to a file for data persistence.| -| on(type: 'change', callback: Callback<{ key : string }>): void | Subscribes to data changes of the specified key. When the value of the specified key is changed and saved by **flush()**, a callback will be invoked to return the new data.| -| off(type: 'change', callback?: Callback<{ key : string }>): void | Unsubscribes from data changes.| -| deletePreferences(context: Context, name: string, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Deletes a **Preferences** instance from memory. If the **Preferences** instance has a persistent file, this API also deletes the persistent file.| +| getPreferences(context: Context, name: string, callback: AsyncCallback<Preferences>): void | Obtain a **Preferences** instance.| +| put(key: string, value: ValueType, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Writes data to the Preferences instance. You can use **flush()** to persist the **Preferences** instance data.| +| has(key: string, callback: AsyncCallback<boolean>): void | Checks whether the **Preferences** instance contains a KV pair with the given key. The key cannot be empty.| +| get(key: string, defValue: ValueType, callback: AsyncCallback<ValueType>): void | Obtains the value of the specified key. If the value is null or not of the default value type, **defValue** is returned.| +| delete(key: string, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Deletes the KV pair with the given key from the **Preferences** instance.| +| flush(callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Flushes the data of this **Preferences** instance to a file for data persistence.| +| on(type: 'change', callback: Callback<{ key : string }>): void | Subscribes to data changes of the specified key. When the value of the specified key is changed and saved by **flush()**, a callback will be invoked to return the new data.| +| off(type: 'change', callback?: Callback<{ key : string }>): void | Unsubscribes from data changes.| +| deletePreferences(context: Context, name: string, callback: AsyncCallback<void>): void | Deletes a **Preferences** instance from memory. If the **Preferences** instance has a persistent file, this API also deletes the persistent file.| ## How to Develop 1. Import the **@ohos.data.preferences** module. - + ```js import dataPreferences from '@ohos.data.preferences'; ``` @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most o Stage model: - + ```js import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most o FA model: - + ```js import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility'; @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most o Example: - + ```js try { preferences.has('startup', function (err, val) { @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most o Use delete() to delete a KV pair.
Example: - + ```js try { preferences.delete('startup', (err) => { @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most o Example: - + ```js try { dataPreferences.deletePreferences(this.context, 'mystore', (err, val) => { @@ -247,4 +247,5 @@ The following table lists the APIs used for preferences data persistence. Most o } catch (err) { console.error(`Failed to delete preferences. Code:${err.code}, message:${err.message}`); } - ``` \ No newline at end of file + ``` + diff --git a/en/application-dev/database/share-data-by-silent-access.md b/en/application-dev/database/share-data-by-silent-access.md index 142642f98646003c675fcbd15d9369b6664948a6..50ff03f084c889a807c6caf4d7c369bfbe0d2a51 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/database/share-data-by-silent-access.md +++ b/en/application-dev/database/share-data-by-silent-access.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ## When to Use -According to big data statistics, in a typical cross-application data access scenario, applications are started nearly 83 times on average in a day. +In a typical cross-application data access scenario, an application may be started multiple times. To reduce the number of application startup times and improve the access speed, OpenHarmony provides the silent access feature, which allows direct access to the database without starting the data provider. diff --git a/en/application-dev/device-usage-statistics/device-usage-statistics-use-guide.md b/en/application-dev/device-usage-statistics/device-usage-statistics-use-guide.md index 82027e91a9c15b1fd1b62a8c5ef4cddc2f9c0ef3..067f372d7e27e568d3208f651b57132ecc3edd72 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/device-usage-statistics/device-usage-statistics-use-guide.md +++ b/en/application-dev/device-usage-statistics/device-usage-statistics-use-guide.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Device Usage Statistics Development (API Version 9) +# Device Usage Statistics Development ## When to Use @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ import usageStatistics from '@ohos.resourceschedule.usageStatistics'; ## How to Develop 1. Before obtaining the device usage statistics, check whether the **ohos.permission.BUNDLE_ACTIVE_INFO** permission is configured. For details about how to configure a permission, see [Declaring Permissions](../security/accesstoken-guidelines.md). - + 2. Query events of all applications based on the specified start time and end time. This requires the **ohos.permission.BUNDLE_ACTIVE_INFO** permission to be configured. ```js diff --git a/en/application-dev/device/usb-guidelines.md b/en/application-dev/device/usb-guidelines.md index 68c8c3de013e75d56854bf0cf0e3a71aca9eb261..ef09e1ee89940220f8b9d1936362d34ebf8bf7a6 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/device/usb-guidelines.md +++ b/en/application-dev/device/usb-guidelines.md @@ -1,156 +1,161 @@ # USB Service Development + ## When to Use In Host mode, you can obtain the list of connected USB devices, enable or disable the devices, manage device access permissions, and perform data transfer or control transfer. -## APIs + +## Available APIs The USB service provides the following functions: query of USB device list, bulk data transfer, control transfer, and access permission management. The following table lists the USB APIs currently available. For details, see the [API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-usbManager.md). -**Table 1** Open USB APIs +**Table 1** Open USB APIs -| API | Description | +| Name | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------ | -| hasRight(deviceName: string): boolean | Checks whether the user has the device access permissions. | -| requestRight(deviceName: string): Promise\ | Requests the temporary permission for a given application to access the USB device. This API uses a promise to return the result. | -| connectDevice(device: USBDevice): Readonly\ | Connects to the USB device based on the device list returned by `getDevices()`. | -| getDevices(): Array> | Obtains the list of USB devices connected to the USB host. If no USB device is connected, an empty list is returned. | -| setConfiguration(pipe: USBDevicePipe, config: USBConfiguration): number | Sets the USB device configuration. | -| setInterface(pipe: USBDevicePipe, iface: USBInterface): number | Sets a USB interface. | -| claimInterface(pipe: USBDevicePipe, iface: USBInterface, force ?: boolean): number | Claims a USB interface. | -| bulkTransfer(pipe: USBDevicePipe, endpoint: USBEndpoint, buffer: Uint8Array, timeout ?: number): Promise\ | Performs bulk transfer. | -| closePipe(pipe: USBDevicePipe): number | Closes a USB device pipe. | -| releaseInterface(pipe: USBDevicePipe, iface: USBInterface): number | Releases a USB interface. | -| getFileDescriptor(pipe: USBDevicePipe): number | Obtains the file descriptor. | -| getRawDescriptor(pipe: USBDevicePipe): Uint8Array | Obtains the raw USB descriptor. | -| controlTransfer(pipe: USBDevicePipe, controlparam: USBControlParams, timeout ?: number): Promise<number> | Performs control transfer. | +| hasRight(deviceName: string): boolean | Checks whether the user has the device access permissions.| +| requestRight(deviceName: string): Promise<boolean> | Requests the device access permissions for the application. This API uses a promise to return the result. | +| removeRight(deviceName: string): boolean | Revokes the device access permissions of the application.| +| connectDevice(device: USBDevice): Readonly<USBDevicePipe> | Connects to the USB device based on the device information returned by `getDevices()`. | +| getDevices(): Array<Readonly<USBDevice>> | Obtains the list of USB devices connected to the host. If no device is connected, an empty list is returned. | +| setConfiguration(pipe: USBDevicePipe, config: USBConfiguration): number | Sets the USB device configuration. | +| setInterface(pipe: USBDevicePipe, iface: USBInterface): number | Sets a USB interface. | +| claimInterface(pipe: USBDevicePipe, iface: USBInterface, force ?: boolean): number | Claims a USB interface. | +| bulkTransfer(pipe: USBDevicePipe, endpoint: USBEndpoint, buffer: Uint8Array, timeout ?: number): Promise<number> | Performs bulk transfer. | +| closePipe(pipe: USBDevicePipe): number | Closes a USB device pipe. | +| releaseInterface(pipe: USBDevicePipe, iface: USBInterface): number | Releases a USB interface. | +| getFileDescriptor(pipe: USBDevicePipe): number | Obtains the file descriptor. | +| getRawDescriptor(pipe: USBDevicePipe): Uint8Array | Obtains the raw USB descriptor. | +| controlTransfer(pipe: USBDevicePipe, controlparam: USBControlParams, timeout ?: number): Promise<number> | Performs control transfer. | + ## How to Develop -You can set a USB device as the USB host to connect to other USB devices for data transfer. The development procedure is as follows: - -1. Obtain the USB device list. - - ```js - // Import the USB API package. - import usb from '@ohos.usbManager'; - // Obtain the USB device list. - let deviceList = usb.getDevices(); - /* - Example deviceList structure - [ - { - name: "1-1", - serial: "", - manufacturerName: "", - productName: "", - version: "", - vendorId: 7531, - productId: 2, - clazz: 9, - subClass: 0, - protocol: 1, - devAddress: 1, - busNum: 1, - configs: [ - { - id: 1, - attributes: 224, - isRemoteWakeup: true, - isSelfPowered: true, - maxPower: 0, - name: "1-1", - interfaces: [ - { - id: 0, - protocol: 0, - clazz: 9, - subClass: 0, - alternateSetting: 0, - name: "1-1", - endpoints: [ - { - address: 129, - attributes: 3, - interval: 12, - maxPacketSize: 4, - direction: 128, - number: 1, - type: 3, - interfaceId: 0, - } - ] - } - ] - } - ] - } - ] - */ - ``` - +You can set a USB device as a host to connect to a device for data transfer. The development procedure is as follows: + + +1. Obtain the USB device list. + + ```js + // Import the USB API package. + import usb from '@ohos.usbManager'; + // Obtain the USB device list. + let deviceList = usb.getDevices(); + /* + Example deviceList structure: + [ + { + name: "1-1", + serial: "", + manufacturerName: "", + productName: "", + version: "", + vendorId: 7531, + productId: 2, + clazz: 9, + subClass: 0, + protocol: 1, + devAddress: 1, + busNum: 1, + configs: [ + { + id: 1, + attributes: 224, + isRemoteWakeup: true, + isSelfPowered: true, + maxPower: 0, + name: "1-1", + interfaces: [ + { + id: 0, + protocol: 0, + clazz: 9, + subClass: 0, + alternateSetting: 0, + name: "1-1", + endpoints: [ + { + address: 129, + attributes: 3, + interval: 12, + maxPacketSize: 4, + direction: 128, + number: 1, + type: 3, + interfaceId: 0, + } + ] + } + ] + } + ] + } + ] + */ + ``` 2. Obtain the device operation permissions. - ```js - let deviceName = deviceList[0].name; - // Request the permissions to operate a specified device. - usb.requestRight(deviceName).then(hasRight => { - console.info("usb device request right result: " + hasRight); - }).catch(error => { - console.info("usb device request right failed : " + error); - }); - ``` + ```js + let deviceName = deviceList[0].name; + // Request the permissions to operate a specified device. + usb.requestRight(deviceName).then(hasRight => { + console.info("usb device request right result: " + hasRight); + }).catch(error => { + console.info("usb device request right failed : " + error); + }); + ``` 3. Open the device. - ```js - // Open the device, and obtain the USB device pipe for data transfer. - let interface1 = deviceList[0].configs[0].interfaces[0]; - /* - Claim the corresponding interface from deviceList. - interface1 must be one present in the device configuration. - */ - usb.claimInterface(pipe, interface1, true); - ``` + ```js + // Open the device, and obtain the USB device pipe for data transfer. + let pipe = usb.connectDevice(deviceList[0]); + let interface1 = deviceList[0].configs[0].interfaces[0]; + /* + Claim the corresponding interface from **deviceList**. + interface1 must be one present in the device configuration. + */ + usb.claimInterface(pipe, interface1, true); + ``` 4. Perform data transfer. - ```js - /* + ```js + /* Read data. Select the corresponding RX endpoint from deviceList for data transfer. - (endpoint.direction == 0x80); dataUint8Array indicates the data to read. The data type is Uint8Array. - */ - let inEndpoint = interface1.endpoints[2]; - let outEndpoint = interface1.endpoints[1]; - let dataUint8Array = new Uint8Array(1024); - usb.bulkTransfer(pipe, inEndpoint, dataUint8Array, 15000).then(dataLength => { - if (dataLength >= 0) { - console.info("usb readData result Length : " + dataLength); - } else { - console.info("usb readData failed : " + dataLength); - } - }).catch(error => { - console.info("usb readData error : " + JSON.stringify(error)); - }); - // Send data. Select the corresponding TX endpoint from deviceList for data transfer. (endpoint.direction == 0) - usb.bulkTransfer(pipe, outEndpoint, dataUint8Array, 15000).then(dataLength => { - if (dataLength >= 0) { - console.info("usb writeData result write length : " + dataLength); - } else { - console.info("writeData failed"); - } - }).catch(error => { - console.info("usb writeData error : " + JSON.stringify(error)); - }); - ``` - -5. Release the USB interface, and close the USB device. - - ```js - usb.releaseInterface(pipe, interface); - usb.closePipe(pipe); - ``` \ No newline at end of file + (endpoint.direction == 0x80); dataUint8Array indicates the data to read. The data type is Uint8Array. + */ + let inEndpoint = interface1.endpoints[2]; + let outEndpoint = interface1.endpoints[1]; + let dataUint8Array = new Uint8Array(1024); + usb.bulkTransfer(pipe, inEndpoint, dataUint8Array, 15000).then(dataLength => { + if (dataLength >= 0) { + console.info("usb readData result Length : " + dataLength); + } else { + console.info("usb readData failed : " + dataLength); + } + }).catch(error => { + console.info("usb readData error : " + JSON.stringify(error)); + }); + // Send data. Select the corresponding TX endpoint from deviceList for data transfer. (endpoint.direction == 0) + usb.bulkTransfer(pipe, outEndpoint, dataUint8Array, 15000).then(dataLength => { + if (dataLength >= 0) { + console.info("usb writeData result write length : " + dataLength); + } else { + console.info("writeData failed"); + } + }).catch(error => { + console.info("usb writeData error : " + JSON.stringify(error)); + }); + ``` + +5. Release the USB interface, and close the USB device. + + ```js + usb.releaseInterface(pipe, interface1); + usb.closePipe(pipe); + ``` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/dfx/hitracemeter-guidelines.md b/en/application-dev/dfx/hitracemeter-guidelines.md index 3adf91286aaf410d7862c60320878e57acb359e8..3244aa9356bbcd3748594061a3752fad8aa3d3f3 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/dfx/hitracemeter-guidelines.md +++ b/en/application-dev/dfx/hitracemeter-guidelines.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Due to the asynchronous I/O feature of JS, the hiTraceMeter module provides only ## Available APIs -The performance tracing APIs are provided by the **hiTraceMeter** module. For details, see [API Reference]( ../reference/apis/js-apis-hitracemeter.md). +The performance tracing APIs are provided by the **hiTraceMeter** module. For details, see [API Reference](../reference/apis/js-apis-hitracemeter.md). **APIs for performance tracing** diff --git a/en/application-dev/faqs/Readme-EN.md b/en/application-dev/faqs/Readme-EN.md index 636543eb3ed09b9d14f63fba8a466f6eb01ebea0..21effd689817299aabdaaab34724edd8349622dc 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/faqs/Readme-EN.md +++ b/en/application-dev/faqs/Readme-EN.md @@ -2,9 +2,14 @@ - [Full SDK Compilation](full-sdk-compile-guide.md) - [Switching to Full SDK](full-sdk-switch-guide.md) -- [Ability Development](faqs-ability.md) -- [ArkUI Development](faqs-arkui.md) -- [ArkUI Development (ArkTS Syntax)](faqs-arkui-arkts.md) +- [Application Model Development](faqs-ability.md) +- ArkUI Development (ArkTS) + - [ArkTS Syntax Usage](faqs-arkui-arkts.md) + - [ArkUI Component Development (ArkTS)](faqs-arkui-component.md) + - [ArkUI Layout Development (ArkTS)](faqs-arkui-layout.md) + - [ArkUI Routing/Navigation Development (ArkTS)](faqs-arkui-route-nav.md) + - [ArkUI Animation/Interaction Event Development (ArkTS)](faqs-arkui-animation-interactive-event.md) +- [ArkUI Development (JS)](faqs-arkui-js.md) - [Web Development](faqs-arkui-web.md) - [Bundle Management Development](faqs-bundle-management.md) - [Resource Manager Development](faqs-globalization.md) @@ -22,4 +27,5 @@ - [Startup Development](faqs-startup.md) - [Distributed Device Development](faqs-distributed-device-profile.md) - [SDK Usage](faqs-sdk.md) +- [Compiler and Runtime](faqs-compiler-runtime.md) - [Usage of Third- and Fourth-Party Libraries](faqs-third-fourth-party-library.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability-access-control.md b/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability-access-control.md index 51b3310de190a521b47471d607134c014a79be8c..ab1786a5676957768211fb4884d4d5d42d2018a3 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability-access-control.md +++ b/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability-access-control.md @@ -1,7 +1,50 @@ -# Ability Access Control Development +# Application Access Control Development ## Can the app listen for the permission change after its permission is modified in Settings? Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.1 Beta 5 (API version 9) Third-party apps cannot listen for the permission change. + +## Why is there no pop-up window displayed when an app applies for the **ohos.permission.LOCATION** permission? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Release (API version 9) + +Applications developed using SDKs earlier than API version 9 can directly apply for the **ohos.permission.LOCATION** permission. +For the applications developed using the SDK of API version 9 or later, you need to apply for **ohos.permission.APPROXIMATELY_LOCATION** and then **ohos.permission.LOCATION**. + +**References** + +[Application Permission List](../security/permission-list.md#ohospermissionlocation) + +## What can I do to prevent the application from crashing when the application is started again after the user denies the permission requested? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony SDK 3.2 Beta5 + +**Possible Causes** + +- If the permission required by a service is rejected by the user, the system directly returns the result and will no longer display a dialog box to request the permission. +- If related judgment is not performed after the permission is requested, the application will be rejected due to lack of the corresponding permission when accessing the target object under permission control, and terminated unexpectedly. + +**Solution** + +1. Before allowing an application to call an API protected by certain permission, verify whether the application has the permission. If the application has the permission, the application can call the API. Otherwise, a dialog box is dipslayed to ask user authorization. + +2. If the user rejects to grant the permission, ensure that other functions irrelevant to this permission are not affected. + +3. When this service is triggered again by the user or to implement a service function, on-screen message shall be provided to guide the user to grant the permission in **Settings**. + +**References** + +[Access Control (Permission) Overview](../security/accesstoken-overview.md) + +## What are the differences between **extensionAbilities** and **requestPermissions** in the **module.json5** file? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony SDK 3.2 Beta5 + +- **requestPermissions**: specifies all the permissions required by an application for running. The permissions take effect only after being configured (declared) in the **module.json5** file. +- **extensionAbilitie.permissions**: specifies the permissions customized by the ExtensionAbility component. These permissions are required when an application needs to access the ExtensionAbility component. **extensionAbilitie.permissions** is used for permission verification only. + +**References** + +[module.json5 Configuration File](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) diff --git a/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability.md b/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability.md index b6901e40e6d84c622c41e487e30c62ba87a28ff4..fef66125771888f9dfe3dce2ae4297ce858d56b8 100644 --- a/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability.md +++ b/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-ability.md @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -# Ability Development +# Application Model Development ## How do I obtain a notification when the device orientation changes? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Use the **UIAbility.onConfigurationUpdate\(\)** callback to subscribe to system ## How do I redirect a user to a specified page after they touch a service widget? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Create a background task to provide the background service. ## Can I create a UIAbility and specify the process to run the UIAbility in the FA and Stage models? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Yes. ## What are the differences between the stage model and the FA model in intra-process object sharing? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) ## How do I use the lifecycle functions of AbilityStage? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Add the field **"srcEntry": "./ets/myabilitystage/MyAbilityStage.ts"** under **m ## How do I delete the mission snapshot in Recents after terminateself is called in the multiton scenario? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ You can set **removeMissionAfterTerminate** to **true** in the **module.json5** ## Why can't I start a UIAbility instance by using startAbility\(\)? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) ## How do I prevent "this" in a method from changing to "undefined" when the method is called? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Method 2: Use the arrow function. ## What should I do when the error message "must have required property 'startWindowIcon'" is displayed during the UIAbility startup? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ Configure the **startWindowIcon** attribute under **abilities** in the **module. **Reference** -[module.json5 Configuration File](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) +[module.json5 File](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) ## Can I obtain the context through globalThis in the stage model? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) Do not use **globalThis** to obtain the context in the stage model. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ This is because all the processes of an application share a JS VM instance in th ## What should I do when an error indicating too large size is reported during HAP deployment? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Symptom** @@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ You can split the HAP into multiple HAPs. ## How is data returned when startAbilityForResult is called? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** -The target UIAbilities uses **AbilityContext.terminateSelfWithResult** to terminate itselef and pass the result to **startAbilityForResult**. +The target UIAbilities uses **AbilityContext.terminateSelfWithResult** to terminate itself and pass the result to **startAbilityForResult**. **Reference** @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ The target UIAbilities uses **AbilityContext.terminateSelfWithResult** to termin ## How do I obtain the system timestamp? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Use the **@ohos.systemDateTime** API as follows: ## How do I obtain the cache directory of the current application? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Use **Context.cacheDir** to obtain the cache directory of the application. ## In which JS file is the service widget lifecycle callback invoked? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ When a widget is created, a **FormAblity.ts** file is generated, which contains ## What should I do when the compilation on DevEco Studio fails while ServiceExtensionAbility and DataShareExtensionAbility APIs are used? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Symptom** @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ The SDK downloaded using DevEco Studio is the public SDK. **Solution** -Third-party application cannot use **ServiceExtensionAbility** and **DataShareExtensionAbility**. To develop a system application, first [download the full SDK](../quick-start/full-sdk-switch-guide.md). +Third-party application cannot use **ServiceExtensionAbility** and **DataShareExtensionAbility**. To develop a system application, first [download the full SDK](../faqs/full-sdk-switch-guide.md). ## How do I obtain the temp and files paths at the application level? @@ -264,18 +264,99 @@ Obtain them from the application context. Specifically, use **this.context.getAp [Obtaining the Application Development Path](../application-models/application-context-stage.md#obtaining-the-application-development-path) +## Why the application is not deleted from the background mission list after it calls terminateSelf? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 + +**Solution** + +This is because the **removeMissionAfterTerminate** field under **abilities** in the **module.json5** file of the UIAbility is set to **false** (default value). To enable the application snapshot to be automatically deleted when the application is destroyed, set this field to **true**. + +**Reference** + +[module.json5 File](../quick-start/module-configuration-file.md) + +## How does an application developed in the stage model start an application developed in the FA model? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) + +**Solution** + +Refer to the code snippet below: + +``` +let want = { + deviceId: "", // An empty deviceId indicates the local device. + bundleName: "com.example.myapplication", + abilityName: "EntryAbility", + moduleName: "Module1", // moduleName is optional. + parameters: { // Custom information. + }, +} +// context is the AbilityContext of the FA model to be started. +context.startAbility(want).then(() => { + ... +}).catch((err) => { + ... +}) +``` + +## Can atomic services be implemented using JavaScript code only? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) + +**Solution** + +Currently, the directory structure of new widgets is css+hml+json. This means that the widgets cannot be implemented by using JavaScript code only. Event triggering and parameter transfer can be processed in JSON files. ## Can the lifecycle callback of a released FA widget be triggered when the widget is displayed in the service center so that the user login information can be obtained without opening the FA application? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** -After a widget is added, the **onCreate()** lifecycle is triggered so that related user information (silent login) can be displayed even when the application is not started. However, users must manually add the widget after the application is installed. +After a widget is added, the **onCreate\(\)** lifecycle is triggered so that related user information (silent login) can be displayed even when the application is not started. However, users must manually add the widget after the application is installed. + +## What should I do when the error message "\[c4d4d3492eb8531, 0, 0\] ContextDeal::startAbility fetchAbilities failed" is displayed during switching to another application? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) + +**Symptom** + +The **startAbility** API reports an error during redirection. + +**Solution** + +Use **startAbility** for implementation as follows: + +``` +import featureAbility from '@ohos.ability.featureAbility' +function onStartRemoteAbility() { +console.info('onStartRemoteAbility begin'); +let params; +let wantValue = { + bundleName: 'ohos.samples.etsDemo', + abilityName: 'ohos.samples.etsDemo.RemoteAbility', + deviceId: getRemoteDeviceId(), + parameters: params +}; +console.info('onStartRemoteAbility want=' + JSON.stringify(wantValue)); +featureAbility.startAbility({ + want: wantValue +}).then((data) => { +console.info('onStartRemoteAbility finished, ' + JSON.stringify(data)); +}); +console.info('onStartRemoteAbility end'); +} +``` + +**Reference** + +See [Starting a Local PageAbility] (../application-models/start-local-pageability.md). ## How do I implement service login by touching a widget? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -299,7 +380,7 @@ To create a service widget in the FA model, perform the following steps: ## How do I redirect to the application details page in Settings? -Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** @@ -319,35 +400,33 @@ Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) **Solution** -You can use **UIAbility.Context** to obtain the context. +You can use **UIAbility.Context** to obtain the context. **Example** ``` -import UIAbility from '@ohos.app.ability.UIAbility'; +import common from '@ohos.app.ability.common'; -let UIAbilityContext = UIAbility.context; -let ApplicationContext = UIAbility.context.getApplicationContext(); @Entry @Component struct AbilityContextTest { // abilityContext - @State UIabilityInfo: string = 'Obtaining abilityInfo' - UIabilityContext: UIAbilityContext + @State UIAbilityInfo: string = 'Obtaining abilityInfo' + UIAbilityContext: common.UIAbilityContext aboutToAppear() { // Use getContext to obtain the context and convert it to abilityContext. - this.UIabilityContext = getContext(this) as UIAbilityContext + this.UIAbilityContext = getContext(this) as common.UIAbilityContext } build() { Row() { Column({ space: 20 }) { - Text(this.abilityInfo) + Text(this.UIAbilityInfo) .fontSize(20) - .onClick(()=>{ - this.UIabilityInfo = JSON.stringify(this.UIabilityContext.UIabilityInfo) - console.log(`ContextDemo abilityInfo= ${this.UIabilityInfo}`) + .onClick(() => { + this.UIAbilityInfo = JSON.stringify(this.UIAbilityContext.abilityInfo) + console.log(`ContextDemo abilityInfo = ${this.UIAbilityInfo}`) }) } .width('100%') @@ -356,3 +435,51 @@ struct AbilityContextTest { } } ``` + +## What should I do when starting a continuous task fails? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Release (API version 9) + +**Symptom** + +A ServiceAbility is started by calling **featureAbility.startAbility\(\)**. When the ServiceAbility attempts to start a continuous task, the error message \{"code":201,"message":"BussinessError 201: Permission denied."\} is reported. + +**Solution** + +To start a continuous task in the background, you must configure the permission **ohos.permission.KEEP\_BACKGROUND\_RUNNING** in the **module.json5** file and declare the background mode for the ability that needs to use the continuous task. + +``` +"module": { + "abilities": [ + { + "backgroundModes": [ + "dataTransfer", + "location" + ], // Background mode + } + ], + "requestPermissions": [ + { + "name": "ohos.permission.KEEP_BACKGROUND_RUNNING" // Continuous task permission + } + ] +} +``` + +**Reference** + +[ServiceAbility Configuration Items - backgroundModes](../application-models/serviceability-configuration.md) + +[Continuous Task Permission](../security/permission-list.md#ohospermissionkeep_background_running) + +[Continuous Task Development](../task-management/continuous-task-dev-guide.md#development-in-the-stage-model) + +## How do FA widgets exchange data? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta5 (API version 9) + +The widget interacts with the widget provider through the **postCardAction** API, and the provider updates data through the **updateForm** API. + +**Reference** + +[Widget Development in the FA Model](../application-models/widget-development-fa.md) diff --git a/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-arkui-animation-interactive-event.md b/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-arkui-animation-interactive-event.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fbe2594e6591bb774aa116095e721ca889490cc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/en/application-dev/faqs/faqs-arkui-animation-interactive-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +# ArkUI Animation/Interaction Event Development (ArkTS) + +## What should I do if the onBlur and onFocus callbacks cannot be triggered? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) + +**Symptom** + +The **onBlur** and **onFocus** callbacks of the focus event cannot be triggered. + +**Solution** + +Check the trigger device. By default, the focus event (and the **onBlur** and **onFocus** callbacks) can be triggered only by the Tab button and arrow buttons on the connected keyboard. To enable the focus event to be triggered by a touch, add the **focusOnTouch** attribute for the target component. + +**Reference** + +[Focus Control](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-universal-attributes-focus.md) + +## How do I disable the scroll event of a \ nested in the \? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) + +Implement nested scrolling of the containers, by using the **onScrollFrameBegin** event and the **scrollBy** method. + +**Reference** + +[Scroll](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-container-scroll.md#example-2) + +## How do I enable a component to rotate continuously? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) + +You can use [attribute animation](../reference/arkui-ts/ts-animatorproperty.md) to that effect. + +## How do I scroll a list with the keyboard? + +Applicable to: OpenHarmony 3.2 Beta 5 (API version 9) + +**Solution** + +- Add **focusable\(true\)** to the list item to enable it to obtain focus. + +- Nest a focusable component, for example, **\